KITABU(FASIRI): The Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus, the Christ of the Piscean Age

[mose]

Pendo Lililobarikiwa,
Amani.

Jamiiforums sasa imekuwa ni Jukwaa la Kijamii la watu kutoka rika na makundi mbalimbali; wenye shauku ya kupenda na kutaka kujua mambo anuai-- yenye kuipa sifa ya sura ya jamii yetu, namna hii ilivyo na kwa lugha yetu hii ya Kiswahili.

Majadiliano, mashauri, udadisi, visomo, uchunguzi na utafiti ni vitendo bora vya bidii ya kiakili na nidhamu, vyenye kutuhakikishia wanajamii mwangaza zaidi na ladha bora ya ustaarabu wetu na basi mustakhabari wa kheri kwetu.

Maendeleo ni zao la chachu ya akili na haja ya kule kuzidi kuwa katika hali bora; lakini chenye kunasibu ukaribu wa wanajamii, jitahada za kijamii na matokeo yake ni nia ya kuliishi lile kusudi tulidhanialo kutawala jaala zetu sisi kama viumbe hai, vyenye utashi wa kiakili na katika mazingira yetu; tena katika majira na nyakati.

Sisi watu ni wenye kutafuta maana juu ya maisha yetu, matendo yetu na utumishi wetu; miongoni mwetu ili iwe kwamba uadilifu wetu upate kulandana na misingi ya haki, maadili mema na wajibu kutokana na kile tulicho na imani nacho--chenye kukutia tumaini, kusudi na mwongozo. Iwe kwa hakika, ama kusadiki; mwangaza binafsi, ama maelekezo ya kiushawishi wa taasisi ndani ya jamii yetu--iwe ni bidii na kuridhishana matakwa ya kijamii ama kutofuata mkumbo...

Jamii bora ni ile inayojinasibu na mwangaza bora katika dimensha zote za mapana ya jamii. Sayansi, Sanaa na Kujitambua vyatosha kuiimarisha nguvu ya kusimama kwa jamii; kufanya pembe tatu sawa kwa fikra ama wazo linaloweza kuakisi kusudi, nia na dhamira vyenye kushahibiana na matatu: uwezo, mazingira na mtu; Kwa kuwa, kupitia sayansi twajifunza kweli za asili; na pia kwa kujiongeza kimaarifa twaja kuwa na uwezo wa kuyamudu mazingira yetu na pia kwa kuielewa vema asili, sisi wenyewe twajielewa; na kisha sisi wenyewe tunatafuta muafaka wa kupendeza wa muonekano wa ustawi yetu, mambo yetu na ustaarabu binafsi wa kila mmoja wetu.

Ni kwa kutambua haya, na hasa kuzingatia kiu ya kujitambua; ya mwangaza, udadisi na uchunguzi; pia kutanua mapana ya visomo na sanaa; miye mwandishi wa haya nimechagua kutoa mchango wa kazi ya kufasiri -- kufasiri kazi ya kuandishi yenye maudhi nionayo ni bora na yenye msaada katika kuweka misingi ya maarifa zaidi, ujuzi na kufanya uweza bora katika mtu. Mtu aliye ni mwanajamii mwenzangu katika hata ukaribu huu wa lugha.

Kazi hii ni bora kabisa, kwa kuwa itamjengea yeyote aipitiaye uwezo kwa kupima na kulinganisha mawaidha na mashauri mengi juu ya mtu, dunia, viumbe, wakati na sura ya vile vinavyopitiliza wakati na maumbo. Pia kina maudhui ya utu bora, amani, mapenzi mema na undugu wa watu wote.

Kazi hii ni mwanzo tu, hakika mengi yatawezekana kufuatia na watu wengi wataona njia za msaada kuelekea kwenye moyo wa uelewa na unyenyekevu katika kujifunza na kutafakari. Pia kazi hii inaweza kuvuruga wengi kwa kuwa inawasilishwa kwa namna na picha tofauti na ile waliyozoea. Lakini walio na dhamira safi ya kupenda kujua mazuri yake watapata baraka zake, roho katika wao itawaongoza katika kumulika na mengine zaidi yafikayo katika macho na masikio yao.

***
The Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus, the Christ of the Piscean Age
DIBAJI​

Azma ya miye mfasiri, ni kutanua maarifa na hekima juu ya yote na tena basi kuhusiana na yote; maarifa ya jamii, sayansi na filosofia hai katika mtu.

Silazimiki sana kuzungumza kilichomo ndani ya kazi hii ya fasiri; itoshe kurejea tundiko mbili ambazo miye kama mtu nilipata kuleta humu kama mawaidha juu ya kazi hii kama nilivyoifasiri kutoka kwenye tovuti mama ya kazi nzima ya hichi kitabu:

Kuhusu kazi hii kuwa tofauti na 'injili' zingine:

Reincarnation na rebirth ni kitu kile kile​

Kuhusu Yesu katika hichi kitabu kusimulika kufundisha 'zaidi' juu ya uhusiano wa mtu na tunachokitaja Mungu':

Reincarnation na rebirth ni kitu kile kile​

***
Ninapenda kuweka tafsiri mchanganyiko--lugha ya Kiingereza na Kiswahili ili

• iwe kama msaada wa masahihisho madogo madogo kadri itakavyojitokeza
• kusaidia wale wanaopenda kuboresha umahiri na uzoefu wao wa kumudu lugha zote mbili wayaone ya kujifunza
  
• kudhihirisha kwa watu wote kuwa dhana ya 'uchanga' wa lugha ya Kiswahili ni maneno ya wanaokosa mbinu na uwezo; na wale waghairishaji.
• Kusaidia wanalugha kufuatilia ufundi na ujuzi wa kutasiri; kuwa huu ni mchanganyiko wa yote mawili-- tafsiri na sanaa; kwa maana yapasa kwanza kusoma na kuelewa, kuweka picha kichwani na kisha kuisimulia tena upya kwa lugha tofauti huku ukikadirisha kwa kiasi cha juu kuwezekana, tafsiri ya neno kwa neno.

Mwisho wa tafasiri ya aya zote kwa kitabu, nitasasisha tundiko hili ili kutoa viungo vya kuyafikia mafaili kamili la kitabu katika lugha moja ya Kiswahili na pia, Mchanganyiko wa Kiswahili na Kiingereza.

NINAOMBA VIRANJA WA KUKAGUA MAUDHUI (MODERATORS), MSIUHAMISHE KUNGINE UZI HUU; MIMI MFASIRI NIPO KUUTUMIKIA HUU KIMJADALA, MAZUNGUMZO NA UFAFANUZI UKIWA JUKWAA HILI HILI NILILOLICHAGUA HADI ZOEZI LITAKAPOMALIZIKA.

_________________________________
About the Author Levi H. Dowling
Kuhusu Mwandishi Levi H. Dowling

In response to inquiries from many friends of The Aquarian Gospel of Jesus the Christ for some information regarding the transcriber, we herewith give a short sketch. It was his great desire that each one should have the message regardless of the messenger.

Katika kuitikia maombi kutoka kwa marafiki wengi wa Injili ya Zama za Ndoo ya Yesu Kristu kwa habari za kuhusiana na mnakilishi, kwa nafasi hii hapa tunatoa picha fupi ya haraka haraka. Ilikuwa ni haja yake kubwa kwamba kila mtu ajelikupata ujumbe pasipo kujali ya mjumbe.

LEVI (Levi H. Dowling), was born Friday morning, May 18, 1844, at Belleville, Ohio. His father, Scotch-Welsh descent, was a pioneer preacher among the Disciples of Christ. Levi was always a student of the deeper things of life. At the age of thirteen, in his first public debate, he took the negative side against a Presbyterian Elder on "The Everlasting Punishment of the Wicked".

LEVI (Levi H. Dowling), alizaliwa Ijumaa asubuhi, Mei 18, 1844, Belleville, Ohio. Baba yake, mzao kutokea watu wa asili ya mchanganyiko wa kiskochi na Kiwelshi, alikuwa Mhubiri wa kwanza-kwanza miongoni kwa Wafuasi wa Kristu. Levi daima alikuwa mwanafunzi wa vitu vya kina zaidi vya maisha. Akiwa na umri wa miaka kumi na mitatu, mdahalo wake wa kwanza wa hadharani, alichukua upande wa kushoto dhidi ya Wazee wa Ki-Presbiteri juu ya "Adhabu ya kudumu milele ya Waovu".

He began preaching at the age of sixteen; and at the age of eighteen was pastor of a small church. He entered the United States Army at the age of twenty as Chaplain, and served in this capacity to the end of the Civil War. In 1866-7 he was a student at Northwestern Christian University at Indianapolis, Indiana. The next year he began publishing Sunday School Literature, issuing Sunday School Lesson Papers, Song Books, and a Children's Sunday School Paper. Much of his time was devoted to the cause of Prohibition. He was a graduate of two medical colleges and practised medicine for a number of years. He finally retired from the medical profession to resume literary work.

Alianza kuhubiri akiwa na umri wa miaka kumi na sita; katika umri wa miaka kumi na minane alikuwa mchungaji wa kanisa dogo. Aliingia Jeshi la Marekani akiwa na umri wa miaka ishirini kama mpeleka visomo vya mafundisho ya dini jeshini, na alitumikia nafasi hii mpaka mwisho wa vita vya ndani. Mnamo mwaka 1866-7 alikuwa mwanafunzi kwenye Chuo Kikuu cha Kikristu cha Kaskazini-Magharibi Indianapolis, Indiana. Mwaka unaofuatia alianza kutoa maandishi ya kupitiwa ya Shule ya Jumapili, akitoa machapisho ya masomo ya Shule ya Jumapili, Vitabu vya nyimbo, na machapisho ya Watoto kwa Shule ya Jumapili. Mwingi wa muda wake ulijikita katika kutia nguvu katazo la uuzwaji wa pombe, miaka hiyo Marekani. Alikuwa Mhitimu wa vyuo viwili vya tiba na alifanya kazi ya tiba na madawa kwa miaka kadhaa. Hatimaye alistaafu kutoka kwenye uweledi wa kitiba ili kuendeleza tena kazi za maandishi.

Early in life, when but a mere lad, he had a vision in which he was told that he was to "build a white city." This vision was repeated three times with years intervening. The building of the "white city" was "The Aquarian Gospel of Jesus the Christ." This book was transcribed between the early morning hours of two and six--the absolutely "quiet hours."

Mapema maishani, alipokuwa kijana mdogo mdogo tu, alipatwa na Uono ambayo aliambiwa ya kwamba yeye alikuwa ni "wakulijenga jiji jeupe." Uono huu alirudia mara tatu kwa kupishana miaka kadhaa katikati yake. Ujengaji wa "Mji Mweupe" ulikuwa ni "Injili ya Zama za Ndoo ya Yesu Kristu." Kitabu hichi kilinakilishwa katikati ya masaa ya alfajiri sana ya saa nane na saa kumi na mbili--"masaa ya ukimya" kabisa kabisa.

Levi passed from earth-life August 13, 1911.

Levi alifariki maishi ya dunia Agosti 13, 1911.

The Publishers
Wasambazaji machapisho

 

[mose]

Regarding The Authenticity of
The Aquarian Gospel
By Michael F. O’Keeffe

Kuhusiana na Ukweli hasahasa wa Injili ya Zama za Ndoo
Na Michael F. O'Keeffe

... Some articles have been published, which call into question the authenticity of The Aquarian Gospel. These articles cite three instances of contention. One of the arguments claims that Levi, the transcriber, made a mistake by misidentifying the ancient rulers known as Herod. The second criticism is that the Akashic records, as transcribed by Levi, are not in agreement with Edgar Cayce’s description of these same sacred records. And the third criticism claims that Jesus could not have known Meng-tse of Lassa, Tibet, since Meng-tse lived 300 years before Jesus’ time.

... Kuna makala za kiuandishi zilivyochapishwa, ambavyo vinaita kuhoji ukweli hasa hasa wa Injili ya Zama za Ndoo. Makala hizi hutaja bayana vitu vitatu vya ubishani. Moja ya hoja ni ya kudai kwamba Levi, mnakilishaji, alifanya makosa kwa kuwatambua kimakosa watawala wa zamani waliokuwa wakifahamika kama Herode. Ukosoaji wa pili ni kwamba Hifadhi za Kiakasha, kama zilivyonakilishwa na Levi, hazina kukubaliana za maelezeo ya Edgar Cayce ya hifadhi hizo hizo takatifu. Na ukosoaji wa tatu unadai ya kwamba Yesu asingelikumjua Meng-tse wa Lassa, Tibet, tangia kuwa Meng-tse aliishi miaka 300 kabla ya wakati wa Yesu.

First, let’s address the “Herod issue.”

Kwanza, tulielekezee macho na masikio "Suala la Herode"

Historians have often gotten the Herods confused, with good justification, for there were at least seven, and two of them were known as Herod Antipas.

Wanahistoria aghalabu wamefikwa na kule kuwachanganya Maherode, na kuchukuliwa jambo sawa tu, kwa kuwa walikuwapo aghalau saba, na wawili wa hao walikuwa wakifahamika kama Herode Antipasi.

The Herods were all of the same family. They were Jewish in faith, but their ancestry was Indumean and Arabian. Roman authorities appointed them as rulers over lands in the Middle East. The patriarch of the Herodian dynasty, Antipater II, ruled an area that included Palestine, which consisted of three provinces – Judea, Samaria and Galilee (and regions to the north). He died in 43 BC.

Maherode wote walikuwa familia ile ile. Walikuwa ni waimani ya Kiyahudi, lakini ni wakutokea kwa U-Indumia na Uarabu. Mamlaka ya Kirumi iliwanyooshea kidole kuwa watawala wa ardhi zote Mashariki ya Kati. Baba wa ulingi wa utawala wa Kiherode, Antipata II, alitawala eneo lililojumuisha Palestina, lililobeba ndani yake majimbo matatu-Yudea, Samaria na Galilaya(na maeneo kuelekea kaskazini). Alikufa mnamo mwaka 43 KK.

Antipater’s son, Herod Antipas, succeeded him, and he was known as a great builder, and under his authority, the rebuilding of the Holy Temple in Jerusalem was begun. Thus, he became known as “Herod The Great.” Near the end of his reign, Jesus was born, and by his order, the infant boys of Bethlehem were slain.

Mwana wa Antipata, Herode Antipasi, alimfuatia yeye, na alikuwa akifahamika kama mjenzi mkubwa, na chini ya mamlaka yake, ujenzi wa kurudia upya wa Hekalu la Yerusalemu ulianza. Hivyo basi, alikuja kufahamika kama "Herode Mkuu." Kufikia mwishoni mwa utawala wake, Yesu alizaliwa, na kwa amri yake, vichanga vya kiume vya Bethlehem vilichinjwa.

Herod The Great died shortly after the slaughter in Bethlehem, and after his death, his kingdom was divided among three of his sons. One of them, Herod Archelaus, became governor of Judea, but approximately nine years later he was deposed by Rome for excessive cruelty. (A man from outside the dynasty, Gratus, who ruled for about eleven years, replaced him, and Pontius Pilate, also from outside the dynasty, succeeded him.)

Herode Mkuu alifariki kipindi kifupi baada ya chinja chinja Bethlehemu, na baada ya kifo chake, ufalme wake uligawanywa miongoni mwa watoto wake watatu wa kiume. Mmojawapo, Herode Arkelausi, akajakuwa ni gavana wa Yudea, lakini kwa karibia kipindi cha mika atisa hivi baadaye aliondolewa utawalani na Rumi kwa ukatili wa kuzidi mipaka. (Mtu wa nje ya ulingi wa utawala, Gratusi, aliyetawala kwa kama miaka kumi na mmoja, alichukua nafasi yake, na Pontiasi Pilato, pia kutoka nje ya ulingi wa utawala alimfuatia.)

Archelaus’ brother ruled Galilee and Paraca (Perea), and he, like his father, was known as Herod Antipas. His palace was in the city of Tiberius, upon the shores of the Sea of Galilee, however he had other residences available to him, including one in Jerusalem. In a drunken state, during a festive celebration in the fortress at Machaerus, he ordered the beheading of John the Baptist, and more than a year later, he was residing in Jerusalem on the morning Jesus was arrested, tried and crucified.

Kaka wa Arkelausi alitawala Galilaya na Paraka (Perea), na yeye, kama baba yake, alikuwa akifahmika kama Herode Antipasi. Jumba lake la Kiatawla lilikuwa katika mji wa Tiberiusi, kando ya ufwuke wa Bahari ya Galilaya, hata hivyo alikuwa na makazi mengine kwa ajili yake, likiwemo moja ndani ya Yerusalemu. Katika hali ya kulemewa na kilevi, wakati wa hati hati za sherehe ndani ya ngome imara ya kiatawala iliyoko Makairasi, aliagiza kukatwa kichwa kwa Yohna Mbatizaji, na zaidi ya mwaka mmoja baadaye, alikuwa akikaa Yerusalemu asubuhi ya Yesu kutiwa nguvuni, kushtakiwa na kusulubiwa.

A third brother, Herod Philip, became ruler (Tetrarch) of northern Palestine – Iturea, Gaulanitis, and Trachonitis. He was the fifth ruler in the dynasty. Philip’s nephew, Agrippa (grandson of Herod the Great), eventually assumed rule over northern regions of Palestine, including Galilee and Paraca, and later his rule extended to Judea and Samaria. Historians have referred to him as Herod Agrippa I.

Kaka wa tatu, Herode Filipo, alikuja kuwa mtawala (Tetrachi) wa Palestina ya Kaskazini - Iturea, Gaulanitisi na Trakonitisi. Alikuwa ni mtawala wa tano katika ulingi wa utawala. Binamu wa Filipo, Agripa (mjukuu wa Herode Mkuu), akaishia kushikilia utawala juu ya maeneo ya kaskazini ya Palestina, kujumuisha Galilaya na Parka, na baadaye utawala wake ukafika hadi mbali Yudea na Samaria. Wanahistoria wamemrejea yeye kama Herode Agripa I.

Agrippa’s younger brother ruled a region of Lebanon and he was known as Herod of Chalcis. Agrippa’s son, Herod Agrippa II, became the eighth ruler in the dynasty (and at least the seventh to bear the name, Herod). He did not immediately succeed his father, but eventually he became ruler of both Chalcis and northern Palestine.

Mdogo wake wa Kiume Agripa alitawala maeneo ya Lebanon na alikuwa akifahamika kama Herode Chalsis. Mwana wa Agripa, Herode Agripa II, alikuja kuwa mtawala wa nane katika ulingi wa utawala((na angalau kusema wa saba kulibeba jina la Herode). Yeye hakumpokea madaraka moja kwa moja baba yake, lakini hatimaye alikuja kuwa mtawla wa kote kuwili Chalsisi na Palestina ya Kaskazini.

This resolves the criticism of Levi’s description of “The Herods.” Levi was not confused. However, some critics of the Aquarian Gospel have been.

Hili laweka sawa ukosoaji wa maelezeo ya Levi ya "Maherode." Levi hakuwa amechanganyikiwa. Hata hivyo, baadhi ya wakosoaji wake wanaonekana kama hivyo.

Second issue: let’s address the issue of Levi’s account of the Akashic Records vs. Edgar Cayce’s account.

Suala la Pili: tulitupie macho na masikio atoavyo maelezo Levi ya Hifadhi za Kiakasha kupambanisha na maelezo yaliyotolewa na Edgar Cayce.

Edgar Cayce was a very talented man, and, among other things, he was able to access the Akashic Records, but his ability to visit this mystic recording of human history was limited. One who visits these records must learn to tune his mind to the frequencies of etheric energy waves from the past. Edgar Cayce’s ability to tune was not perfected, as Levi’s was.

Edgar Cayce alikuwa ni mtu mwenye talanta kweli, na, miongoni mwa mengine yote, alikuwa anaweza kuzifikia hifadhi za kiakasha, lakini uwezo wake wa kuzitembelea hifadhi hizi za kisikirifu za historia ya mwanadamu ulikuwa ni wenye ukomo. Mtu mwenye kuzitemebelea hifadhi hizi hana budi kujifunza kurekebisha mawimbi ya akili wake yafananiane na frikwensi ya mawimbi ya nishati ya kiaetha kutokea nyuma ya wakati. Uwezo wa Edgar Cayce kurekebisha akili haukuwa uliokamilikika, kama ulivyokuwa wa Levi.

Edgar was able to “fan through” a few pages of the sacred, mystic records of World History, but he was not strong enough to view specific events clearly and precisely, whereas Levi was strong enough to open The Book; and he could “turn pages” at will. His transcription is “the little book,” and it is commonly known as “The Aquarian Gospel.”

Edgar alikuwa anaweza "kupitia kama upepo" kurasa chache takatifu za hifadhi za kisikirifu za historia ya ulimwengu, lakini hakuwa imara vyakutosha kuona matukio hasa hasa kwa uwazi na ubayana, angalipo Levi alikuwa imara kukifungua kitabu; na alikuwa ni mwenye kuweza "kuzifungua kurasa" kwa nia. Uhamishiaji wake wa nakili ndiyo "kitabu kidogo dogo," na ndicho kinachofahamika miongoni pote kama "Injili ya Zama za Ndoo."

Levi was able to remain in a state of meditation for several days at a time. Only a person who can achieve this level of self-control (and strength of will) is strong enough to perfectly tune his mind to the frequencies of past events, enabling him to view the past, as if happening “here and now.”

Levi alikuwa akiweza kubakia katika hali ya miditisha kwa siku kadhaa kwa wakati. Mtu pekee mwenye kuweza kufanikisha ngazi hii ya kujithibiti (na nguvu ya nia) ni imara kutosha kuirekebisha akili yake kwenye kufananiana na frikwensi za matukio yaliyopita, kumuwezesha kuona nyuma ya wakati, kana kwamba kinachoendelea "Hapa na Sasa"

Levi could replay an incident during meditation (as many times as necessary) to accomplish a perfect description and transcription of historical events. This is how Levi transcribed the Akashic Records (the book of God’s Remembrance). Whereas, Edgar Cayce, not nearly as strong as Levi, viewed the past as if peering through a fog, somewhat like listening to a radio which is receiving two or three stations simultaneously.

Levi alikuwa akiweza kurudiarudia kucheza picha wakati wa miditisha (mara nyingi kadri kulazimu) ili kukamilisha maelezeo kamili ya nakilisho za matukio ya kihistoria. Hii ndiyo namna Levi alizinakilisha hifadhi za Kiakasa (Kitabu cha Kumbukumbu ya Mungu). Wakati kwa upande wa Edgar Cayce, kutokuwa amekaribia kuwa imara kama Levi, aliona nyuma ya wakati kana vile akitupia macho kupitia kwenye ukungu, kitu kama vile kuisikiliza radio ambayo inapokea vituo viwili ama vitatu kwa wakati mmoja.

The “Edgar Cayce issue” is resolved.
"Suala la Edgar Cayce" limewekwa sawa.

Third, the “Meng-tse issue.”
Tatu, "Suala la Meng-tse."

Consider this: James Madison was elected President of the United States in 1808, and less than 200 years have elapsed. Yet, a significant number of James Madisons have resided in North America since then. Likewise, Meng-tse, who was a friend of Jesus in Lassa, Tibet, is obviously not the same Meng-tse of Chinese historical records (unless there is a calendar discrepancy of nearly 300 years, which seems unlikely).

Tia hili akilini: James Madison alichaguliwa kwa Raisi wa Marekani mnamo mwaka 1808, na pungufu ya miaka 200 imekatika. Wakati bado, kuna idadi ya wazi ya akina James Madison ambao wamekuwa wakikaa Marekani ya Kaskazini tokea siku hizo. Kama hivyo hivyo, Meng-tse, aliyekuwa rafiki wa Yesu huko Lassa, Tibet, ni kwamba si Meng-tse yule yule wa kumbukumbu za kihistiria za Kichina (Mpaka iwe kuwa kuna kupishana kwa usahihi wa taarifa za kikalenda wa karibia miaka 300, ambacho chaonekana kutofanania).

“Meng-tse issue” resolved.
"suala la Meng-tse" lishawekwa sawa.

Furthermore, regarding the authenticity of The Aquarian Gospel: only honest, sincere men and women, who read this book carefully and comprehensively, can comprehend this book. Others simply ignore it, or decide to attack its authenticity. The Aquarian Gospel is nothing less than “God-revealed,” during these times of Revelation. Pay heed to how you read this most sacred book. Approach “God-revealed” with reverence and trepidation.

La zaidi, kuhusiana na ukweli hasa-hasa wa Injili ya Zama za Ndoo: Ni wale wake kwa waume walio ni waungwana, wa dhamira ya dhati, wenye kukisoma kitabu hichi kwa uangalifu na kwa maana pana, wanaweza kukimaizi kitabu hichi. Wengine wanakipuuzia tu, ama wanaamua kikashambulia ukweli wake wa hasahasa. Injili ya Zama za Ndoo si kingine chochote pungufu ya "Kilichofunuliwa na Mungu," katika nyakati hizi za Ufunuo. Uwe msikivu na jinsi usomavyo kitabu hichi kilicho kitakatifu kabisa kabisa. Kiendee "Kilichofunuliwa na Mungu" kwa heshima ya taadhima na shauku.

The little book is sweet in the mouth, but bitter in the stomach. That is, the revelations contained within the Aquarian Gospel are indeed sweet and beautiful, but as these Truths digest, we realize how much our Father-God requires of us, and the sweetness turns to bitterness; and, as this bitterness sets in, we are tempted to resent our Father. Yet, we know He knows best.

Kitabu hichi kidogo ni kitamu mdomoni, lakini kichungu tumboni. Hivyo ni kwamba, mafunuo yaliyoko ndani ya Injili ya Zama za Ndoo ama kwa hakika ni matamu na yenye kupendeza, lakini kadri ya kweli zake kumeng'enywa, twatambua ni kiasi gani Baba-Mungu wetu atutakavyo kuwa, na utamu wageuka uchungu; na, kadri uchungu huu unavyoingia, tunajaribika udhika na Baba yetu. Wakati huo huo, twajua ni mwenye kujua ilivyobora kabisa.

Our Father requires each one of us to conquer the carnal appetites, passions and desires. That is, we must win The Victory; we must obtain the pearl of greatest price – a very difficult and monumental task. Yet, one must possess this pure white gem before one may re-enter Paradise. (Meanwhile, we remain locked out, as we have been for eons, ever since we fell.)

Baba yetu atutaka kila mmoja wetu kuzishinda njaa, hisia za hamu na matamanio yake za mwili wa nyama. Hivyo ni kwamba, yatupasa kuushinda kwa Kuupata Ushindi; yatupasa kuzipata lulu za thamani kubwa kabisa - kazi iliyo ni ngumu kabisa na ya lililo bora kabisa. Hapo hapo, mtu yampasa kuwa na jiwe hili safi la thamani kabla ya kuingia upya Paradiso. (Kwa sasa, tumebakiwa kufungiwa nje, kama imepata kuwa kwa miaka na miaka, tangia tulipoanguka.)

However, there is now cause for great rejoicing. The Age of Aquarius is now dawning. All men and women (judged worthy) are about to be admitted to this glorious Age (a school), where we will be taught how to acquire the most precious pearl, and we will make many giant strides on the trek to soul-maturity. The onset of this imminent New Age will mark the end of warfare on Earth (as the meek receive their inheritance).

Hata hivyo, sasa ipo nguvu kwa kuleta furahiko kuu. Zama za Ndoo sasa yapambazuka. Watu wote waume kwa wake (kuhukumika kustahili) wakaribia kukubalika kuingizwa kwenye zama hii yenye utukufu(shule), ambamo tutafundishwa jinsi ya kuipata lulu ya thamani kubwa kabisa, na tutazifanya hatua kubwa za kupita safarini kuelekea kwenye ukomavu wa sonafi. Mwanzoni mwa Zama hii mpya iliyo mlangoni kutaweka alama kwa mwisho wa magomvi ya kivita Duniani (Kadri ambavyo wenyenyekevu wakipokea urithi wao).

During the New Age we will be taught how to walk the straight and narrow way (the return path to Eden), and re-enter Paradise – a state of mind, and a joyous feast. During these times of Revelations, as we make the transition to the New Age, vast multitudes of men and women will soon be compelled to come up to the feast.

Katika Zama Mpya tutafundishwa jinsi ya kutembea kwa unyoofu kwenye njia nyembamba(Njia ya kurudi Edeni), na kuingia upya Paradiso - hali ya kiakili, na kalamu ya furaha. Katika nyakati hizi za ufunuo, kadri tufanyavyo kupita njiani kuelekea Zama Mpya, makundi mapana ya waume kwa wake karibuni watavutika kuja kalamuni.

(Some already have!)
(Wengine Wameshavutika!)

The Judgment Day is near! Very near.
Siku ya Hukumu iko karibu! Karibu mno.

 

[mose]

Introduction by EVA S. DOWLING, Ph.D.
Utangulizi na EVA S. DOWLING, Ph. D.

SCRIBE TO THE MESSENGER THE BOOK
Mweleza kwa Mjumbe-- Kitabu

The full title of this book is "The Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus, the Christ of the Piscean Age," and the critical reader is apt to ask a number of pertinent questions concerning it. Among the many anticipated questions these are perhaps the most important:

What is an Age?
What is the Piscean Age?
What is the Aquarian Age?
What is meant by the Christ as the word is used in this book?
What relationship existed between Jesus of Nazareth and the Christ?
Who is Levi, the transcriber of this book?
What are the Akashic Records?

Jina kamili kwa kitabu hichi ni "Injili ya Zama za Ndoo ya Yesu, Kristu wa Zama za Paisesi," na msomi makini atakuwa mwepesi kuuliza idadi kadhaa ya maswali yanayohusiana na hichi. Miongoni mwa maswali mengi ya kutarajiwa yafuatayo ni labda ya muhimu kupita yote:

Zama ni nini?
Zama ya Paisesi ni kitu gani?
Zama za Ndoo ni kitu gani?
Ni nini chamaanishwa na Kristu kama neno litumikavyo kwenye kitabu hichi?
Je, kuna uhusiano gani na ulikuwepo kati ya Yesu wa Nazareti na Kristu?
Levi ni nani, mnakilishaji wa hichi kitabu?
Hifadhi za Kiakasha ni kitu gani?

What is an Age?
Astronomers tell us that our sun and his family of planets revolve around a central sun, which is millions of miles distant, and that it requires something less than 26,000 years to make one revolution. His orbit is called the Zodiac, which is divided into twelve signs, familiarly known as Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn, Aquarius and Pisces. It requires our Solar System a little more than 2,100 years to pass through one of these signs, and this time is the measurement of an Age or Dispensation. Because of what Astronomers call "the precession of the Equinoxes" the movement of the sun through the signs of the Zodiac is in order reverse from that given above. Exact Time of the Beginning of an Age. Regarding this matter there is a disagreement omong astronomers; but in this Introduction we are not called upon to give the reasons of the various investigators for their opinions; there are enough well authenticated facts for our present purposes. It is conceded by all critical students that the sun entered the zodiacal sign Taurus in the days of our historic Adam when the Taurian Age began; that Abraham lived not far from the beginning of the Arian Age, when the sun entered the sign Aries. About the time of the rise of the Roman empire the sun entered the sign Pisces, the Fishes, and the Piscean Age began, so that early in this Age Jesus of Nazareth lived.

Zama ni nini?
Wanajimu watuambia kwamba jua letu na jamii yake nzima ya sayari vyalizunguruka jua kati, lililoko mamilioni ya maili mbali, na kwamba huchukua kitu kama si chini ya miaka 26,000 kufanya mzunguruko mmoja. Njia ya mzunguruko wake huitwa zodiaki, ambayo yagawanywa kwa alama-nyota kumi na mbili, zifahamikazo kama Kondoo(Arisi), Ng'ombe(Taurusi), Mapacha (Jeminayi), Kaa(Kansa), Simba (Leio), Mashuke(Vaigo), Mizani (Libra), N'ge(Skopio), Mshale(Sagitarisi), Mbuzi(Kaprikoni), Ndoo(Akwarisi) na Samaki(Paisesi). Huuchukua mfumo wetu wa Jua kidogo tu ya zaidi ya miaka 2100 kukatisha moja ya alama nyota hizi, na kila muda huo ni kipimo cha Zama ama mapana ya nguvu za ushawishi wa kinyota. Kwa sababu ya kile ambacho Wanajimu hukiita "Preseiniso la Ikwinoksi na Ikwinoksi" mwenendo wa jua kupita alama-nyota za zodiaki hii uko katika mpangilio wa kurudi kinyume nyume na huo uliotolewa juu. Muda hasa wa kuanza kwa Zama. Kuhusiana na jambo hili kuna kutokukubaliana miongoni mwa wanajimu; lakini katika utangulizi huu hatujaitwa kwa ajili ya kutoa sababu ya wachunguzi mbalimbali kwa maoni yao; kuna kweli zilizothibitishwa za kutosha kwa ajili ya dhumuni liliko hapa. Huridhiwa na wanafunzi wote makini ya kwamba Jua liliingia kwenye alama zodiaki ya Taurusi katika siku za Adamu wa kihistoria ambapo zama za Taurusi zilianza; ya kwamba Abrahamu aliishi si mbali kutokea kwa mwanzo wa Zama za Arisi, pale Jua lilipoingiaga alama-nyota ya Arisi. Kwenye muda wa kuinuka kwa dola ya Kirumi Jua liliingia alama-nyota ya Paisesi, samaki, na zama za Paisesi zikaanza, hivyo kwamba mapema katika zama hizi Yesu wa Nazareti aliishi.

What is the Piscean Age?
This question requires further consideration. The Piscean Age is identical with the Christian Dispensation. The word Pisces means fish. The sign is known as a water sign, and the Piscean Age has been distinctly the age of the fish and its element, water. In the establishment of their great institutions John the Harbinger and Jesus both introduced the rite of water baptism, which has been used in some form in all the so-called Christian Churches and cults, even to the present time. Water is the true symbol of purification. Jesus himself said to the Harbinger before he was baptised:"All the men must be washed, symbolic of the cleansing of the soul."(Aquarian Gospel 64: 7.) Fish was a Christian Symbol. In the earlier centuries of the Christian Dispensation the fish was everywhere used as a symbol. In his remarkable book, "Christian Iconography," Didron says: "The fish, in the opinion of antiquarians generally, is the symbol of Jesus Christ. The fish is sculptured upon a number of Christian monuments, and more particularly upon the ancient sarcophagi. It is also upon medals, bearing the name of our Saviour and also upon engraved stones, cameos and intaglios. The fish is also to be remarked upon the amulets worn suspended from the necks by children, and upon ancient glasses and sculptured lamps. "Baptismal fonts are more particularly ornamented with the fish. The fish is constantly exhibited placed upon a dish in the middle of the table, at the Last Supper, among the loaves, knives and cups used at the banquet." In the writings of Tertullian we find this statement:"We are little fishes in Christ our great fish." The last two thousand years, comprising the Piscean Age, has certainly been one of water and the many uses of that element have been emphasised, and sea and lake and river navigation has been brought to a high degree of efficiency.

Zama za Paisesi ni kitu gani?
Swali hili linataka kutia fikrani ya ziada. Zama za Paisesi ni yenyekutambulishanishwa na mtawanyiko wa nguvu za ushawishi za Kikristu. Neno Paisesi lamaanisha samaki. Alama-nyota yafahamika kama alama maji, na zama za Paisesi imekuwa kiumahususi wa sifa ni zama ya samaki na elementi yake, maji. Katika kusimamisha taasisi zao kuu Yohana mtayarisha njia na Yesu wote wawili walileta kaidalisho la ubatizo wa maji, ambalo limekuwa likitumika katika yote makanisa ya Kikristu na wenye kupendelea ya namna hiyo, hata kufikia wakati huu. Maji ni alama ni alama ya kweli ya utakaso. Yesu mwenyewe alimuambia Mtayarisha njia kabla ya kubatizwa:"watu wote yawapasa kuoshwa, kiualama wa utakaso wa nafsi-roho."(Izando 64:7) Samaki ilikuwa ni alama ya Kikristu. Katika karne za awali za utawanyiko wa nguvu za Wakristu samaki ilikuwa kila mahali ikitumika kama alama. Katika kitabu chake cha sifa ya aina yake,"Christian Iconograpy," Didron asema: "Samaki, kwa fikra ya wachimbuaji wa vitu vya zamani tuseme kwa pamoja, ni alama ya Yesu Kristu. Samaki amechongwa picha juu ya majengo mengi ya Kikristu, na kwa umahususi zaidi kwenye majeneza ya mawe, ma-sakofegasi, ya zamani. Yuko pia kwenye nishani, medali, zenye kubeba picha ya Mwokozi wetu na pia imekwanguriwa kipicha kwenye mawe, kameyo na nakshi. Samaki pia huchorwa pia kwenye sarafu-hirizi zinazovaliwa kuning'inia kwenye shingo za watoto, kwenye vioo vya zamani na taa zilizotiwa nakshi ya michorongo. "Michoro ya kimaandishi kwenye vyombo vya kubatizia hurembeshwa sura hasa hasa na samaki. Samaki anaoneshwa namna ile ile kwenye sinia katikati ya meza, kwenye Mlo wa Mwisho, miongoni mwa mikate, visu na vikombe vilivyotumika kalamuni." Katika maandiko ya Tertullian tunakuta kauli yenye kusema hivi: "Sisi ni samaki wadogo katika Kristu samaki wetu Mkubwa." Miaka elfu mbili iliyokatika, inayobeba zama za Paisesi, kwa hakika imekuwa ni ile ya maji na matumizi mengi ya elementi hiyo imesisitizwa, na mapito ya safari za bahari na ziwa na mito imekwenda kwenye ubora wa juu wa ufanisi.

What is the Aquarian Age?
The human race is to-day standing upon the cusp of the Piscean-Aquarian Ages. Aquarius is an air sign and the New Age is already noted for remarkable inventions for the use of air, electrici, magnetism, etc. Men navigate the air as fish do the sea, and send their thoughts spinning around the world with the speed of lightning. The word Aquarius is derived from the Latin word aqua, meaning water. Aquarius is however, the water bearer, and the symbol of the sign, which is the eleventh sign of the Zodiac, is a man carrying in his right hand a pitcher of water. Jesus referred to the beginning of the Aquarian Age in these words: "And then the man who bears the pitcher will walk forth across an arc of heaven; the sign and signet of the Son of Man will stand forth in the eastern sky. The wise will then lift up their heads and know that the redemption of the earth is near." (Aquarian Gospel 157: 29, 30.) The Aquarian Age is pre-eminently a spiritual age, and the spiritual side of the great lessons that Jesus gave to the world may now be comprehended by multitudes of people, for the many are now coming into an advanced stage of spiritual consciousness; so with much propriety this book is called "The Aquarian (or Spiritual) Gospel of Jesus, the Christ." An Important Event. The transfer of dominion from one Age to another is an important event in the world of Cherubim and Seraphim. Among the manuscrpts of Levi we have found a most remarkable paper describing the transfer of dominion from the Piscean Age to the Aquarian Age, but it is difficult to determine whether it is a recital of facts or a prophetic statement. We reproduce the paper in full.

Zama za Ndoo ni kitu gani?
Jamii yote nzima ya mwanadamu leo hii yasimama nchani pa zama Paisesi-Akwarisi. Akwarisi ni alama-nyota ya hewa na zama mpya tayari yaonekana bayana kufahamika vizuri kabisa kwa matumizi yake ya hewa, umeme, usumaku n.k Watu wafanya masafa ya njia Hewani kama samaki wafanyavyo baharini, na watuma fikra zao kujizungurusha kuzunguka dunia kwa kasi ya umeme wa radi. Neno Akwarisi linachimbukia kutoka kwenye neno la kilatini akwa, kumaanisha maji. Akwarisi hata hivyo, mteka maji, na alama-picha na alama-nyota, ambayo ni alama-nyota ya kumi na moja ya Zodiaki, ni mtu kabeba mkono wake wa kuume tekeo la maji. Yesu alihusisha kusema juu ya kuanza kwa Zama za Akwarisi katika maneno haya: "Na halafu mtu mwenye kubeba mfuko wa maji atatembea katika pinde za mbinguni; ishara na muhuri wa mwana wa mtu utasimama katika anga la mashariki. Wenyehekima watainua macho yao juu na kujua ya kwamba ukombozi wa dunia u karibu."(Izando 157:29,30) Zama za Akwarisi ni kwa kujitofautisha za zingine kwa kutangulia, zama ya kiroho, na upande wa kiroho wa masomo makuu ambayo Yesu aliyatoa kwa ulimwengu yaweza sasa kumaiziwa na makundi ya watu, kwa kuwa wengi sasa wanakuja kwenye ngazi ya kusonga juu zaidi ya ufahamu wa kiroho; hivyo kwa kufaa sana kisifa kitabu hichi chaitwa "Ijili ya (Kiroho)Akwarisi ya Yesu, Kristu." Tukio muhimu. Kukabidhiana nguvu tawala kutokea zama moja hadi ingine ni tukio muhimu katika ulimwengu wa Makerubi na Maserafi. Miongoni mwa miswada ya kimaandishi ya Levi tumepata andiko mahususi sana lenye kuelezea ukabidhianisho wa nguvu tawala kutoka Zama Paisesi kwenda Zama Akwarisi, lakini ni vigumu kubaini sura yake hasa ikiwa simulizi la kweli ama maelezo ya kinabii. Tunalileta andilo lote kwa ukamili wake.

THE CUSP OF THE AGES
"In Spirit I was caught away into the realms of Akasha; I stood alone within the circle of the sun. "And there I found the secret spring that opens up the doorto Wisdom and an understanding heart. "I entered in and then I knew. "I saw the four and twenty Cherubim and Seraphim that guard the circle of the sun, the mighty ones who were proclaimed by masters long ago `the four and twenty ancient ones.' "I heard the names of every Cherubim and Seraphim, and learned that every sign in all the Zodiac is ruled by two--a Cherubim and Seraphim. "And then I stood upon the cusp where Ages meet. The Piscean Age had passed; the Aquarian Age had just begun. "I saw the guardian Spirits of the Piscean Age; Ramasa is the Cherubim; Vacabiel is Seraphim. "I saw the guardian Spirits of the Aquarian Age, and Archer is the Cherubim; Sakmaquil is the Seraphim. "These four great spirits of the Triune God stood close together on the cusp, and in the presence of the sacred Three--the God of Might, the God of Wisdom, and the God of Love--the sceptre of Domain, of Might, of Wisdom and of Love was there transferred. "I heard the charges of the Triune God; but these I may not now reveal. I heard the history of the Piscean Age from Piscean Cherubim and Seraphim, and when I took my pen to write Ramasa: "Not now, my son, not now; but you may write it down for men when men have learned the sacred laws of Brotherhood, of Peace on earth, good-will to every living thing. "And then I heard the Aquarian Cherubim and Seraphim proclaim the Gospel of the coming Age, the Age of Wisdom, of the Son of Man. "And when the crown was lifted from the head of Ramasa and placed upon the head of Archer of the Aquarian Age; and when the royal sceptre was transferred from Seraphim Vacabiel to Seraphim Sakmaquil there was deep silence in the courts of heaven. "And then the goddess Wisdom spoke, and with her hands outstretched she poured the benedictions of the Holy Breath upon the rulers of Aquarius. "I may not write the words she spoke, but I may tell the Gospel of the coming age that Archer told when he received the crown. And I may breathe to men the song of praise that Seraphim Sakmaquil sung when she received the royal sceptre of the newborn age. "This Gospel I will tell, and I will sing this song in every land, to all the people, tribes and tongues of earth."

NCHA ya Mazama
"Katika roho nilishikwa katika alamu za Akasha; Nilisimama pekee yangu ndani ya mzunguko wa jua. "Na pale nilikuta chanzo cha siri cha bubujiko lenye kufungukia mlango kwenye hekima na uelewa wa moyo. "Nikaingia ndani na kisha nikajua. "Niliwaona Makerubi na Maserafimu ishirini na wanne wenye kuulinda mzunguko wa jua, wale wakubwa wa uwezo walipatwa kutamkwa na wakuu siku nyingi zilizokwenda 'Wa zamani ishirini na wanne.'" Nilisikia jinala kila Kerubi na Serafimu, na kujifunza ya kwamba kila alama-nyota katika zodiaki yote inatawaliwa na wawili--Kerubi na Serafimu. "Na halafu nikaposimama nchani pa kutaniko pa Mazama. Zama ya Paisesi imekwisha kupita; Zama ya Akwarisi imekwisha kuanza. "Nikawaona roho walinzi wa Zama Paisesi; Ramasa ni Kerubi; Vakabieli ni Serafimu. "Nikawaona roho walinzi wa Zama Akwarisi, Archa ni Kerubi; Sakmakwili ni Serafimu. "Roho hawa wakubwa wa Mungu Tatu-Moja walisimama karibu karibu nchani, na katika uwepo wa Watatu watakatifu--Mungu wa Uweza, Mungu wa Hekima, na Mungu wa Upendo--fimbo ya hadhi ya kitawala ya mapana ya tawala, ya uweza, wa Hekima na Upendo ilihamishwa. "Nikasikia maagizo ya shughuli ya Mungu Tatu-Moja; lakini haya siwezi kuyafunua. Nikasikia historia ya zama ya Paisesi kutoka kwa Kerubi wa Paisesi na Serafimu, na mara nalipochukua kalamu yangu kuandika Ramasa akaniambia: "Siyo sasa, mwanangu, siyo sasa; lakini unaweza kuyaandika kwa ajili ya watu pale watu wameshajifunza Sheria Takatifu za Undugu, za Amani duniani, Mapenzi mema kwa kila kilichohai. "Na kisha nikasikia Kerubi wa Akwarisi wa Zama Akwarisi wakitamka kuitaja Injili ya Zama inayokuja, zama ya Hekima, ya mwana wa mtu. "Na taji lilipoinuliwa kutoka kichwani pa Ramasa na kuweka kichwani pa Archa wa Zama Akwarisi; na pale fimbo ya kifalme ilipohamishiwa kutoka kwa Seraphim Vakabieli kwenda kwa Serafimu Sakmaili kukawa na kimya kizito katika mabaraza ya mbinguni. "Na mungukike wa Hekima akazungumza, na kwa mikono yake kunyooshwa mbele akamimina mibaraka ya Pumzi Takatifu kwa watawala wa Akwarisi. "Naweza kutokuandika maneno aliyozungumza, ila ninaweza kuisimulia Injili ya zama inayokuja ambayo Archa alisimulia alipolipokea taji.
Na ninaweza kupuliza pumzi kwa watu wimbo wa kutukuza ambao Serafimu Sakmakwili aliuimba alipoipokea fimbo ya kifalme ya zama mpya kuzaliwa. "Injili hii nitaisimulia, na nitauwimba wimbo katika kila nchi, kwa watu wote, makabila na ndimi zote za dunia."

What is Meant by "the Christ", as the Word is Used in This Book?
The word Christ is derived from the Greek word Kristos and means anointed. It is identical with the Hebrew word Messiah. The word Christ, per se, does not refer to any particular person; every anointed person is christed. When the definite article "the" is placed before the word christ a definite personality is indicated, and this personality is none other than a member of the Trinity, the Son who had a glory with the Father-Mother before the worlds were formed. According to the teachings of all ancient masters this Son is Love; so the Christ is Love, and Love is God, since God is Love. Another remarkable manuscript found in Levi's Akashic portfolio gives the clearest possible ideal of the Christ, or Love of God. It is presumed that this manuscript is a direct transcription from the Akashic Records and its importance demands its reproduction here in full.

Nini yamaanishwa kwa "Kristu", kama neno lilivyotumika katika kitabu hichi?
Neno Kristu linachimbukia kutoka kwenye neno la Kiyunani Kristosi na kumaanisha mtiwa mfuta. Ni lenye utambulisho sawa sawa na neno la Kiebrania Masiya. Neno Kristu, kama lilivyokipekee yake, halihusishi mtu yeyote kwa hasa hasa; kila mpakwa mafuta ni mfanywa kristu. Kulingana na mpangilio wa kilugha(asili kiingereza) kuna pia vile kuashiria unafsi mtu, na huu si mwingine nje ya mjumbe wa Utatu, Mwana mwenye utukufu na Baba-Mama kabla ya alimwengu kufanyika. Kulingana na mafundishi ya wakuu wote wa zamani mwana huyu ni Pendo; kwa hiyo Kristu ni Pendo, na Upendo ni Mungu, tangia kwamba Mungu ni Pendo. Hati andishi ingine ya kipekee ya Levi miongoni mwa mkusanyiko wa kazi za sifa moja yatoa fikra-adili ya picha ya wazi kabisa kuwezekana ya Kristu, ya Pendo la Mungu. Inachukuliwa kwa kutanguliwa hati hii andishi ni nakilisho la moja kwa moja kutokea kwenye hifadhi za Kiakasa na umuhimu wake wataka kuleta yote yote hapa.

THE CHRIST
"Before creation was the Christ walked with the Father God and Mother God in Akasha. "The Christ is son, the only son begotten by Almighty God, the God of Force and God omniscient, God of thought; and Christ is God, the God of Love. "Without the Christ there was no light. Through Christ all life was manifest; and so through him all things were done, and so through him all things were done, and naught was done in forming worlds or peopling worlds without the Christ. "Christ is the Logos of Infinities and through the word alone are Thought and Force made manifest. "The Son is called the Christ, because the Son, the Love, universal Love, was set apart, ordained to be creator, Lord, preserver and redeemer of all things, of everything that is, or evermore will be. "Through Christ, the protoplast, the earth, the plant, the beast, the man, the angel and the cherubim took up their stations on their planes of life. "Through Christ they are preserved; and if they fall it is the Christ who lifts them up; and if they sell themselves to sin the Christ redeems. "Now Christ, the universal Love, pervades all spaces of infinity, and so there is no end to love. "From the greater heart of Love unnumbered spirits were sent forth to demostrate the height, the depth, the width, the boundlessness of Love. "To every world and star and moon and sun a master spirit of this Love divine was sent; and all were full anointed with the oil of helpfulness, and each became a Christ. "All glorious in his majesty is Christ, who spreads the pure white robe of Love o'er all the planes of earth--The Christ of earth, its heaven, its graves. "In course of time the protoplast, the earth, the plant, the beast, the man sold out their birthrights unto sin; but Christ was present to redeem. "Hid in the holiest place in all infinities is locked the scroll that bears the record of the purposes of God, the Triune God, and there we read: "Perfection is the ultimate of life. A seed is perfect in its embryotic life, but it is destined to unfold, to grow. "Into the soil of every plane these seeds, which were the Thoughts of God, were cast--The seeds of protoplast, of earth, of beast, of man, of angel and of cherubim, and they who sowed the seeds, through Christ, ordained that they should grow, and should return at last, by effort of unnumbered years, to the great granary of thought, and each to be a perfection of its kind. "And in the boundless blessed of Love the man was made the Lord of protoplast of earth, of plant, of beast; and Christ proclaimed: Man shall have full dominion over everything that is upon these planes of life; and it was so. "And he who gave the lordship unto man declared that he must rule by Love. "But men grew cruel and they lost their power to rule, and protoplast, and earth, and plant and beast became at enmity with man; he lost his heritage; but Christ was present to redeem. "But man had lost his consciousness of right; he could no longer comprehend the boundlessness of Love; he could see naught but self, and things of self; but Christ was there to seek the lost and save. "So that he might be close to man in all the ways of life, that man might comprehend the mighty spirit of the Love, the Christ of earth made manifest to human eyes and ears by taking his abode in some pure person, well prepared by many lives to be fit abiding place of Love. "Thus Christ made manifest Love's power to save; but men forget so soon, and so Christ must manifest again, and then again. "And ever since man took his place in form of flesh the Christ has been manifest in flesh at first of every age."

KRISTU
"Kabla ya uumbaji Kristu alitembea na Baba Mungu na Mama Mungu katika Akasha. "Kristo ni mwana, mwana wa pekee wa Mungu muweza yote, mungu wa Kani na Mungu mwenye kujua yote, Mungu wa fikra; na Kristu ni Mungu, Mungu wa Pendo. "Pasipo Kristu hakukuwa na nuru, kupitia Kristu namna zote za uhai/uzima zilidhahirika; na hivyo kupitia yeye vitu vyote vilifanyika, na hakuna chochote kilifanyika katika alimwengu kuchukua sura ama kujaza watu alimwengu pasipo Kristu. "Kristu ni Logosi wa mapana yote na kupitia neno peke yake ndipo Fikra na Kani hufanyika dhahiri. "Mwana afahamika kama Kristu, kwa kuwa Mwana, Pendo, Pendo la Ulimwengu mzima, aliwekwa kwa sehemu yake, kupangwa awe muumba, Bwana, mtunzaji na mkombozi wa vitu vyote, wa kila kilicho, ama kila kitakachokuwa zaidi na zaidi. "Kupitia Kristu, protoplasti, dunia, mimea, wanyama, mtu, malaika na makerubi wakachukua vituo vyao kwenye wanda za uhai/uzima. "Kupitia Kristu vyote vyatunzwa; na ikiwa vyaanguka sifa na hadhi ni Kristu aviinuavyo; na akiwa vyajiuza kwenye dhambi Kristo havikomboa. "Sasa Kristu, Pendo Yunivasali, hupenyezea sifa mapana yote ya kimtungiko kwa maumbo, na basi hakuna mwisho kwa pendo. "Kutokea katika moyo mkuu zaidi wa Pendo idadi isiyohesabika ya roho za uzima zilitumwa kwenda kufanyisha sifa ya kimaumbo na uweza, marefu, vina, mapana ya Pendo pasipo hadhi ya kuwa na mipaka. "Kwa kila ulimwengu na nyota na mwezi na jua roho kuu ya uzima ya Pendo hili manani ilitumwa; za zote zilimiminiwa mafuta ya usaidizi, na kila moja ikawa Kristu. "Utukufu wote na hadhi ya Kifalme ni Kristu, mwenye kusambazia kote vazi jeupe la Pendo juu ya wanda zote za dunia--Kristu wa dunia, mbingu yake, makaburi yake. "Katika mapito ya wakati protoplasti, dunia, mmea, mnyama, na mtu wakajiuza haki zao za uzaliwa kwa dhambi; lakini Kristu alikuwepo kukomboa. "Kufichwa ndani pahala patakatifu katika mapana yote vipimo imefungiwa mikunjurisho ya vitabu vyenye kubena hifadhi ya kumbukumbu kwa dhumuni la Mungu, Mungu Tatu-Moja, na humo twasoma: "Ukamilifu ndicho kilele cha uzima. Mbegu ni kamilifu katika kiini cha mwanzo cha kiuhai wa maisha yake, lakini kina jaalishwa kufunguka sura, kukua. "Katika kila ardhi ya wanda kuna mbegu hizi, ambazo zilikuwa Fikra za Mungu, zilitupiwa -- mbegu za protoplasti, za dunia, za mnyama, za mtu, za malaika na za makerubi, na wale ambao huzivuna mbegu, kupitia Kristu, alizopangwa kuwa zije kuja kukua, na zije kurejea mwishoni, kwa jitihada ya miaka mingi isiyo idadi, kwa kihenga kikuu cha fikra, na kila moja kuwa ukamilifu wa aina yake. "Na katika ubarikika wa Pendo lisilo na sifa ya mipaka mtu alifanya kuwa Bwana wa protoplasti ya dunia, ya mmea, ya mnyama; na Kristu akatamka: Mtu na awe na tawala juu ya kila kitu kilichopo katika wanda hizi za uhai; na ikawa hivyo. "Na na yeye uliyeutoa U-Bwna kwa mtu akatamka wazi ya kwamba yeye atawale kwa Pendo. "Lakini watu wakakuwa wakatili na kupoteza nguvu yao ya uweza kutawala, na protoplasti, na dunia, na mmea na mnyama wakawa na uadui na mtu; akapoteza urithi wake; lakini Kristu alikuwapo kukomboa. "Lakini mtu akapoteza ufahamu wake wa lililo sahihi; hakuweza tena kumaizi usivyo hadhi ya mapana wa Pendo; aliweza kuona si kingine chochote ila nafsi, na vitu vya nafsi; lakini Kristu alikuwapo pale kutafuta waliopotea na kuokoa. "Ili kwamba apate kuwa karibu na mtu katika njia zote za uzima, kuwa kwamba mtu angeliweza kumaizi roho-uweza-mkuu kwa uzima ya Pendo, Kristu wa dunia alifanyika kudhahirika kwenye macho ya kibinadamu na masikio kwa kuweka makao katika mtu mmoja safi, aliyeandaliwa vizuri kwa maisha na maisha ili awe sehemu vizuri kutosha kwa Pendo. "Hivyo ndiyo basi Kristu alifanya kudhahirika nguvu ya kuokoa ya Pendo; lakini watu wakasahau mapema, na hivyo Kristu hana budi kudhahirika tena, na halafu tena. "Na toka kote daima mtu alichukua nafasi yake kwa sura ya mwili wa nyama katika kuanza kwa kila zama."

What relationship existed between Jesus of Nazareth and the Christ?
Orthodox Christian ecclesiastics tell us that Jesus of Nazareth and the Christ were one; that the true name of this remarkable person was Jesus Christ. They tell us that this man of Galilee was the very eternal God clothed in flesh of man that men might see his glory. Of course this doctrine is wholly at variance with the teachings of Jesus himself and of his apostles. The Aquarian Masters in council have formulated an answer to this question that so well covers all the information required that we give it in full:

Ni uhusiano upi ulikuwepo kati ya Yesu ya Nazareti na Kristu?
Watumishi wa Kiordhodoksi wa Kikristu wanatuambia ya kwamba Yesu wa Nazareti na Kristu walikuwa kitu kimoja; ya kwamba jina la kweli la mtu huyu wa kipekee lilikuwa ni Yesu Kristu. Wanatuambia ya kwamba mtu huyu wa Galilaya alikuwa ni Mungu wa Milele alivikwa mwili wa nyama wa mtu ili kwamba watu wapate kuweza kuuona utukufu wake. Hapana shaka fundisho la hivi lipo kwa uzima wake wote kupishana na mafundisho ya Yesu mwenyewe na la mitume wake. Wakuu wa Akwarisi katika baraza walitengeneza sura ya jibu kwa swali hili ambalo lafunika habari zote zenye kuhitajika ambalo tunalileta hapa kwa ujazo wake wote:

"Jesus was an ideal Jew, born in Bethlehem of Judea. His mother a beautiful Jewish girl named Mary. As a child Jesus differed but little from other children only that in past lives he had overcome carnal propensites to such an extent that he could be tempted like others and not yield. Paul was right when to the Hebrews he said: `He was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.'-- Hebrews 4: 15. "Jesus suffered as other men suffer, and was made perfect through suffering; for this is the only way to perfection. His life was an example of attainment by the way of crosses and cruel treatment. Paul was right again when he said: `It became him, for whom are all things and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons into glory to make the captain of their salvation perfect through suffering.'- -Hebrews 2: 10. "In many respects Jesus was a remarkable child, for by ages of strenuous preparation he was qualified to be an avatar, a saviour of the world, and from childhood he was endowed with superior wisdom and was conscious of the fact that he was competent to lead the race into the higher ways of spiritual living. But he was conscious also of the fact that he must attain the mastery by trials, buffetings, temptations and sufferings. And all his life was spent in attaining. After his death, burial and resurrection he appeared in materialised form before the Silent Brothers in the temple of Heliopolis, in Egypt, and said: "`My human life was wholly given to bring my will to tune with the deific will; when this was done my earth-tasks all were done. "`You know that all my life was one great drama for the sons of men; a pattern for the sons of men. I lived to show the possibilities of man. "`What I ahve done all men can do, and what I am all men shall be.'"--Aquarian Gospel 178: 43, 46. "Jesus was the name of the man and it was the only appropriate name for this kind of a man. The word means Saviour, and Jesus was in more senses than one a saviour. The word Christ means "the anointed one," and then it is an official title. It means, The Master of Love. When we say "Jesus the Christ" we refer to the man and to his office; just as we do when we say Edward, the King, or Lincoln, the president. Edward was not always King, and Lincoln was not always President, and Jesus was not always Christ. Jesus won his Christship by a strenuous life, and in the Aquarian Gospel, chapter 55, we have a record of the events of his christing, or receiving the degree Christ. Here is where he was coronated by the highest earth authorities as the Christ-King; properly speaking, `The Master of Love'; and after this was done he entered at once upon his Judean and Galilean ministry. "We recognise the facts that Jesus was man and that Christ was God, so that in very truth Jesus the Christ was the God-man of the ages." The Nazarene's Testimony. Jesus himself made the matter clear. Once when he was speaking to a congregation in Bethany the people called him King and he stood forth and said: "`I am not sent to sit upon a throne to rule as Caesar rules; and you may tell the ruler of the Jews that I am not a claimant for his throne. "`Men call me Christ, and God has recognised the name; but Christ is not a man. The Christ is universal Love, and Love is King. "`This Jesus is but man who has been fitted by temptations overcome, by trials multiform, to be the temple through which the Christ can manifest to men. "`Then hear, you men of Israel, hear! Look not upon the flesh; it is not king. Look to the Christ within who shall be formed in every one of you, as he is formed in me. "`When you have purified your hearts by faith, the king will enter in and you will see his face.'"--Aquarian Gospel 68: 10-14.

"Yesu alikuwa Myahudi hasa, aliyezaliwa Bethlehemu ya Yudea. Mama yake msichana wa kupendeza wa Kiyahudi aliyeitwa Mariamu. Kama mtoto Yesu alitofautiana kidogo na watoto wengine kwamba tu katika maisha yake yaliyopita alikuwa keshakwisha yazidi matamanio yake ya kimwili wa nyama kwa kiasi kwamba anaweza kushawishiwa na wengine na yeye asiitikie. Paulo alikuwa sahihi pale ambapo kwa Waebrania alisema: Kwa maana huyu kuhani wetu mkuu si kuhani ambaye hawezi kutuhurumia katika udhaifu wetu, bali ni kuhani ambaye kwa kila hali amejaribiwa kama sisi, lakini pasipo kutenda dhambi.'--Waebrania 4:15. "Yesu alisumbuka kama watu wasumbukavyo, na alifanyika mkamilifu kupitia mateso; kwa hii ndiyo njia pekee kuelekea ukamilifu. Maisha yake yalikuwa ni mfano wa mafikio kwa njia ya misalaba na matendeo yasiyo ya huruma. Paulo alikuwa sahihi aliposema: 'Kwa maana ilikuwa ni sawa kabisa kwamba Mungu, ambaye kwa ajili yake na kwa uweza wake vitu vyote vimekuwepo, amfanye Mwanzilishi wa wokovu wao kuwa mkamilifu kwa njia ya mateso, ili awalete wana wengi washiriki utukufu wake.'-Waebrania 2:10. "Kwa picha mbalimbali za kutazama Yesu alikuwa mtoto wa sifa ya kipekee, kwa kuwa kwa vipindi na vipindi virefu vya kuishi kimatayarisho ya kubana sana alikidhi kufaa kuwa Avatara, mkombozi wa ulimwengu, na kutokea utoto wake alikuwa kajaliwa na hekima ya hali ya juu na alikuwa macho na ukwlei wa kwamba yeye anasifa za kutosha kuongozea mbele jamii ya wanadamu kwenye njia za juu za kuishi kiroho. Lakini pia alikuwa macho na ukweli wa kamba yambidi yeye kufikia juu kwa majaribu ya ukuu, mapigo ya hali, majaribu na masumbuko. Maisha yake yote yalitumika kufikia juu. Baada ya kifo chake, maziko na ufufuko alitokeza kwa sura ya umbo la kimwili mbele ya Wandugu Waukimya katika hekalu la Heliopolis, Misri. na kusema: "Maisha yangu ya kibinadamu yalitolewa kuileta nia yangu kurekebishika ili kuendana na nia ya kideifi; hili lilipofanyika kazi yangu ya duniani yote ilikwisha. "Mwajua ya kwamba maisha yangu yote yalikuwa ni mfufulizo wa matukio ya kufuatilika kujifunza kwa ajili ya wana za watu; kielezo cha mfano wa kipicha kwa wana za watu. Niliishi kuonesha mawezekano ya mtu. "Kile nilichokifanya watu wote waweza kukifanya, na vile nilivyo watu wote watakuwa. '"--Izando 178: 43, 46. "Yesu lilikuwa ni jina la mtu na lilikuwa ni jina tu la kufaa kwa namna ya mtu huyu. Neno lamaanisha Mwokozi, na Yesu alikuwa maana halisi hasa zaidi ya moja mwokozi. Neno Kristu lamaanisha "mpakwa mafuta," na halafu ni jina la kikazi. Lamaanisha, Mkuu wa Pendo. Tusemapo "Yesu Kristu" tunahusikanisha mtu na mahala pake pa kazi; kama vile tu tufanyavyo tusemavyo Edward, Mfalme, ama Lincoln, Rais. Edward si daima alikuwa Mfalme, na Lincoln si daima alikuwa ni Rais, na Yesu si daima alikuwa Kristu. Yesu alishinda Ukristu wake kwa maina yenye kubana hali, na katika Injili ya Akwarisi, sura ya 55, tunayo hifadhi ya kumbukumbu kwa matukio ya Kukristutika kwake, au kupokea shahada ya Kristu. Hapa ndipo alipopatiwa hadhi ya sifa ya kutambulika sifa na mamlaka ya juu kabisa duniani kama Kristu-Mfalme; kuzungumza sawa sawa, 'Mkuu wa Pendo'; na baada ya kuwa limefanyika aliingia mara moja kwenye huduma yake ya Galilaya na Yudea. "Twazitambua kweli hizi ya kwamba Yesu alikuwa mtu na ya kwamba Kristu alikuwa Mungu, hivyo kwamba katika ile kweli hasa Yesu Kristu alikuwa ni mtu-Mungu wa zama na zama." Ushuhuda wa Mnazareti. Yesu mwenyewe aliliweka wazi. Wakati ambapo alikuwa akizungumza na umati wa makutano ya watu Bethania watu walimuita Mfalme na Yeye akasimama mbele na akasema: "Sijatumwa kuketi juu ya mahala pa enzi kutawala kama Kaisari atawalavyo; na mwaweza kuwaambia watawala wa wayahudi kwamba miye siye kwenye kudai nafasi kwa mahala pake pa enzi. Watu waniita miye Kristu, na Mungu amelitambua jina; lakini Kristu siyo mtu. Kristu ni upendo wa ulimwengu wote mzima, na upendo ndio mfalme. Yesu huyu ni ila mtu ambaye amefaa nafasi kwa kuyashinda majaribu, kwa kusimama mbele za haki za namna mbalimbali, kuwa ni hekalu ambalo kupitia hilo Kristu aweza kudhahirika kwa watu. Hivyo sikia, ninyi watu wa Israeli, sikieni! Angalieni juu ya mwili wa nyama; si ni mfalme. Angalieni Kristu aliye ndani, ambaye atafanyika sura kwa kila mmoja wenu, kama alivyofanyika sura katika mimi. 14 Mioyo yenu inapokuwa imekwisha safishwa kabisa kwa imani, mfalme ataingia, na mtamuona uso wake." Izando 68: 10-14

Surely this question has been answered. Jesus was man; Christ was Divine Love--the Love of God, and after thirty years of strenuous life the man had made his body fit to be the temple of the holy breath and Love took full possession, and John well said when he declared: "`And the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us and we beheld the glory of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth.'"

Ama kwa hakika swali hili limekwisha jibiwa. Yesu alikuwa ni mtu; Kristu ilikuwa ni Pendo Manani--Pendo la Mungu, na baada ya miaka thelathini ya maisha ya kujaribiwa sana uwezo, mtu akaufanya mwili wake kutosha sifa kuwa hekalu la Pumzi Takatifu na Pendo likachukua nguvu za akili na mwili, na Yohana alisema vema pale alipotamka: "Na Neno akafanyika mwili na kukaa nasi na sisi tukauona utukufu wa mwana wa pekee wa Baba, aliyejaa Neema na Kweli,'"

Who was Levi, the Transcriber of this Book?
Regarding the personality of Levi we are permitted to write but little. Suffice it to say that he is an American citizen, and has been a close student of the religions of the world from childhood. When but a boy he was impressed with the sensitiveness of the finer ethers and believed that in some manner they were sensitised plates on which sounds, even thoughts, were recorded. With avidity he entered into the deeper studies of etheric vibration, determined to solve the great mysteries of the heavens for himself. Forty years he spent in study and silent meditation, and then he found himself in that stage of spiritual consciousness that permitted him to enter the domain of these superfine ehters and become familiar with their mysteries. He then learned that the imaginings of his boyhood days were founded upon veritable facts, and that every thought of every living thing is there recorded. In his manuscript entitled "The Cusp of the Ages," a part of which we have already reproduced in this Introduction, we find the following copy of the Commission, which Levi received from Visel, the Goddess of Wisdom, or the Holy Breath.

Levi ni nani, mnakilishaji wa hichi kitabu?
Kuhusiana na wasifu mtu kama mtu wa Levi tunaruhusa ya kuandika kidogo tu. Itoshe kusema ya kwamba yeye ni raia wa Marekani, na mwanafunzi wa karibu wa dini za duniani kutokea utoto. Alipokuwa angali mtoto tu alivutiwa macho na uhisivu fahamu kwa aetha nyembamba na aliamini kwamba kwa namna fulani zilikuwa ni namna za nyuso zilizosifa ya kushika hisia ambazo kwazo sauti, hata mafikara, yalikuwa yakihifidhiwa kumbukumbu. Kwa msukumo wa imani ya mafanikio aliingia kwenye kisomo cha kina cha mitetemo ya kiaetha, akijizatiti kutatua mafumbo makubwa ya mbingu yeye mwenyewe. Miaka arobaini alitumia katika kujifunza na miditisha ya ukimya, na kisha akajikuta katika ngazi ya ufahamu wa kiroho ambao ulimruhusu yeye kuingia kwenye mapana ya nguvu ya ushawishi ya aetha hizi zilizonyembamba mno na kuja kuwa amezoeana na mastaajabu yake. Alikuja kujifunza kujua ya kwamba yale aliyokuwa akiyaona kichwani siku za ukijana wake mdogo yalikuwa na msingi wa kweli zenye kusimamia kwenye kweli kumulika wazi, na kwamba kila wazo/fikra ya kila chenye kuishi huko hufanyika hifadhi-kumbukumbu. Katika hati andishi yake ya "The Cusp of the Ages," sehemu ya hiyo tayari tumeshaileta mbele katika utangulizi huu, tunakuta nakala ya ifuatayo ya kamisheni, ambayo Levi aliipokea kutoka kwa Viseli, Mungumke wa Hekima, ama Pumzi Takatifu.

LEVI'S COMMISSION
"And then Visel the holy one stood forth and said: "O Levi, son of man, behold, for you are called to be the message bearer of the coming age-- the age of spirit blessedness. "Give heed, O son of man, for men must know the Christ, the Love of God; for Love is sovereign balm for all the wounds of men, the remedy for every ill. "And man must be endowed with Wisdom and with Power and with an Understanding heart. "Behold the Record Galleries of Visel where every thought and word and deed of every living thing is written down. "The needs of men are manifold, and men must know their needs. "Now, Levi, hearken to my words: go forth into these mystic Galleries and read. There you will find a message for the world; for every man; for every living thing. "I breathe upon you now the Holy Breath; you will discriminate, and you will know the lessons that these Record Books of God are keeping now for men of this new age. "This age will be an age of splendour and of light, because it is the home age of the Holy Breath; and Holy Breath will testify anew for Christ, the Logos of eternal Love. "At first of every age this Logos is made manifest in flesh so man can see and know and comprehend a Love that is not narrow, circumscribed. "Twelve times in every revolution of the sun this christed Love of God is made full manifest in flesh upon the planes of earth, and you may read in Akasha the wondrous lessons that these Christs have taught to men; but you shall publish not to men the lessons of the Christs of ancient times. "Now, Levi, message bearer of the Spirit Age, take up your pen and write. "Write full the story of The Christ who built upon the Solid Rock of yonder circle of the sun-- the Christ who men have known as Enoch the Initiate. "Write of his works as prophet, priest and seer; write of his life of purity and love, and how he changed his carnal flesh to flesh divine without descending through the gates of death. "And you may write the story of Melchizedec, the Christ who lived when Abram lived, and pointed out to men the way of life through sacrifice; who gave his life a willing sacrifice for men. "And you may write the story of the Prince of Peace, The Christ who came as babe in Bethlehem, and travelled every way of life that man must tread. "He was despised, rejected and abused; was spit upon, was crucified, was buried in a tomb; but he revived and rose a conqueror over death that he might show the possibilities of man. "A thousand times he said to men:`I came to show the possibilities of man; what I have done all men may do, and what I am all men shall be.' "These stories of The Christ will be enough, for they contain the true philosophy of life, of death and of the resurrection of the dead. "They show the spiral journey of the soul until the man of earth and God are one for evermore." Levi in Prophecy. About two thousand years ago Elihu, who conducted a school of the prophets in Zoan Egypt, referred to Levi thus: "This age will comprehend but little of the works of Purity and Love; but not a word is lost, for in the Book of God's Remembrance a registry is made of every thought and word and deed; "And when the world is ready to receive, lo, God will send a messenger to open up the book and copy from its sacred pages all the messages of Purity and Love. "Then every man of earth will read the words of life in the language of his native land, and men will see the light. "And man again will be at one with God."--Aquarian Gospel 7: 25- 28. Further references to the personality of Levi are, seemingly, unnecessary. It matters but little who he is; his work in the transcription of the Aquarian Gospel of Jesus, the Christ, stands unimpeachable. The lessons of this book all bear the stamp of the Nazarene, for no man except the world's greatest master could have touched the high chords of divine Love and Wisdom which characterise the pages of this marvellous book.

KAMISHENI YA LEVI
"Na kisha Viseli mtakatifu akasimama mbele na kusema: "Eh Levi, mwana wa mtu, tazama, kwa kuwa wewe umeitwa kuwa mbeba ujumbe wa zama inayokuja--zama ya roho ya ubarikika. "Tega sikio, eh mwana wa mtu, kwa kuwa watu hawana budi kumjua Kristu, Pendo la Mungu; kwa kuwa Pendo ndilo lenyewe mafuta yamuafaka wa mwisho kwa ajili ya majeraha yote ya watu, tiba ya kukomesha kila la ugonjwa. "Na mtu hana budi kupewa sifa za ndani yake za hekima na uweza na moyo wenye kuelewa. "Tazama hifadhi ya kumbukumbu la makusanyiko la picha mbalimbali za Viseli ambamo kila fikara na neno na tendo la kila chenye kuishi limeandikwa. "Mahitaji ya mtu ni yenye kupishana pishana sura yake ya kutokea, na watu hawana budi kuyafahamu mahitaji yao. "Sasa, Levi, sikiliza maneno yangu: enenda kwenye makusanyiko wa picha mbalimbali za kisikirifu na usome. Humo utaupata ujumbe kwa ulimwengu; kwa kuwa kila mtu; kwa kila kilicho hai. "Napuliza kwako sasa Pumzi Takatifu; utatofautisha moja na ingine, nawe utajua masomo ambayo Vitabu hivi vya hifadhi ya kumbukumbu vya Mungu vyatuza sasa kwa ajili ya watu wa hii zama."Zama hii itakuwa ni ya fahari kuu ya mwangaza, kwa sababu ni zama nyumbani ya Pumzi Takatifu; na Pumzi Takatifu atashuhudia upya kwa Kristu, Logosi wa Pendo Milele. "Kwa kwanza pa kila zama Logosi huyu alifanyika dhahiri katika mwili wa nyama ili mtu aweze kumuona na kujua na kumaizi Pendo ambalo si jembamba, kubanwa katikati. "Mara kumi na mbili katika kila mzunguruko wa jua Pendo hili lililokristukika la Mungu lafanyika kudhahirika kamili katika mwili wa nyama juu ya wanda za dunia, unaweza kusoma katika Akasha masomo ya kustaajabisha kabisa kwa uzuri ambayo Makristu hawa wamewafundisha watu; lakini hutatoa nakili nje kwa watu masomo ya Makristu wa nyakati za zamani. "Sasa, Levi, mbeba ujumbe wa zama ya Roho, ichukue kalamu na kuandika. "Liandike kwa mapana kamili simulizi la Kristu aliyejenga juu ya mwamba mgumu wa mzunguko wa mbali wa jua--Kristu ambaye watu wamemfahamu kama Enoki Mtimamu wa Kiroho. "Yaandike ya kazi zake kama nabii, kuhani na maona; yaandike ya maisha yake ya usafi na upendo, na jinsi alivyoubadili mwili wake wa nyama kuwa mwili nyama manani pasipo kuangukia malango la mauti. "Na unaweza kuyaandika ya Melkizedeki, Kristu aliyeishi kipindi Abrahamu akiishi, na kuoneshea watu mwelekeo wa maisha kupitia kujitoa muhanga; ambaye aliutoa uhai wake kwa kafara ya hiari kwa ajili ya watu. "Na unaweza kukiandika kisa cha Mwanamfalme wa Amani, Kristu aliyekuja kama mtoto bethlehemu, kusafiri njia ya kila namna ya maisha ambayo mtu hana budi kupitisha miguu. "Alidharauriwa, kukataliwa na kudhalilishwa; alitemewa mate,alisubiriwa, alizikwa ziarani; lakini alifufuka na kuinuka mshindi dhidi ya mauti ili kwamba aoneshe mawezekano ya mtu. "Mara elfu alisema kwa watu:'Naja kuonesha mawezekano ya mtu; kile nilichofanya watu wote waweza kufanya, na vile nilivyo mimi watu wote watakuja kuwa.'"Simulizi hizi za Kristu zitatosha, kwa sababu zabeba ndani yake unabii wa kweli. Miaka kama elfu mbili iliyopita Elihu, aliyekuwa akiendesha shule ya manabii ya Zoani Misri, alimrejea kumtaja Levi kwa hivi: "Zama hii itatambua ila kidogo tu juu ya kazi ya Usafi wa Moyo na Upendo; lakini hakuna neno limepotea, kwa kuwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu cha Mungu ingizo lafanyika kwa kila wazo, na neno, na tendo; Na pale ambapo ulimwengu u tayari kupokea, lo, Mungu atamtuma mjumbe kufungua kitabu na kunakili kutoka kwenye kurasa zake zilizohifadhika patakatifu ujumbe wote wa Usafi wa Moyo na Upendo. Na kisha tena kila mtu wa juu ya nchi atayasoma maneno ya uhai katika lugha ya nchi yake ya kuzaliwa, na wanadamu wataiona nuru, kutembea katika nuru na kuwa nuru. Na mwanadamu tena atakuwa mmoja na Mungu. Izando 7:25-28. Yakurejea zaidi kumtaja Levi kiuwasifu wa mtu kama mtu yaonekana kana kwamba si ya lazima. Ni la kutakika kujulikana ilivyo sana ila kidogo ya kuwa yeye ni nani; kazi yake katika kuinakilinisha Injili ya Zama Akwarisi ya Yesu, Kristu, yasimama bila kuweza kusababisha hatia. Masomo ya kitabu hichi yote yanabeba muhuri wa Mnazareti, kwa kuwa hakuna mtu isipokuwa mkuu kabisa wa dunia angeliweza kuzigusa nyuzi za juu za Pendo manani na hekima ambacho ndicho sifa ya muonekano kufanyizwa na kurasa za kitabu hichi kizuri mno.

What are the Akashic Records?
Akasha is a Sanskrit word, and means "Primary substance," that out of which all things are formed. According to Aquarian philosophy, it is the first stage of the crystallisation of spirit. This philosophy recognises the fact that all primordial substance is spirit; that matter is spirit moving at a lower rate of vibration, becoming, as one master expressed it, a coagulum. This Akashic, or primary substance, is of exquisite fineness and is so sensitive that the slightest vibration of an ether any place in the universe registers an indelible upon it. This primal substance is not relegated to any particular part of the universe, but is everywhere present. It is in very fact the "Universal Mind" of which our metaphysicians speak. When the mind of man is in exact accord with the Universal Mind man enters into a conscious recognition of these Akashic impressions, and may collect them and translate them into any language of earth with which he is familiar. In the infinite One manifest we note the attributes of Force, Intelligence and Love, and a person may be in full accord with one of these attributes and not with the others. One may enter fully into the spirit of the God of Force and not be imbued with the spirit of Intelligence; or one may be wholly absorbed with the spirit of Divine Love and be far removed from both Intelligence and Force. Furthermore, a person may enter fully into the consciousness of Holy Breath, or Supreme Intelligence, and be not at all in rapport with either Love or Force. Knowledge is not gained through the spirit of either Force or Love. It is only from Universal Mind. which is Supreme Intelligence, called by Oriental scholars the Akashic Records, and by Hebrew masters, the Book of God's Remembrance, that knowledge of any kind can be obtained. Consciousness; we note three phases of it:
1 Consciousness of the omnipotence of God and man.
2 Christ consciousness, or consciousness of Divine Love.
3 Consciousness of the Holy Breath, or of Supreme Intelligence.
We must bear in mind that one of these phases of consciousness does not necessarily imply either of the others. People are frequently found who are completely filled with the Love of God, are far advanced in the science of Christ consciousness, who are absolutely ignorant; have not the slightest conception of the laws of natural things or of spiritual things; are not in rapport with the great Teacher which is the Holy Spirit. The Akashic Records. The imperishable records of life, known as the Akashic Records, are wholly in the domain of Supreme Intelligence, or Universal Mind, and the Akashic record reader must be in such close touch with the Holy Spirit, or the Holy Breath, as the ancient masters call this spirit of Supreme Intelligence, that every vibration is instantly felt in every fibre of his being. Differentiation. Since all space is charged with vibrations of thoughts of all kinds how may the Akashic Record reader differentiate and gather only the thoughts and life events of a paticular person or group of persons? Every person has his own distinct vibration and when the reader fully understands the law of discrimination his whole being is tuned for the reception of the one particular tone and rhythm, and it is impossible for any other tone or rhythm to make the slightest impression upon him. This principle is demonstrated in wireless telegraphy. It required many years for Levi to learn the Law of Differentiation, and to come in rapport with the tones and rhythms of Jesus of Nazareth, Enoch and Melchizedec and their co-labourers. But under the direction of the Spirit of Supreme Intelligence, he has attained unto this accomplishment, and now he instantly feels in all his being the slightest vibrations that come from any of these great centres and, of course, all of his transcriptions are true to the letter.

Hifadhi za Kiakasha ni kitu gani?
Akasha ni neno la Kisanskriti, na lamaanisha "Dutu ya Msingi," ambayo kutoka kwa hiyo vitu vyote vyafanyikia sura. Kulingana na filosofia ya Akwarisi, ni fikio la hatua ya kwanza ya ugandamivu wa roho ya uzima. Filosofia hii yatambua kweli ya kwamba dutu chimbuko kwa kutokea pa awali kabisa ni roho ya uzima; ya kwamba maada ni roho yenye kwenda kwa uwiano wa chini-kuliko wa kasi ya mitetemo, kuja kuwa, kadri vile mkuu mmoja adhihirishavyo hiyo, fundo la mafundofundo. Hii ya Kiakasha, ama dutu ya msingi, ni nyembamba na yenye ukali wa hali ya juu kisifa, na iko sikivu sana kiathari kiasi kwamba hata mtetemo mdogomdogo kabisa wa aetha popote ulimwenguni warajisi kwa namna isiyoweza kufutika kwa hiyo. Dutu hii ya kimsingi wa awali haijapangiliwa kukaa pahala popote pa ulimwengu, ila iko kila mahala kuwapo. Hiyo ni kweli kabisa "Akili Yunivasali" ambayo wanametafizikia wetu wazungumza. Pale ambapo akili ya mtu iko katika namna yenye kulingana na Akili Yunivasali mtu aingia kwenye utambuzi wa kuwa macho na hivi vivutio picha vya Kiakasha, na aweza kukusanya taarifa zake na kuzitafsiri kuelekea lugha yoyote ya duniani ambayo yeye kazoea. Katika dhahiriko la Mmoja mpana pasi mwisho twatia machoni pa akili sifa za Kani, Usifaakili, na Upendo, na mtu mtu aweza kuwa mwenyekujaa kulingana na kimoja cha hizi sifa na si zingine. Mtu aweza kuingia kwa kujaa kwenye roho ya Mungu wa Kani na asiwe amejazwa na roho ya usifaakili; au awe amesharabiwa mazima na roho ya Pendo Manani na kuwa mbali na vyote viwili usifaakili na Kani. Maarifa hayapatikani kupitia roho ya aidha Kani ama Pendo. Ni pekww kutokea kwa Akili Yunivasali. Ambayo ndiyo usifaakili mkuu, walioitwa na wanazuoni wa mashariki ya mbali Hifadhi za Kiakasha, na Wakuu wa Kiebrania, kitabu cha Kumbukumbu la mungu, ambapo maarifa ya aina yoyote yanaweza kupatikana. Ufahamu; tunatia machoni pa akili mapana matatu ya tatu kuingiliana:
1. Ufahamu wa Uweza yote wa Mungu na mtu.
2. Ufahamu Kristu, au ufahamu wa Pendo Manani.
3. Ufahamu wa Pumzi Takatifu, au wa Usifaakili Mkuu.
Yatupasa kubakiza akilini ya kwamba moja ya haya mapana ya ufahamu hailazimu kupelekea maana moja au moja ya mwingine. Matu wanakutwa mara kwa mara wamejawa na Pendo la Mungu, na wamefika mbali katika sayansi ya Ufahamu Kristu, ambao kabisa kabisa ni wajinga wa visomo; hawana hata chembe ya kujua akilini sheria za vitu vya asili ama ya vitu vya kiroho; hawako kwenye maelewano ya kiakili na Mwalimu mkuu aliye ni Roho Mtakatifu. Hifadhi za Kiakasha. Hifadhi za kumbukumbu zisizokwisha uhai za uzima wote, zenye kufahamika kama Hifadhi za Kiakasha, zipo kwa mazima yake kwenye mapawa ya tawala ya roho ya usifaakili mkuu, ama Akili Yunivasali, na mwenye kuzisoma hifadhi za kumbukumbu yampasa kuwa karibu na Roho Takatifu, ama Pumzi Takatifu, kama wakuu wa zamani waliita hili Roho ya Usifaakili Mkuu, kwamba kila mtetemo wasikika hisia hapo hapo kwa wakati katika kila vijinyuzinyuzi vya ukuwa wake. Utofautishaji. Tangia kwamba kila mapana yote ya kuwezekana sura za maumbo yamejawa nguvu kwa mitetemo ya mafikara ya kila aina je, inawezekanaje kwa msomaji wa hifadhi za Kiakasha kutofautisha mafikara tu na matukio ya kimaisha ya mtu fulani hasa ama kundi la watu? Kila mtu anao mtetemo wa kujibayanisha upekee na pale ambapo msomaji anaelewa mapana ya kutosha ya sheria ya kuchukua hichi na kuacha kile wote ukuwa wake unajirekebisha kimawimbi kwa ajili ya kupokea toni na rithimu fulani moja, na ni muhari kwa toni na rithimu ingine kukamata hisia zake za kihabari hata kidogo. Kanuni ya mwenendo huu yafanyika kuoneshwa tabia zake katika utelegrafia isiyotumia waya. Ilimchukua miaka mingi Levi kujifunza sheria ya kuchua hichi na kuacha kile, na kuja kuwa na maelewano ya kiakili na toni na rithimu za Yesu wa Nazareti, Enoki na Melkizedeki na wengine wa kazi za kufananiana. Lakini chini ya maelekezo ya Roho ya Usifaakili Mkuu, alifikia kwenye mafanikio ya kiujuzi, na sasa anasikia hapohapo katika ukuwa wake wote mitetemo hata midogomidogo hasa yenye kuja kutokea kwenye vitovu vikuu, bila shaka, manakilisho yake ni ya kweli hata neno kwa neno.

MAN
"What is man that thou art mindful of him, or the son of man that thou visieth him?" This was the earnest quetion of Davi, the Hebrew Psalmist, and the 8th Psalm is given wholly to the contemplation of man--the crowning work of manifest creation. Among the many great lessons, that Levi has been permitted to gather from the Akashic Records, or the Universal Mind, we find one on Man in which his descent into physical matter and his final ascent into an eternal oneness with God is so graphically described that it certainly merits a place in this Introduction, and give it in full:

MTU
"Mtu ni kitu gani hata umkumbuke, Na binadamu hata umwangalie?" Hili lilikuwa ni swali la dhati mno la Daudi, Mzaburi wa Kiebrania, na Zaburi ya 8 imetolewa kwa mazima yake kumtafakari mtu--uvikaji taji wa uumbiko kudhahirika. Miongoni mwa masomo makuu mengi, ambayo Levi alipata ruhusa ya kukusanya kutoka kwenye Hifadhi za Kiakasha, ama Akili Yunivasali, tunalipata moja juu ya mtu ambamo kushuka kwake katika maada ya kimaumbo na mwishowe kupaa juu kwenye uumoja wa milele na Mungu umeelezwa kipicha ambayo yakidhi sifa stahiki kupana sehemu katika huu utangulizi, na ninaitoa kwa marefu yake kamili:

"Time never was when man was not. "If life of man at any time began a time would come when it would end. "The thoughts of God cannot be circumscribed. No finite mind can comprehend things infinite. "All finite things are subject unto change. All finite things will cease to be, because there was a time when they were not. "The bodies and the soul of men are finite things, and they will change, yea, from the finite point of view the time will come when they will be no more. "But man himself is not the body, nor the soul; he is a spirit and is part of God. "Creative Fiat gave to man, to spirit man, a soul that he might function on the plane of soul; gave him a body of the flesh, that he might function on the plane of things made manifest. "Why did creative Fiat give to spirit man a soul that he might function on the plane of soul? "Why did creative Fiat give to soul a body of the flesh that it might function on the plane of things that are made manifest? "Hear, now, ye worlds, dominions, powers and thrones! "Hear, mow, ye cherubim, ye seraphim, ye angels and ye men! "Hear, now, O protoplast, and earth, and plant and beast! "Hear, now, ye creeping things of earth, ye fish that swim, ye birds that fly! "Hear, now, ye winds that blow, ye thunders and ye lightnings of the sky! "Hear, now, ye spirits of the fire, of water, earth, and air! "Hear, now, O everthing that is, or was, or evermore will be, for Wisdom speaks from out of the highest plane of spirit life: "Man is a thought of God; all thoughts of God are infinite; they are not measured up by time, for things that are concerned with begin and end. "The thoughts of God are from the everlasting of the past unto the never ending days to come--And so is man, the Spirit-man. "But man, like every other thought of God, was but a seed, a seed that held within itself the potencies of God, just as the seed of any plant of earth holds deep within itself the attributes of every part of that especial plant. "So spirit-man, as seed of God, held deep within himself the attributes of every part of God. "Now, seed are perfect, yea, as perfect as the source from which they come; but they are not unfolded into life made manifest. "The child in utero is perfect as the mother is. "So man, the seed, must be deep planted in a soil that he might grow, unfold, as does the bud unfold to show the flower. "The human seed that came forth from the heart of God was full ordained to be the lord of plane of soul, and of the plane of things made manifest. "So God, the husbandman of every thing that is, threw forth this human seed into the soil of soul; it grew apace, and man became a living soul; and he became the lord of all the kingdom of the soul. "Hark, now, let every creature hear, The plane of soul is but the ether of the spirit plane vibrating not so fast, and in the slower rhythm of this plane the essences of life are manifest; the perfumes and odours, the true sensations and the all of love are manifest. "And these soul attributes become a body beautiful. "A multitude of lessons man must learn upon the plane of soul; and here he tarries many ages until his lessons are all learned. "Upon the boundary of the plane of soul the ether began to vibrate slower still, and then the essences took on a garb; the perfumes and the odours and the true sensations and the all of love were clothed in flesh; and man was clothed in flesh. "Perfected man must pass through all the ways of life, and so a carnal nature was full manifest, a nature that sprang forth from fleshly things. "Without a foe a soldier never knows his strength, and thought must be developed by the exercise of strength. "And so this carnal nature soon became a foe that man must fight, that he might be the strength of God made manifest. "Let every living thing stand still and hear! "Man is the Lord of all the plane of manifests; of protoplast, of mineral, of plant, of beast; but he has given up his birthright, just to gratify his lower self, his carnal self. "But man will full regain his lost estate, his heritage; but he must do it in a conflict that cannot be told in words. "Yea, he must suffer trials and temptations manifold; but let him know that cherubim and seraphim that rule the stations of the sun, and spirits of the mighty God who rule the solar stars are his protectors and his guides, and they will lead to victory. "Man will be fully saved, redeemed, perfected by the things he suffers on the plane of flesh, and on the plane of soul. "When man has conquered carnal things his garb of flesh will then have served its purpose well and it will fall, will be no more. "Then he will stand untrammeled on the plane of soul where he must full complete his victories. "Unnumbered foes will stand before the man upon the plane of soul; there he must overcome, yea, overcome them every one. "Thus hope will ever be his beacon light; there is no failure for the human soul, for God is leading on and victory is sure. "Man cannot die; the spirit man is one with God, and while God lives man cannot die. "When man has conquered every foe upon the plane of soul the seed will have full opened out, will have unfolded in the Holy Breath. "The garb of soul will then have served its purpose well, and man will need it never more, and it will pass and be no more. "And man will then attain unto the blessedness of perfectness and be at one with God."

"Wakati kamwe kuwa ambapo mtu hakuwa."Ikiwa maisha ya mtu katika wakati wowote yalianza, muda utalikuja ambapo yataishia. "Mafikara ya Mungu hayawezi kuwekwa mzingo wa kuzungushiwa. Hakuna akili ya marefu yenye kuweza kumaizi vitu vya marefu yasiyo na mwisho. "Vitu vyote vya marefu vyatawaliwa na sifa ya ndani iliyo ni mabadiliko. Vitu vyote vyenye marefu vitakoma kuwa, kwa sababu kulikuwa na wakati ambapo havikuwepo. "Miili na nafsi-roho za watu ni vitu vyenye marefu, navyo vitabadilika, naam, kutokea kwenye nukta ya kutazamia marefu, muda utafika ambapo havitakuwepo. "Lakini mtu mwenyewe si mwili, wala si nafsi-roho; yeye ni roho na ni sehemu ya Mungu. "Agizo la kiuumbaji lilimpa mtu, mtu roho, nafsi-roho ili kwamba aweze kupata sifa za kufanya kazi kwenye wanda ya nafsi-roho; lilimpa mwili wa nyama, ili kwamba aweze kupata sifa za kufanya kazi kwenye wanda ya vitu vilivyofanywa kudhahirika. "je, ni kwanini agizo la kiuumbaji lilimpa mtu nafsi-roho ili kwamba apate kuweza kupata sifa za kufanya kazi kwenye wanda za nafsi-roho? "Je, ni kwanini agizo la kiuumbaji liliipa nafsi-roho mwili wa nyama ili kwamba iweze kuwa na sifa za kufanya kazi kwenye wanda za vitu vyenye kufanyika dhahiri? "Sikieni, sasa, enyi alimwengu, mapana ya tawala za nguvu, uweza wa nguvu na viti vya enzi! "Sikieni, sasa, enyi Makerubi, enyi Maserafimu, enyi Malaika na enyi Watu! "Sikieni, sasa, eeh protoplasti, na dunia, na mmea na mnyama! "Sikieni, sasa, ninyi vitambaavyo ardhini, ninyi samaki muogeleao, ninyi ndege wenye kuruka! "Sikieni, sasa, ninyi pepo zenye kuvuma, ninyi mapigo ya radi na umeme wa angani! "Sikieni, sasa, enyi roho za moto, za maji, ardhi, na hewa! "Sikieni, sasa, eeh kilakitu kilicho, kilichokuwako, ama kile daima kuja kuwa, kwa kuwa Hekima yazungumza kutokea kwenye wanda ya juu kabisa ya uzima wa roho: "Mtu ni fikara la Mungu; mafikara yote ya mungu ni yasiyo na marefu ya vipimo; hayapimwi kwa wakati, kwa kuwa vitu vyahusiana ndani ya mwanzo na mwisho. "Mafikara ya Mungu ni ya kutoka kwenye maweza ya udumifu usiokwisha, kama vile mbegu za mmea wowote wa ardhini hubeba ndani yake sana sifa za kufanyikia sura ya umbo ya huo mmea hasa. "Hivyo roho-mtu, kama mbegu ya Mungu, alibeba ndani yake hasa sifa za kufanyikia sura ya umbo ya kila sehemu ya Mungu. "Sasa, mbegu ni kamilifu, naam, kamili kadri kama ya chanzo ambacho yenyewe yaja kutoka; lakini hazijifunui kwenye maisha kufanyika dhahiri. "Mtoto katika tumbo la uzazi ni mkamilifu kama mama yake alivyo. "Hivyo mtu, mbegu, hana budi kupandwa ndani sana katika ardhi ili kwamba apate kuja kukua, kufunuka, kama vile kifumba cha ua chajifunua kuonesha ua. "Mbegu ya binadamu ambayo ilijitokeza kutokea kwenye moyo wa Mungu ilipangwa sifa za jukumu kamili kuwa bwana wa wanda ya nafsi-roho, na ya wanda ya vitu vyote kufanyika dhahiri. "Hivyo Mungu, mwendesha shamba la kila kilicho, aliitupia hii mbegu-mwanadamu kwenye udongo wa nafsi-roho; ikakua upesi, na mtu akaja kuwa nafsi-roho yenye kuishi; na yeye akajakuwa bwana wa ufalme wote wa nafsi-roho. "Sikia kwa makini, sasa, acha kila kiumbe kisikie, wanda ya nafsi-roho ni tu aetha za roho ya uzima kutetema siyo kasi sana, na katika rithimu ya taratibu ya hii wanda asilishi ya asili na asili za maisha kufanyika dhahiri; marashi na harufu, namna za kweli za yakutengeneza hisia na yote ya pendo yafanyika kudhahirika. "Na hizi sifa za kufanyikia umbo za nafsi-roho zaja kuwa mwili wa kupendeza."Idadi na Idadi ya masomo mtu hana budi kujifunza kwenye wanda ya nafsi-roho; na hapa hukaa kudumu kwa zama na zama mpaka pale masomo yake yake yote yamefunzika. "Kwenye ukingo wa ukali wa nguvu za wanda ya nafsi-roho aetha zikaanza kutetema kwa kasi ndogo, na basi asilishi za asili na asili zikachukua vazi; marashi na harufu na namna za yakutengeneza hisia na yote ya pendo yakavikwa mwili wa nyama; na mtu akavikwa mwili wa nyama. "Mtu aliyekamilika hana budi kupitia namna za njia zote za uzima, na hivyo asili ya miili ya matamanio ikafanyika kudhahirika kwa mapana yake ya kutosha, asili ambayo ilibubujika kutokea kwenye vitu vya miili ya kinyama. "Pasipo adui, askari hawezi kamwe kujua nguvu ya kusimama pake, na fikara halina budi kufanywa bora kwa mazoezi ya nguvu ya kusimama lilipo. "Na hivyo asili hii ya mwili wa matamanio muda mfupi ikajakuwa adui ambaye mtu hanabudi kumpiga, ili kwamba yeye apate kuwa nguvu ya ya Mungu ya kusimama pale ilipo, kufanyika kudhahirika. "Acha kila kilichohai kisimame tuli na kusikia! "Mtu ni bwana wa wanda zote madhahiriko; wa protoplasti, wa madini, wa mmea, wa mnyama; ila yeye ameachana na haki yake ya uzaliwa, ili tu kuifurahisha nafsi yake ya chini, nafsi yake ya mwili wa matamanio. "Lakini mtu ataipata tena himaya ya eneo alilolipoteza, urithi wake; lakini hana budi kulifanya hilo katika mgongano ambao hauwezi kusemwa kwa maneno. "Naam, hana budi kusumbuka na hukumu za za hatia na majaribu ya matamanio yenye kuja kwa sura nyingi; lakini mwache ajue ya kwamba Makerubi na Maserafimy ambao watawala vituo vya palipo jua, na roho za uzima za Mungu mweza kabisa mwenye kutawala nyota za mwangaza wa jua ni walinzi na waongozea njia wake, na wao wataongoza kwenye ushindi. " Mtu ataokolewa kwa mapana kamili, kukombolewa, kufanywa kamili kwa vitu ninavyomsumbua kwenye wanda ya mwili wa nyama, na kwenye wanda ya nafsi-roho. "Pale ambapo mtu amevishinda vita vitu vya mwili wa matamanio vazi lake la mwili wa nyama utalikuwa umemaliza dhumuni ya huduma yake vizuri na huo utaanguka, hautakuwepo tena zaidi. "Kisha yeye atasimama pasi kuwa amebanwa kuwa tu kwenye wanda ya nafsi-roho pekee yake ambako hana budi kumalizia ushindi na ushindi kwa mapana kamili. "Idadi na idadi ya maadui watasimama mbele yake mtu katika wanda ya nafsi-roho; huko yampasa kuyazidi, naam, kuwazidi kila mmoja. "Hivyo basi tumaini daima kwake litakuwa ni mwangaza wa kuoneshea mapito ama mapana. hakuna kutofaulu kwa nafsi-roho ya mwanadamu, kwa kuwa Mungu aongoza na ushindi ni hakika. "Mtu hawezi kufa; roho mtu ni moja na Mungu, na wakati Mungu akiishi mtu hawezi kufa. "Pale ambapo mtu amemshinda vita kila adui kwenye wanda ya nafsi-roho itakuwa imechanua kwa mapana yake kamili, itakuwa imejifunua kutokea katika Pumzi Takatifu. "Vazi la nafsi-roho itakuwa imetimiza huduma yake vizuri iwavyo, na mtu ataiihitaji kamwe tena zaidi, nayo itapita na kutokuwa tena. "Na mtu atafikia kwenye ubarikika wa ukamilifu na kuwa moja na Mungu."

 

[mose]

Chapters 1 - 7


Birth and Early Life of Mary, Mother of Jesus

CHAPTER 1

Palestine. Birth of Mary, Joachim's feast. Mary is blessed by the priests. His prophecy. Mary abides in the temple. Is betrothed to Joseph.

AUGUSTUS Caesar reigned and Herod Antipas was ruler of Jerusalem. 2 Three provinces comprised the land of Palistine: Judea, and Samaria, and Galilee. 3 Joachim was a master of the Jewish law, a man of wealth; he lived in Nazareth of Galilee; and Anna, of the tribe of Judah, was his wife. 4 To them was born a child, a goodly female child, and they were glad; and Mary was the name they gave the child. 5 Joachim made a feast in honour of the child; but he invited not the rich, the honoured and the great; he called the poor the halt and the lame, the blind, and to each one he gave a gift of raiment,food or other needful thing. 6 He said, The Lord has given me this wealth; I am his steward by his grace, and if I give not to his children when in need, then he will make this wealth a curse. 7 Now, when the child was three years old her parents took her to Jerusalem, and in the temple she received the blessings of the priests. 8 The high priest was a prophet and a seer, and when he saw the child he said, 9 Behold, this child will be the mother of an honoured prophet and a master of the law; she shall abide within this holy temple of the Lord. 10 And Mary did abide within the temple of the Lord; and Hillel, chief of the Sanhedrim, taught her all the precepts of Jews, and she delighted in the law of God. 11 When Mary reached the age of womanhood she was betrothed to Joseph, son of Jacob, and a carpenter of Nazareth. 12 And Joseph was an upright man, and a devoted Essene.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU
Sura 1-7

Kuzaliwa na Maisha ya Awali ya Mariamu, Mama wa Yesu
SURA 1

Palestina. Kuzaliwa kwa Mariamu, kalamu ya Yoakim. Mariamu anabarikiwa na Makuhani. Utabiri Wake. Mariamu anabaki kukaa hekaluni. Anachumbiwa na Yosefu.

Augustusi Kaisari alitawala na mamlaka yote juu ya nchi na Herode Antipasi alikuwa mtawala wa Yerusalemu. 2 Majimbo matatu yalijumuisha ndani yake nchi ya Palestina: Yudea, na Samaria, na Galilaya. 3 Yoakimu alikuwa mkuu wa sheria za Kiyahudi, mtu mwenye mali nyingi; aliishi katika Nazareti ya Galilaya; naye Ana, wa kabila ya Yuda, alikuwa ni mkewe. 3 Kwao alizaliwa mtoto, mwenye sifa njema na wakike, na wao walikuwa na furaha; na Mariamu lilikuwa ni jina walilompa mtoto. 5 Yoakimu alifanya kalamu kwa heshima ya mtoto; lakini hakuwaalika matajiri, wenye kupewa heshima na wakubwa; aliwaita masikini wenye kwenda kwa kuchechemea na viwete, vipofu, na kwa kila mmoja wao aliwapa zawadi ya mavazi bora, chakula au vitu vingine vya kuhitajika. 6 Alisema, Bwana amenipatia hizi mali; na mimi ni mtumishi wake kwa neema yake, na ikiwa kama sitoi kwa watoto wake katika kuhitaji, basi atafanya utajiri huu iwe laana. 7 Sasa, mtoto alipofikisha miaka mitatu wazazi wake walimpeleka Yerusalemu, na hekaluni alipokea baraka za makuhani. 8 Kuhani mkuu alikuwa ni nabii na maona,na alipomuona mtoto alisema, 9 Tazama , mtoto huyu atakuja kuwa mama wa nabii mwenye kuheshimika na mkuu wa kanuni za sheria; atabaki kukaa katika hekalu hili takatifu la Bwana. 10 Na Mariamu alibaki kukaa hekaluni mwa Bwana; na Hileli, chifu wa Sanhedrim, alimfundisha yeye mafunzo yote ya Kiyahudi, naye akajawa na furaha moyoni katika kanuni za sheria za Mungu. 11 Mariamu alipofikisha umri wa uanamke alichumbiwa na Yosefu, mwana wa Yakobo, na mchonga samani wa Nazareti. 12 Na Yosefu alikuwa ni mtu mnyoofu katika maadili, na mwanaeseni aliyejitoa moyo.


Birth and Infancy of the Harbinger, and of Jesus

CHAPTER 2

Zacharias and Elizabeth. Prophetic messages of Gabriel to Zacharias, Elizabeth and Mary. Birth of John. Prophecy of Zacharias.

NEAR Hebron in the hills of Judah, Zacharias and Elizabeth abode. 2 They were devote and just, and every day they read the Law, the Prophets and the Psalms which told of one to come, strong to redeem; and they were waiting for the king. 3 Now, Zacharias was a priest, and in his turn he led the temple service in Jerusalem. 4 It came to pass as Zacharias stood before the Lord and burned the incense in the Holy Place, that Gabriel came and stood before his face. 5 And Zacharias was afraid; he thought that some great evil was about to come upon the Jews. 6 But Gabriel said, O man of God, fear not; I bring to you and all the world, a message of good will, and peace on earth. 7 Behold, the Prince of Peace, the king you seek, will quickly come. 8 Your wife will bear to you a son, a holy son, of whom the prophet wrote, 9 Behold, I send Elijah unto you again before the coming of the Lord; and he will level down the hills and fill the valleys up, and pave the way for him who shall redeem. 10 From the beginning of the age your son has borne the name of John, the mercy of the Lord; his name is John. 11 He will be honoured in the sight of God, and he will drink no wine, and from his birth he will be filled with Holy Breath. 12 And Gabriel stood before Elizabeth as she was in the silence of her home, and told her all the words that he had said to Zacharias in Jerusalem. 13 When he had done the service of his course, the priest went home, and with Elizabeth rejoiced. 14 Five months passed by and Gabriel came to Mary in her home in Nazareth and said, 15 Hail Mary, hail! Once blessed in the name of God; twice blessed in the name of Holy Breath; thrice blessed in the name of Christ; for you are worthy, and will bear a son who shall be called Immanuel. 16 His name is Jesus, for he saves his people from their sins. 17 When Joseph's daily task was done he came, and Mary told him all the words that Gabriel spoke to her, and they rejoiced; for they believed that he, the man of God, had spoken words of truth. 18 And Mary went with haste to tell Elizabeth about the promises of Gabriel; together they rejoiced. 19 And in the home of Zacharias and Elizabeth did Mary tarry ninety days; then she returned to Nazareth. 20 To Zacharias and Elizabeth a son was born, and Zacharias said, 21 Most blessed be the name of God, for he has opened up the fount of blessings for his people, Israel. 22 His promises are verified; for he has brought to pass the words which holy prophets spoke in olden times. 23 And Zacharias looked upon infant John, and said, 24 You shall be called the prophet of the Holy One; and you will go before his face, and will prepare his way. 25 And you will give a knowledge of salvation unto Israel; and you will preach the gospel of repentance and the blotting out of sins. 26 Behold, for soon the Day Star from on high will visit us, to light the way for those who sit within the darkness of the shadow- land, and guide our ways to the feet of peace.

Kuzaliwa na Utoto mchanga wa mtayarisha njia, na kwa Yesu
Sura 2

Zakaria na Elizabeti. Ujumbe wa kinabii wa Gabrieli kwa Zakaria, Elizabeti na Mariamu. Kuzaliwa kwa Yohana. Unabii wa Zakaria.

Karibu kabisa na Hebroni katika vilima vya Yuda, Zakaria na Elizabeti walifanya makao. 2 Walikuwa ni wenye moyo mnyenyekevu na wa haki, na kila siku alisoma sheria, Manabii na Zaburi ilizungumzia yule atakaye kuja, aliye imara kukomboa; na wao walikuwa wakimngojea mfalme. 3 Sasa, Zakaria alikuwa ni kuhani, na katika zamu yake aliiongoza huduma ya hekaluni Yerusalemu. 4 Ikaja kupita, wakati Zakaria aliposimama mbele za Bwana na kuchoma ubani katika mahala patakatifu, ndipo akaja Gabrieli na kusimama mbele za uso wake. 5 Naye Zakaria akaingiwa na hofu; alifikiri kichwani kwamba uovu fulani mkubwa ulikaribia kuaangikia juu ya wayahudi. 6 Lakini Gabriel alisema, eh mtu wa Mungu, usihofu; Ninakuletea wewe na ulimwengu wote, ujumbe wa kusudio jema, na amani juu ya nchi. 7 Tazama, Mwanamfalme wa Amani, mfalme mumtakaye kumpata, atakuja kwa upesi. 8 Mkeo atakuzalia mwana, mwana mtakatifu, ambaye kwaye manabii waliandika, 9 Tazameni, nawatumieni kwenu tena Eliya kabla ya kuja kwa Bwana; naye atasawazishia chini vilima na kuyajaza juu mabonde, na kutayarisha njia kwa yeye atakaye kuja kukomboa. 10 Kutokea mwanzoni mwa umri wake mwana wako atalibeba jina la Yohana, rehema ya Bwana, jina lake ni Yohana. 11 Yeye ataheshimika machoni pa Mungu, naye hatokunywa kilevi chochote, na kutokea kuzaliwa kwake ajazwa na Pumzi Takatifu. 12 Na Gabrieli alisimama mbele za Elizabeti wakati alipokuwa katika ukimya wa nyumbani kwake, na kumwambia yeye maneno yote aliyoyasema kwa Zakaria Yerusalemu. 13 Alipomaliza huduma yake iliyompasa, kuhani alikwenda nyumbani, na pamoja na Elizabeti wakafurahi. 14 Miezi mitano ikapita na Gabrieli alikuja kwa Mariamu nyumbani kwake Nazareti na kusema, 15 Salaam Mariamu, salaam! Umebarikiwa kwa mara ya kwanza katika jina Mungu; umebarikiwa kwa mara ya pili katika jina la Pumzi Takatifu; umebarikiwa kwa mara ya tatu katika jina la Kristu; kwa kuwa wastahili sifa, na utazaa mtoto utakayeitwa Immanueli. 16 Jina lake ni Yesu, kwa kuwa atawaokoa watu wake kutoka kwenye dhambi zao. 17 Kazi za kila siku za Yosefu zilipokwisha alikuja, na Mariamu alimwambia maneno yote Grabrieli aliyomwambia yeye, na wote wakajawa na furaha tele; kwa kuwa walisadiki ya kwamba yeye, mtu wa Mungu, amezungumza maneno ya ukweli. 18 Na Mariamu aliharikisha kwenda kumwambia Elizabeti kuhusu ahadi ya Gabrieli; pamoja wakafurahia. 19 Na nyumbani kwa Zakaria na Elizabeti Mariamu akadumu kukaa pale kwa siku tisini; halafu akarudi Nazareti. 20 Kwa Zakaria na Elizabeti mtoto alizaliwa, na Zakaria akasema, 21 Limebarikiwa sana na tena sana kabisa jina la Mungu, kwa kuwa yeye amefungua bubujiko la baraka nyingi kwa watu wake, Israeli. 22 Ahadi zake zimetimizwa; amepelekea kupita maneno mengi ambayo manabii watakatifu waliyatamka kuyasema siku za zamani. 23 Na Zakaria alimwangalia mtoto mchanga Yohana, na alisema, 24 Utaitwa nabii wa Mtakatifu Mmoja; na wewe utakwenda mbele za uso wake, na kutayarisha njia yake. 25 Na utatoa maarifa ya ukombozi kwa Israeli; na utaihubiri injili ya Kutubu na kujitakasa na dhambi. 26 Tazama, kwa kuwa ni karibu nyota ya asubuhi kutoka kuliko juu itatutembelea, na kuangazia njia kwa wale wenye kukaa gizani mwa nchi-kimvuli, na kuongozea njia zetu miguuni pa amani.

CHAPTER 3

Birth of Jesus. Masters honour the child. The shepherds rejoice. Zacharias and Elizabeth visit Mary. Jesus is circumcised.

THE time was nearly due for Jesus to be born, and Mary longed to see Elizabeth, and she and Joseph turned their faces toward the Judean hills. 2 And when upon their way they came to Bethlehem the day was done, and they must tarry for the night. 3 But Bethlehem was thronged with people going to Jerusalem; the inns and homes were filled with guests, and Joseph and his wife could find no place to rest but in a cave where animals were kept; and there they slept. 4 At midnight came a cry, a child is born in yonder cave among the beasts. And lo, the promised son of man was born. 5 And strangers took the little one and wrapped him in the dainty robes that Mary had prepared and laid him in a trough from which the beasts of burden fed. 6 Three persons clad in snowwhite robes came in and stood before the child and said, 7 All strength, all wisdom and all love be your, Immanuel. 8 Now, on the hills of Bethehem were many flocks of sheep with shepherds guarding them. 9 The shepherds were devout, were men of prayer, and they were waiting for a strong deliverer to come. 10 And when the child of promise came, a man in snow-white robe appeared to them, and they fell back in fear. The man stood forth and said, 11 Fear not! behold I bring you joyful news. At midnight in a cave in Bethehem was born the prophet and the king that you have long been waiting for. 12 And then the shepherds all were glad; they felt that all the hills were filled with messengers of light, who said, 13 All glory be to God on high; peace, peace on earth, good will to men. 14 And then the shepherds came with haste to Bethlehem and to the cave, that they might see and honour him whom men had called Immanuel. 15 Now, when the morning came, a shepherdess whose home was near, prepared a room for Mary, Joseph and the child; and here they tarried many days. 16 And Joseph sent a messenger in haste to Zacharias and Elizabeth to say, The child is born in Bethlehem. 17 And Zacharias and Elizabeth took John and came to Bethlehem with words of cheer. 18 And Mary and Elizabeth recounted all the wonderous things that had transpired. The people joined with them in praising God. 19 According to the custom of the Jews, the child was circumcised; and when they asked, What will you call the child? the mother said, His name is Jesus, as the man of God declared.

Sura 3

Kuzaliwa kwa Yesu. Wakuu watoa heshima kwa mtoto. Wachungaji wafurahia. Zakaria na Elizabeti wamtembelea Mariamu. Yesu atahiriwa.

Muda ulikaribia kwake Yesu kuzaliwa, na Mariamu alitamania sana moyoni kumuona Elizabeti, na yeye na Yosefu waligeuzia nyuso zao kuelekea vilima vya Yuda. 2 Na walipokua njiani mwao wakaja kufika Bethlehem na siku ilikuwa imekwisha, na kuwalazimu kukaa kusubiria kwa usiku mmoja. 3 Lakini Bethlehemu ilijawa na watu waliokuwa wakienda Yerusalemu; na mahala pa kulala wasafiri na nyumba zilijawa na wageni, na Yosefu na mkewe hawakuweza kupata mahala popote kupumzika ila katika holi ambapo wanyama walikuwa wakitunzwa; na pale walilala. 4 Katikati ya usiku mkali kulikuja na kilio cha sauti, mtoto alizaliwa katika kwa mbali kwenye zizi miongoni mwa wanyama. Na lo, mtoto wa mwana wa mtu aliyeahidiwa alizaliwa. 5 Na wageni wakamchukua juu mtoto na kumfunika na katika mavazi yenye kupendeza aliyoyandaa Mariamu na kumlaza katika tenga la marisho ya wanyama wa kutumikishwa mzigo. 6 Watu watatu waliovalia mavazi meupe kama theluji wakaja ndani na kusimama mbele za mtoto na kusema, 7 Nguvu zote za kuwa Imara, Hekima yote na Upendo viwe vyako, Immanueli. 8 Sasa, katika vilima vya Bethlehamu kulikuwa na makundi ya kondoo yakiwa na wachungaji walikuwa wakiyalinda. 9 Wachungaji walikuwa ni wa moyo mweupe, walikuwa ni watu wa kusali, na walikuwa wakingojea kuja kwa muokoji imara. 10 Na alipokuja mwana wa ahadi, mtu aliyekuwa katika mavazi meupe kama theluji aliwatokea, na walianguka nyuma kwa hofu. Mtu yule akasimama mbele yao na kusema, 11 Msiogope! Tazameni ninawaletea habari njema. Usiku holini Bethlehemu kazaliwa nabii na mfalme ambaye mmekuwa mkimngojea kwa muda mrefu. 12 Na halafu wachunga kondoo wale wakafurahishwa; wakajisikia kuwa vilima vyote vilijawa na wajumbe wa nuru, waliosema, 13 Utukufu wote u na Mungu aliye Juu; amani, amani duniani, mapenzi mema kwa watu wote. 14 Na halafu wachunga kondoo wakaharakisha wakaja Bethlehemu na zizini, ili waweze pata kumuona na kumpa heshima yeye ambaye watu wamemuita Imanueli. 15 Sasa, asubuhi ilipofika mchunga kondoo wa kike ambaye nyumba yake ilikuwa karibu, aliwaandalia chumba Mariamu, Yosefu na Mtoto; na hapa walibakia kukaa kwa siku kadhaa.16 Na Yosefu akamtuma mjumbe wa habari kuharikisha kwa Zakaria na Elizabeti kusema, mtoto kazaliwa Bethlehemu. 17 Na Zakaria na Elizabeti wakamchukua Yohana na wakaja Bethlehemu na maneno ya furaha. 18 Na Mariamu na Elizabeti wakahadithiana mambo yote ya kustaajabisha ajabu yalipita kutokea hadi pale. Watu wote wakaungana nao katika kumsifu Mungu. 19 Kwa mujibu wa desturi za kiyahudi, mtoto alitahiriwa; na walipouliza, mtamwitaje mtoto? Mama akasema, Jina lake ni Yesu, kama mtu wa Mungu alivyotamka kwa kinywa chake.

 

[mose]

CHAPTER 4

Consecration of Jesus. Mary offers sacrifices. Simeon and Anna prophesy. Anna is rebuked for worshipping the child. The family returns to Bethlehem.

NOW, Mary took her son, when he was forty days of age, up to the temple in Jerusalem, and he was consecrated by the priest. 2 And then she offered purifying sacrifices for herself, according to the custom of the Jews; a lamb and two young turtle doves. 3 A pious Jew named Simeon was in the temple serving God. 4 From early youth he had been looking for Immanuel to come, and he had prayed to God that he might not depart until his eyes had seen Messiah in the flesh. 5 And when he saw the infant Jesus he rejoiced and said, I now am ready to depart in peace, for I have seen the king. 6 And then he took the enfant in his arms and said, Behold, this child will bring a sword upon my people, Israel, and all the world; but he will break the sword and then the nations will learn war no more. 7 The master's cross I see upon the forehead of this child, and he will conquer by this sign. 8 And in the temple was a widow, four and eighty years of age, and she departed not, but night and day she worshipped God. 9 And when she saw the infant Jesus she exclaimed, Behold Immanuel! Behold the signet cross of the Messiah on his brow! 10 And then the woman knelt to worship him, as God with us, Immanuel; but one, a master, clothed in white, appeared and said, 11 Good woman, stay; take heed to what you do; you may not worship man; this is idolatry. 12 This child is man, the son of man, and worthy of all praise. You shall adore and worship God; him only shall you serve. 13 The woman rose and bowed her head in thankfulness and worshipped God. 14 And Mary took the infant Jesus and returned to Bethlehem.

Sura 4

Kutiwa Wakfu kwa yesu. Mariamu atoa dhabihu. Simeoni na Ana watoa utabiri. Ana anakemewa kwa kumuabudu mtoto. Familia inarudi Bethlehemu.

Sasa, Mariamu akamchukua mwana wake, alipokuwa na umri wa siku arobaini, hadi juu hekaluni Jerusalemu, na yeye akatiwa wakfu na kuhani. 2 Na tena yeye Mariamu akatoa sadaka ya kutakasa kwa ajili ya yeye mwenyewe, kama ilivyo kwa desturi ya kiyahudi; mwana kondoo na shomoro wawili. 3 Na myahudi mwenye moyo safi aliyeitwa Simeoni alikuwa hekaluni akimtumukia Mungu. 4 Tokea ujana wake amekuwa akimtazamia Imanueli kuja, na amekuwa akisali kwa Mungu kwamba hatoliondoka mpaka macho yake yamuone mesiya katika nyama. 5 Na alipomuona mchanga Yesu moyo wake uliingia furaha na alisema, Sasa mimi ni tayari kwenda kwa amani, kwa kuwa nimemuona Mfalme. 6 Halafu akamchukua mtoto mchanga katika mikono yake na kusema, Tazama, mtoto huyu ataleta upanga juu ya watu wangu, Israeli, na ulimwengu wote; lakini atauvunja upanga pale mataifa yatapoacha kujifunza vita tena. 7 Msalaba wa mtu mkuu nauona juu ya paji la uso wa huyu mtoto, naye atashinda mapigano kwa alama hii. 8 Na hekaluni kulikuwapo na mjane, minne na themanini ulikuwa umri wake, hakuondoka, ila usiku na mchana alimuaabudu Mungu. 9 Na alipomuona mtoto mchanga Yesu akapasa sauti ya juu , Tazama Imanueli ! Tazama alama ya muhuri wa msalaba wa mesiya kati kati ya nyusi zake ! 10 Na halafu tena mwanamke akampigia magoti kumuabudu yeye, kama Mungu pamoja nasi, Imanueli; ila mmoja, mtu mkuu, aliyevalia mavazi meupe, akatokea na kusema, 11 Mwanamke mwema, ngojea; tupia macho ukifanyacho; usipate kuuabudu mtu; huku ni kuabudu sanamu. 12 Mtoto huyu ni mtu, mwana wa mtu, na wakustahili sifa zote kupewa. Utamhusudu na kuabudu Mungu; yeye pekee umtumikie. 13 Mwanamke akainuka na kuinamisha kichwa kwa kushukuru na kumuabudu Mungu. 14 Na Mariamu akamchukua mtoto mchanga Yesu na kurudi Bethlehemu.


CHAPTER 5

Three magian priests honour Jesus. Herod is alarmed. Calls a council of the Jews. Is told that prophets had foretold the coming of a king. Herod resolves to kill the child. Mary and Joseph take Jesus and flee into Egypt.

BEYOND the river Euphrates the magians lived; and they were wise, could read the language of the stars, and they divined that one, a master soul, was born; they saw his star above Jerusalem. 2 And there were three among the magian priests who longed to see the master of the coming age; and they took costly gifts and hastened to the West in search of him, the new-born king, that they might honour him. 3 And one took gold, the symbol of nobility; another myrrh, the symbol of dominion and of power; gum-thus the other took, the symbol of the wisdom of the sage. 4 Now when the magians reached Jerusalem the people were amazed, and wondered who they were and why they came. 5 And when they asked, Where is the child that has been born a king? the very throne of Herod seemed to shake. 6 And Herod sent a courtier forth to bring the magians to his court. 7 And when they came they asked again, Where is the new born king? And then they said, While yet beyond the Euphates we saw his star arise, and we have come to honour him. 8 And Herod blanched with fear. He thought, perhaps, the priests were plotting to restore the kingdom of the Jews, and so he said within himself, I will know more about this child that has been born a king. 9 And so he told the magian priests to tarry in the city for a while and he would tell them all about the king. 10 He called in council all the Jewish masters of the law and asked, What have the Jewish prophets said concerning such a one? 11 The Jewish masters answered him and said, The prophets long ago foretold that one would come to rule the tribes of Israel; that this Messiah would be born in Bethlehem. 12 They said, The prophet Micah wrote, O Bethlehem Judea, a little place among the Judean hills, yet out of you will one come forth to rule my people, Israel; yea, one who lived in olden times, in very ancient days. 13 Then Herod called the magian priests again and told them what the masters of the Jewish law had said; and then he sent them on the way to Bethlehem. 14 He said, Go search, and if you find the child that has been born a king, return and tell me all, that I may go and honour him. 15 The magians went their way and found the child with Mary in the shepherd's home. 16 They honoured him; bestowed upon him precious gifts and gave him gold, gum- thus and myrrh. 17 These magian priests could read the hearts of men; they read the wickedness of Herod's heart, and knew that he had sworn to kill the new born king. 18 And so they told the secret to the parents of the child, and bid them flee beyond the reach of harm. 19 And then the priests went on their homeward way; they went not through Jerusalem. 20 And Joseph took the infant Jesus and his mother in the night and fled to Egypt land, and with Elihu and Salome in ancient Zoan they abode.

Sura 5

Mamajusi watatu waonyesha heshima zao kwa yesu. Herode anagutushwa. Anaita baraza la wayahudi. Anaambiwa kwamba Manabii walitabiri kuja kwa Mfalme. Herode anakusudia uamuzi wa kumuua mtoto. Mariamu na Yosefu wanamchukua Yesu na kukimbilia Misri.

Mbali kabisa kupita mto Eufrati waliishi mamajusi; na wao walikuwa ni wenye hekima, walikuwa wakiweza kusoma lugha ya nyota, na walibashiri utambuzi kwamba moja, nafsi roho kuu, imezaliwa; waliona nyota yake juu ya Yerusalemu. 2 Na kulikuwa na watatu miongoni mwao waliotamania kumuona mtu mkuu wa zama iliyokuwa ikija; na wao wakachukua zawadi za gharama na kuharikishia magharibi; kumtafuta yeye, mfalme aliyezaliwa karibuni, ili kwamba wampe heshima yeye. 3 Na mmoja akabeba Dhahabu, alama ya utu bora; mwingine manemane, alama ya kutawala nguvu na uweza; uvumba-ambao mwingine alichukua, alama ya hekima ya mwenye kuishi kwa busara zake nyingi. 4 Na mamajusi walipofika Yerusalemu watu walishangazwa, na wakastaajabu wao ni akina nani, na kwa nini wamekuja. 5 Na wao wakauliza, yu wapi mtoto aliyezaliwa ni mfalme? Kiti hasa cha madaraka ya Herode kilionekana kilionekana kana kutetemeka. 6 Na Herode akamtuma mwanabaraza wake kuwaleta mbele ya mahakama yake. 7 Na walipokuja waliuliza tena yu wapi mfalme aliyezaliwa? Na halafu tena wakasema, tulipokuwa hata mbali kabisa Eufrati tuliona nyota yake ikinyanyuka, na tumekuja kumtolea heshima yeye. 8 Na Herode aligeuka sura kwa hofu. Alifikiri, labda, makuhani walikuwa wakifanya njama kurudisha ufalme wa wayahudi, na hivyo akajisemea ndani yake, nitakuja kujua zaidi kuhusu mtoto huyu aliyezaliwa ni mfalme. 9 Na kwa hivyo aliwaambia makuhani mamajusi kubaki kidogo mjini na yeye atawaambia yote kuhusu mfalme. 10 Akaliita ndani baraza la wakuu wote wa sheria za kiyahudi na kuuliza, Manabii wa kiyahudi wamesema nini kuhusu mtu kama huyo? 11 Wakuu wa Kiyahudi wakamjibu na kusema, manabii huko nyuma sana ya wakati walitabiri kwamba mtu mmoja atalikuja kutawala makabila ya Israeli; na kuwa mesiya huyu angalizaliwa Bethlehemu. 12 walimwambia, Nabii Mika aliandika, Oh Bethlehemu Yudea, mahala padogo kati kati ya vilima vya Yudea, na wakati kutokea kwako atakuja mbele mmoja kutawala watu wangu, Israeli; Naam, mmoja aliyeishi nyakati zilizotangulia mbali nyuma, siku za zamani sana. 13 Halafu Herode akawaita makuhani mamajusi tena na aliwaambia kile wakuu wa sheria za kiyahudi wamesema; halafu akawatuma kuelekea njia ya Bethlehemu. 14 Aliwaambia, nendeni mkatafute, na ikiwa mtampata mtoto aliyezaliwa ni mfalme, rudini na mniambie yote, ili na mimi niweze kwenda na kumtolea heshima yeye. 15 Mamajusi wakaenda zao na kumpa mtoto akiwa na Mariamu katika nyumba ya mchungaji. 16 Wakamtolea heshima; kumpatia kwake zawadi za thamani na walimpatia dhahabu, manemane na uvumba. 17 Mamajusi hawa alikuwa wanaweza kuisoma mioyo ya watu; waliusoma uovu wa moyo wa Herode, na walijua ya kwamba aliapia kumuua mtoto mfalme mpya aliyezaliwa. 18 Na hivyo waliwaambia siri wazazi wa mtoto, na kuwaelekeza kukimbilia mbali ya kufikiwa na madhara. 19 Na kisha makuhani walishka njia yao kuelekea nyumbani, hawakwenda kupitia Yerusalamu. 20 Na Yosefu alimchukua mtoto mchanga Yesu na mama usiku na kukimbilia katika nchi ya Misri, na pamoja Elihu na Salome katika Soani ya kale walikaa kwa muda mrefu.


CHAPTER 6

Herod learns of the supposed mission of John. The infants of Bethlehem are massacred by Herod's order. Elizabeth escapes with John. Because Zacharias cannot tell where his son is hidden, he is murdered. Herod dies.

NOW, when the magian priests did not return to tell him of the child that had been born a king, King Herod was enraged. 2 And then his courtiers told him of another child in Bethlehem, one born to go before and to prepare the people to receive the king. 3 This angered more and more the king; he called his guards and bid them go to Bethlehem and slay the infant John, as well as Jesus who was born to be a king. 4 He said, Let no mistake be made, and that you may be sure to slay these claimants to my throne, slay all the male children in the town not yet two years of age. 5 The guards went forth and did as Herod bade them do. 6 Elizabeth knew not that Herod sought to slay her son, and she and John were yet in Bethlehem; but when she knew, she took the infant John and hastened to the hills. 7 The murderous guards were near; they pressed upon her hard; but then she knew the secret caves in all the hills, and into one she ran and hid herself and John until the guards were gone. 8 Their cruel task was done; the guards returned and told the story to the king. 9 They said, We know that we have slain the infant king; but John his harbinger, we could not find. 10 The king was angry with his guards because they failed to slay the infant John; He sent them to the tower in chains. 11 And other guards were sent to Zacharias, father of the harbinger, while he was serving in the Holy Place, to say, The King demands that you shall tell where is your son. 12 But Zacharias did not know, and he replied, I am a minister of God, a servant in the Holy Place; how could I know where they have taken him? 13 And when the guards returned and told the King what Zacharias said, he was enraged and said, 14 My guards, go back and tell that wily priest that he is in my hands; that if he does not tell the truth, does not reveal the hiding place of John, his son, then he shall die. 15 The guards went back and told the priest just what the king had said. 16 And Zacharias said, I can but give my life for truth; and if the king does shed my blood the Lord will save my soul. 17 The guards again returned and told the king what Zacharias said. 18 Now, Zacharias stood before the alter in the Holy Place engaged in prayer. 19 A guard approached and with a dagger thrust him through; he fell and died before the curtain of the sanctuary of the Lord. 20 And when the hour of salutation came, for Zacharias daily blessed the priests, he did not come. 21 And after waiting long the priests went to the Holy Place and found the body of the dead. 22 And there was grief, deep grief, in all the land. 23 Now Herod sat upon his throne; he did not seem to move; his courtiers came; the king was dead. HIs sons reigned in his stead.

SURA 6

Herode anajifunza na kugundua mpango mahsusi uliompasa Yohana. Vichanga vyote vya Bethlehemu vya vyauwa kwa chinjwa chinjwa kwa amri ya Herode. Elizabeti anatoroka na Yohana. Kwa sababu Zakaria hawezi kusema wapi mwana wake amefichwa, anauawa. Herode afariki.

Sasa, makuhani mamajusi walipokosa kurudi kumwambia yeye ya mtoto na kwamba amezaliwa ni mfalme, Mfalme Herode alishikwa na hasira. 2 Na halafu washauri wake wakamwambia ya mtoto mwingine katika Bethlehemu, mmoja aliyezaliwa kwenda kabla na kuandaa watu wa Israeli kumpokea mfalme. 3 Hili lilimkasirisha zaidi na zaidi; aliwaita walinzi wake na kuwaagiza kwenda Yerusalemu na kuwachinja mtoto mchanga Yohana, na pia Yesu aliyezaliwa kuwa ni mfalme. 4 Alisema, msifanye hata kosa kufanyika, na kwamba mhakikishe kuwachinja wenye kudaiwa kuja kwenye kiti changu cha ufalme, chinjeni watoto wote wa kiume katika mji ambao hawajazidi umri wa miaka miwili. 5 Waliinzi wakaelekea mbele na kutenda kama vile Herode alivyowataka kufanya. 6 Elizabeti hakujua kwamba Herode alitafuta kumuua mwana wake, na yeye na Yohana walikuwa bado ndani Bethlehemu; lakini alipojua, alimchukua Yohana mchanga na kuharakishia kwenye vilima. 7 Walinzi wauaji walikuwa karibu, walimkabili kumbana sana kumkata; lakini yeye aliyajua mapango ya siri katika vilima vyote, na kuelekea ndani ya moja alimbilia na kujificha na Yohana mpaka Walinzi walikuwa wamekwenda. 8 Jukumu lao kazi yao katili lilikuwa limeshendeka; walinzi walirudi na kumsimulia mfalme. 9 Walisema, tunajua ya kwamba tumemchinja mfalme mchanga, lakini Yohana mtayarisha njia, hatukumpata.10 Mfalme aliwakasirikia sana walinzi wake kwa kuwa hawakufaulu kumchinja mtoto mchanga Yohana, aliwatupa gerezani katika minyororo. 11 Na walinzi wengine wakatumwa kwa Zakaria, baba wa mtayarisha njia, wakati alipokuwa akitumikia katika Mahala Patakatifu, kusema kwake, Mfalme anakutka useme wapi alipo mwana wako. 12 Lakini Zakaria hakujua, nayeye akajibu, mie ni mwenye kumtumikia wa Bwana, mtumishi katika Mahala Patakatifu, ningaliwezaje kujua wapi wamechukua kumpeleka yeye? 13 Na walinzi waliporudi na kumwambia Mfalme kile alichosema Zakaria, alighubikwa na hasira na kusema, 14 Walinzi wangu, rudini na mkamweleze huyo Kuhani wenye ujuzi wa ulaghai kwamba yuko mikononi mwangu; na kwamba ikiwa kama haelezi ukweli, hafichui alipofichwa Yohana, mwana wake, basi atakufa. 15 Walinzi walirudi na kumwambia Kuhani vile Mfalme alivyosema. 16 Na Zakaria akasema, ninaweza kuyatoa maisha yangu kwa ukweli; na ikiwa mfalme atamwaga damu yangu Bwana atainasua nafsi roho yangu. 17 Walinzi wakarudi tena kwa mfalme, na kumueleza kile alichokisema Zakaria. 18 Sasa, Zakaria alisimama mbele ya altari katika Mahala Patakatifu akijifunga katika maombi. 19 Mlinzi alimkaribia na kumchoma kwa mkuki hadi kutobozea; aliangua na kufariki mbele za pazia la Mahala pa Utakaso pake Bwana. 20 Na ulipofika wakati wa kutoa salamu, kwa kuwa kila siku Zakaria aliwabariki makuhani, yeye hakuja. 21 Na baada ya kusubiri kwa muda mrefu makuhani walienda Mahala Patakatifu na kuukuta mwili wa mfu. 22 Halafu kukawa na huzuniko, huzuniko zito, katika nchi yote. 23 Sasa Herode alikakaa juu ya kiti chake cha ufalme; hakuonekana kusogea, washauri wake wakaja; mfalme alikuwa amekufa. Watoto wake wakatawala juu ya mamlaka badala yake.


Education of Mary and Elizabeth in Zoan

CHAPTER 7

Archelaus reigns. Mary and Elizabeth with their sons are in Zoan and are taught by Elihu and Salome. Elihu's introductory lesson. Tells of an interpreter.

THE son of Herod, Archelaus, reigned in Jerusalem. He was a selfish, cruel king; he put to death all those who did not honour him. 2 He called in council all the wisest men and asked about the infant claimant to his throne. 3 The council said that John and Jesus both were dead; then he was satisfied. 4 Now Joseph, Mary and their sons were down in Egypt in Zoan, and John was with his mother in the Judean Hills. 5 Elihu and Salome sent messengers in haste to find Elizabeth and John. They found them and they brought them to Zoan. 6 Now, Mary and Elizabeth were marvelling much because of their deliverance. 7 Elihu said, It is not strange; there are no happenings; law governs all events. 8 From olden times it was ordained that you should be with us, and in this sacred school be taught. 9 Elihu and Salome took Mary and Elizabeth out to the sacred grove near by where they were wont to teach. 10 Elihu said to Mary and Elizabeth, You may esteem yourself thrice blest, for you are chosen mothers of long promised sons, 11 Who are ordained to lay in solid rock a sure foundation stone on which the temple of the perfect man shall rest--a temple that shall never be destroyed. 12 We measure time by cycle ages, and the gate to every age we deem a mile stone in the journey of the race. 13 An age has passed; the gate unto another age flies open at the touch of time. This is the preparation age of soul, the kingdom of Immanuel, of God in man; 14 And these, your sons, will be the first to tell the news, and preach the gospel of good will to men, and peace on earth. 15 A mighty work is theirs; for carnal men want not the light, they love the dark, and when the light shines in the dark they comprehend it not. 16 We call these sons, Revealers of the Light; but they must have the light before they can reveal the light. 17 And you must teach your sons, and set their souls on fire with love and holy zeal, and make them concious of their missions to the sons of men. 18 Teach them that God and man are one; but that through carnal thoughts and words and deeds, man tore himself away from God; debased himself. 19 Teach that the Holy Breath would make them one again, restoring harmony and peace; 20 That naught can make them one but Love; that God so loved the world that he has clothed his son in flesh that man may comprehend. 21 The only Saviour of the world is love, and Jesus, son of Mary, comes to manifest that love to men. 22 Now, love cannot manifest until its way has been prepared, and naught can rend the rocks and bring down lofty hills and fill the valleys up, amd thus prepare the way, but purity. 23 But purity in life men do not comprehend; and so, it, too, come in flesh. 24 And you, Elizabeth, are blest because your son is purity made flesh, and he shall pave the way for love. 25 This age will comprehend but little of the works of Purity and Love; but not a word is lost, for in the Book of God's Remembrance a registry is made of every thought, and word, and deed; 26 And when the world is ready to receive, lo, God will sent a messenger to open up the book and copy from its sacred pages all the messages of Purity and Love. 27 Then every man of earth will read the words of life in language of his native land, and men will see the light, walk in the light and be the light. 28 And man again will be at one with God.

Elimu ya Mariamu na Elizabeti katika Soani

SURA 7

Arkelausi atawala mamlaka. Mariamu na Elizabeti pamoja na wana wao wapo Soani na wafundishwa na Elihu na Salome. Somo la Utangulizi la Elihu. Asimulia juu ya mfasiri.

Mwana wa Herode, Arkelausi, alitawala mamlaka yote katika Yerusalemu. Alikuwa ni mbinafsi, Mfalme mkatili, aliwaua wale wote wasiompa heshima yeye. 2 Aliita barazani wote wenye hekima zaidi juu ya watu na kuwauliza kuhusu mtoto mchanga mwenye kudaiwa kustahiki kiti cha ufalme wake. 3 Baraza likasema kwamba wote wawili Yohana na Yesu walikuwa wameshakufa; basi na yeye akaridhishwa. 4 Sasa Yosefu, Maria na Wana wao walikuwa chini katika Soani, na Yohana alikuwa na mama yake katika vilima vya Yudea. 5 Elihu na Salome wakawatuma wajumbe kuharakisha kuwatafuta Elizabeti na Yohana. Waliwapata nao wakawaleta wao Soani. 6 Sasa, Mariamu na Elizabeti walikuwa wakistaajabia sana kwa sababu ya kukombolewa kwao. 7 Elihu akasema, si ajabu, hakuna matokeo tu; kanuni hutawala kuendesha matukio yote. 8 Kutokea nyakati za nyuma sana ilishapangwa kwamba mtalikuja kuwa nasi, na katika shule hii yenye kutunzwa kusudio safi ili kufundishwa. 9 Elihu na Salome wakawachukua Mariamu na Elizabeti nje kwenye ua takatifu karibu na pale ambako wao walikuwa na desturi kufundisha. 10 Elihu akawaambia Mariamu na Elizabeti, mwaweza kujionelea furaha ninyi wenyewe mmebarikiwa mara tatu, kwa kuwa ninyi ni mama wateule wa wana walioahadiwa kipindi kirefu, 11 Wao ambao ilivyopangwa kuwekewa mkono kuja kuweka mwamba mgumu imara msingi jiwe wa uhakika ambao juu yake hekalu la mtu kamilifu litasimama--hekalu ambalo halitaweza kamwe kubomolewa. 12 Twauhesabu wakati kwa mizunguko ya zama za vipindi, na lango kwa kila zama twasema akilini ya kuwa ni jiwe la maili katika safari ya kundi la watu wa sifa ya namna moja. 13 Zama zimepita; lango kuelekea kwenye zama ingine lafunguka wazi katika kugusa kwa wakati. Hii ni zama ya maandalizi ya nafsi roho, ufalme wa Imanueli, wa Mungu katika mtu; 14 Na hawa, wana wenu, watakuwa ni wa kwanza kueleza habari, na kuhubiri injili ya mapenzi mema kwa watu, na amani duniani. 15 Kazi kubwa ni yao; kwa kuwa watu wa miili ya nyama hawataki Nuru, wao walipenda giza, na pale ambapo nuru yang'ara gizani wao hawaitambui. 16 Twawaita hawa wana, Wafunuaji wa mwanga; lakini inawapasa kuwa na nuru kabla ya wao kuweza kufunua nuru. 17 Na yawalazimu kuwafundisha wana wenu, na kuzitia moto nafsi-roho zao kwa upendo na msisimko mtakatifu, na kuwafanya wao kuwa macho fahamuni na mpango wao mahsusi kwa wana za watu. 18 Wafundisheni kwamba Mungu na Mwanadamu ni moja; ila kwamba kupitia mawazo ya mwili wa nyama na maneno na matendo, mwanadamu hujirarua mwenyewe mbali na Mungu; kujishusha hadhi yeye mwenyewe. 19 Fundisheni ya kwamba Pumzi Takatifu italiwafanya wao moja tena, kurejesha hali ya kwenda kwa utangamano; 20 Kwamba hakuna chochote chenye kuweza kuwafanya moja ila Upendo; kwamba Mungu ameupenda sana ulimwengu hata kumvika mwana wake katika nyama ili kwamba mwanadamu aweze kutambua. 21 Mwokozi pekee wa ulimwengu ni upendo, na Yesu, mwana wa Mariamu, aja kudhahirisha pendo hilo kwa watu. 22 Sasa, pendo haliwezi kudhahirika mpaka njia yake iandaliwe, na hakuna chochote chenye kuweza kuivunjilia mbali miamba na kuangusha chini vilima vilivyo kwea juu sana na kujazia juu mabonde, na hivyo kutayarisha njia, ila usafi wa moyo. 23 Lakini usafi wa moyo katika maisha wanadamu hawatambui; na hivyo, huo, pia, waja katika mwili wa nyama. 24 Nawe Elizabeti, umebarikiwa kwa kuwa mwana wako ni Usafi wa moyo kufanyika nyama, na yeye ataifanya njia kwa Pendo. 25 Zama hii itatambua ila kidogo tu juu ya kazi ya Usafi wa Moyo na Upendo; lakini hakuna neno limepotea, kwa kuwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu cha Mungu ingizo lafanyika kwa kila wazo, na neno, na tendo; 26 Na pale ambapo ulimwengu u tayari kupokea, lo, Mungu atamtuma mjumbe kufungua kitabu na kunakili kutoka kwenye kurasa zake zilizohifadhika patakatifu ujumbe wote wa Usafi wa Moyo na Upendo. 27 Na kisha tena kila mtu wa juu ya nchi atayasoma maneno ya uhai katika lugha ya nchi yake ya kuzaliwa, na wanadamu wataiona nuru, kutembea katika nuru na kuwa nuru. 28 Na mwanadamu tena atakuwa mmoja na Mungu.

 

[mose]

Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 8 - 14


CHAPTER 8

Elihu's lessons. The unity of life. The two selfs. The devil. Love the saviour of men. The David of the light. Goliath of the dark.

AGAIN Elihu met his pupils in the sacred grove and said, 2 No man lives unto himself; for every living thing is bound by cords to every other living thing. 3 Blest are the pure in heart; for they will love and not demand love in return. 4 They will not do to other men what they would not have other men do unto them. 5 There are two selfs; the higher and the lower self. 6 The higher self is human spirit clothed with soul, made in the form of God. 7 The lower self, the carnal self, the body of desires,is a reflection of the higher self, distorted by the murky ethers of the flesh. 8 The lower self is an illusion, and will pass away; the higher self is God in man, and will not pass away. 9 The higher self is the embodiment of truth reversed, and so is falsehood manifest. 10 The higher self is justice, mercy, love and right; the lower self is what the higher self is not. 11 The lower self breeds hatred, slander, lewdness, murders, theft, and everthing that harms; the higher self is mother of the virtues and the harmonies of life. 12 The lower self is rich in promises, but poor in blessedness and peace; it offers pleasure, joy and satisfying gains; but gives unrest and misery and death. 13 It gives men apples that are lovely to the eye and pleasant to the smell; their cores are full of bitterness and gall. 14 If you would ask me what to study I would say, yourselves; and when you will have studied them, and then would ask me what to study next, I would reply, yourselves. 15 He who knows well his lower self, knows the illusions of the world, knows of the things that pass away; and he who knows his higher self, know God; knows well the things that cannot pass away. 16 Thrice blessed is the man who has made purity and love his very own; he has been ransomed from the perils of the lower self and is himself his higher self. 17 Men seek salvation from an evil that they deem a living monster of the nether world; and they have gods that are but demons in disguise; all powerful, yet full of jealousy and hate and lust; 18 Whose favours must be bought with costly sacrifice of fruits, and of the lives of birds, and animals, and human kind. 19 And yet these gods possess no ears to hear, no eyes to see, no heart to sympathise, no power to save. 20 This evil is myth; these gods are made of air, clothed with shadows of a thought. 21 The only devil from which men must be redeemed is self, the lower self. If man would find his devil he must look within; his name is self. 22 If man would find his saviour he must look within; and when the demon self has been dethroned the saviour, Love, will be exulted to the throne of power. 23 The David of the light is Purity, who slays the strong Goliath of the dark, and seats the saviour, Love, upon the throne.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU

Sura 8-14

Sura 8

Masomo ya Elihu. Uumoja wa Maisha yote. Nafsi Mbili. Ibilisi. Upendo mwokozi wa wanadamu. Daudi wa nuru.Goliati wa giza.

TENA Elihu alikutana na wanafunzi wake katika ua takatifu na kusema, 2 Hakuna mtu ajiishiaye kwake yeye mwenyewe; kwa kuwa kila kitu hufungwa mpaka na kamba kwa kila kingine kiishicho. 3 Wamebarikiwa sana ni wale wenye kuwa na moyo safi; kwa kuwa wao watapenda na bila kulazimu upendo kurejeshwa. 4 Wao hawatowatendea wengine vile ambavyo wasingalivipenda wao kutendewa na wengine. 5 Kuna nafsi mbili; ya Juu na ya Chini. 6 Nafsi ya Juu ni roho ya mwanadamu iliyovikwa kwa Sonafi, iliyofanyika katika namna ya Mungu. 7 Nafsi ya chini, nafsi ya kimwili, mwili wa matamani, ni mwakisiko wa nafsi ya juu, iliyotengukika sura kwa etha za mfano wa maji yaliyoingia vumbi la tope la mwili wa nyama. 8 Nafsi ya chini ni onekano la machoni na hali lisilo la kweli ndani yake, na litapita zake; nafsi ya juu ni Mungu katika mtu, na haitapita zake. 9 Nafsi ya juu ni utwaaji mwili wa kweli iliyogeuzwa, na hivyo ni mdhahiriko wa usikweli. 10 Nafsi ya juu ni hali ya kuwa na haki, rehema, upendo na usahihi kwa katikati; nafsi ya chini i si kama vile ilivyo kwa nafsi ya juu. 11 Nafsi ya chini huzaa chuki, usaliti, ukosefu wa maadili, mauaji, wizi, na kila kitu chenye kudhuru; Nafsi ya juu ni mama wa karama(mapaji*) zote na utulivu wa kwenda na hali sawa na sambamba wa maisha yote. 12 Nafsi ya chini ni yenye utajiri wa ahadi, lakini i maskini katika ubarikika na amani; hutangaza kuzawadia starehe, furaha na mapato ya kujiridhishia; lakini hutoa kutokutulia na mataabiko na kifo. 13 Huwapa wanadamu matunda[apples] yenye sura ya kupendeza machoni na yenye kuwa na harufu kuvutia; na viini vyake vya ndani vimejaa uchungu na nyongo. 14 Ikiwa mngaliniuliza kipi cha kuchunguza ili kukisoma ningalisema ninyi wenyewe; na mtapokuwa mmesoma, na halafu tena mngaliniuliza kipi cha kufuatia kusoma, ningalijibu, ninyi wenyewe. 15 Yeye mwenye kujuvua vema nafsi yake ya chini, yuajua madanganyo ya sura ya ulimwengu, avijua vile vyenye kupita zake; na yeye mwenye kujua nafsi yake ya juu, yuajua Mungu; ajua vema vile vitu visivyoweza kupita kwenda zake. 16 Amebarikiwa mara tatu ni yule mtu aliyevifanya usafi na upendo wa moyo kuwa ni vyake hasa; amelipiwa deni la uhuru wake kutoka katika makucha ya nafsi yake ya chini na yeye mwenyewe ni nafsi yake ya juu. 17 Wanadamu watafuta wokovu toka kwenye uovu ambao wanauchukulia kuona ni dubwana lenye kuishi huko chini kuliko laaniwa; na wana miungu ambayo si kingine ile mapepo katika sura ya kujificha; yenye nguvu tele, na wakati yamejaa wivu tele na chuki na matamanio; 18 Ambayo fadhila zake ni lazima kununuliwa kwa kafara zenye kugharimu za matunda, na za maisha ya ndege, na wanyama, na binadamu. 19 Na wakati miungu hawa hawana kwao masikio kusikia, hakuna macho kuona, na wala moyo wa kuelewa hisia, hakuna nguvu kuokoa. 20 Uovu huu ni hadithi za kubuni; miungu hawa wamefanyika kwa hewa, kuvikwa kwa kimvuli cha fikra. 21 Ibilisi pekee kutoka kwa huyo wanadamu wote yawapasa kuwa wamekombolewa ni nafsi, nafsi ya chini. Ikiwa mtu angalimpata mwokozi wake yamlazimu kutazama ndani yake; na pale nafsi pepo iondolewapo katika kiti cha kifalme mwokozi, upendo, atanyanyuliwa katika kiti cha nguvu na enzi. 23 Daudi wa nuru ni Usafi wa moyo, mwenye kumchinja Goliati imara wa giza, na kumtawaza kitini mwokozi, upendo, juu ya kiti cha enzi.


CHAPTER 9

Salome's lessons. The man and the woman. Philosophy of human moods. The triune God. The Septonate. The God Tao.

SALOME taught the lesson of the day. She said, All times are not alike. Today the words of man may have the greatest power; to-morrow women teaches best. 2 In all the ways of life the man and woman should walk hand in hand; the one without the other is but half; each has a work to do. 3 But all things teach; each has a time and a season for its own. The sun, the moon have lessons of their own for men; but each one teaches at the appointed time. 4 The lessons of the sun fall down on human hearts like withered leaves upon a stream, if given in the season of the moon and all the stars. 5 To-day one walks in gloom, downhearted and oppressed; tomorrow that same one is filled with joy. 6 To-day the heavens seem full of blessedness and hope; tomorrow hope has fled, and every plan and purpose comes to naught. 7 To-day one wants to curse the very ground on which he treads; tomorrow he is full of love and praise. 8 To-day one hates and scorns and envies and is jealous of the child he loves; tomorrow he has risen above his carnal self, and breathes forth gladness and good-will. 9 A thousand times men wonder why these heights and depths, these light hearts and these sad, are found in every life. 10 They do not know that there are teachers everywhere, each busy with a God- appointed task, and driving home to human hearts the truth. 11 But this is true, and every one receives the lessons that he needs. 12 And Mary said, To-day I am in exultation great; my thoughts and all my life seem lifted up; why am I thus inspired? 13 Salome replied, This is a day of exultation; day of worship and of praise; a day when, in a measure, we may comprehend our Father-God. 14 Then let us study God, the One, the Three, the Seven. 15 Before the worlds were formed all things were One; just Spirit, Universal Breath. 16 And Spirit breathed, and that which was not manifest became the Fire and Thought of Heaven, the Father-God, the Mother-God. 17 And when the Fire and Thought of heaven in union breathed, their son, their only son, was born. This son is Love whom men have called the Christ. 18 Men call the Thought of heaven the Holy Breath. 19 And when the Triune God breathed forth, lo, seven Spirits stood before the throne. These are Elohim, creative spirits of the universe. 20 And these are they who said, Let us make man; and in their image man was made. 21 In early ages of the world the dwellers in the farther East said, Tao is the name of Universal Breath; and in the ancient books we read, 22 No manifesting form has Tao Great, and yet he made and keeps the heavens and earth. 23 No passion has our Tao Great, and yet he causes sun and moon and all the stars to rise and set. 24 No name has Tao Great, and yet he makes all things to grow; he brings in season both the seed time and the harvest time. 25 And Tao Great was One; the One became the Two; the Two became the Three, the Three evolved the Seven, which filled the universe with manifests. 26 And Tao Great gives unto all, the evil and the good, the rain, the dew, the sunshine and the flowers; from his rich stores he feeds them all. 27 And in the same old book we read of man: He has a spirit knit to Tao Great; a soul which lives within the seven Breaths of Tao Great; a body of desires that springs up from the soil of flesh. 28 Now spirit loves the pure, the good, the true; the body of desires extols the selfish self; the soul becomes the battle ground between the two. 29 And blessed is the man whose spirit is triumphant and whose lower self is purified; whose soul is cleansed, becoming fit to be the council chamber of the manifests of Tao Great. 30 Thus closed the lesson of Salome.

Sura 9

Masomo ya Salome. Mwanamume na Mwanamke. Filosofia ya hisia za hali za mwanadamu. Mungu Utatu. Usaba. Mungu Tao.

Salome akafundisha somo la siku. Akasema, kila wakati si wenye kufanana na mwenzake. Leo maneno ya wanaume yaweza kuwa na nguvu kuu; kesho wanamke afundisha bora kabisa. 2 Katika njia zote za maisha mwamume na mwanamke ingaliwapasa kutembea mkono kwa mkono; mmoja bila ya mwenzake si tu ila nusu; kila mmoja anakazi ya kufanya. 3 Lakini vitu vyote hufundisha; kila kimoja kina wakati na msimu wa kwake chenyewe. Jua, Mwezi vina masomo ya kivyake na vyake kwa wanadamu; lakini kila kimoja hufundisha kwa muda wake uliolengwa. 4 Masomo ya jua huanguka katika moyo wa mwanadamu kama vile majani yaliyonyauka juu ya mkondo wa maji, ikiwa yatatolewa katika msimu wa mwezi na nyota zote. 5 Leo mmoja atembea kwa kuona giza tupu, moyo mzito na aliyechoka kiakili; kesho mmoja huyu huyu ni mwenye kujaa na furaha. 6 Leo mbingu zaonekana kujaa ubarikika na tumaini; kesho tumaini limeruka zake mbali, kila mpango na dhumuni kuja kuwa si chochote. 7 Leo mmoja ataka kulaani ule hasa uwanja ambao juu yake yeye hunyoosha miguu; kesho yeye amejaa upendo na sifa. 8 Leo mmoja awa na chuki na adharau na atamani cha mwenzake na ni mwenye kumuonea wivu mtoto wake ampendaye; kesho ameinuka juu ya nafsi yake ya kimwili, na kutoa pumzi ya mfurahiko na mapenzi mema. 9 Mara elfu kadhaa wanadamu hustaajabu kujiuliza kwa nini vyote hivi vimo na vina, mioyo hii miepesi na hii iliyo na huzuni, hupatikana katika kila maisha. 10 Wao hawajui ya kwamba kuna walimu kila pahala, kila moja kushikwa na kazi ya jukumu alilolengeshwa na mungu, na kuendeshea kuelekea nyumbani moyoni mwa mwanadamu; kweli. 11 Lakini hii ni kweli, kila mmoja hupokea masomo ambayo ayahitaji. 12 Na Mariamu akasema, leo mimi ni mwenye kughubikwa furaha kubwa; mawazo yangu na maisha yangu yote yaonekana kunyanyuliwa juu; Je, ni kwanini nimevuviwa namna hii? 13 Salome akajibu, leo ni siku ya kughubikwa furaha; siku ya kuabudu ama kutukuza; siku ambapo, katika kipimo, twaweza kumtambua alivyo Mungu-Baba. 14 Basi wacha tujifunze Mungu, Mmoja, Mtatu, Msaba. 15 Kabla alimwengu zote hazijafanywa vitu vyote vilikuwa Moja; Roho tu, Pumzi ya pote. 16 Na Roho akapuliza pumzi, na kile ambacho kilikuwa hakijadhahirika kikajakuwa Moto na Neno Fikara la Mbinguni, Mungu-Baba, Mungu-Mama. 17 Na Moto na Neno Fikara vya Mbinguni vilipopuliza pumzi kwa muunganiko wa pamoja, mwana wao wa pekee, alizaliwa. Mwana huyu ni Upendo ambapo wanadamu wameuita Kristu. 18 Wanadamu huuita Neno Fikara la Mbinguni Pumzi Takatifu. 19 Na Mungu Utatu vilipopuliza pumzi, lo, roho saba wakasimama mbele za mahala pa enzi. Hawa ni Elohim, roho waumbaji wa ulimwengu wote. 20 Na hawa ndiyo waliosema, na tumfanye mtu; na katika namna ya taswira yao mwanadamu alifanyika. 21 Katika Zama za mwanzo za ulimwengu wakazi wa katika mashariki ya mbali walisema, Tao ni jina la Pumzi ya ulimwengu wote; na katika vitabu vya kale twasoma, 22 Hana namna sura ya kujidhahirisha Tao mkubwa, na wakati amevifanya na kuvitunza hali mbingu na nchi. 23 Hana hisia kama za mwili Tao Kubwa, na wakati husababishia Jua na Mwezi na nyota zote kuchomoza na kuzama. 24 Hana jina Tao Kubwa, na wakati hufanya vitu vyote kukua; huleta katika misimu vyote viwili wakati wa mbengu na wakati wa mavuno. 25 Na Tao Kubwa alikuwa ni mmoja; Mmoja akawa Mbili; Mbili akawa Tatu, Tatu akaenda kufanya Saba, iliyojaza ulimwengu kwa madhahirisho. 26 Na Tao Kubwa hugawa kwa vyote, viovu na vyema, mvua, umande, mwangaza wa jua na maua; kutoka katia ghala lake la utajiri huvishibisha hivyo vyote. 27 Na katika kitabu hicho hicho kizee twasoma ya mtu: mwenye kuwa na roho aliyefumwa nyuzi kwa Tao Mkubwa; nafsi roho ambayo yaishi katika pumzi saba za Tao Kubwa; mwili wa matamanio wenye kunyesha tokea kwenye udongo wa nyama. 28 Sasa roho hupenda msafi wa moyo, mkweli; mwili wa matamani hunyanyua na kupenda kusifu nafsi ya ubinafsi, na nafsi roho huja kuwa uwanja wa mapigano kati ya viwili. 29 Na amebarikiwa ni yule mtu mwenye roho yake yenye kushinda na mwenye nafsi yake ya chini kusafishika; mwenye nafsi roho iliyotakaswa, kuja kufaa kuwa chumba cha baraza la madhahirisho ya Tao Kubwa. 30 Na hivi ndivyo kulivyofungwa somo la Salome.


CHAPTER 10

Elihu's lessons. The Brahmic religion. Life of Abram. Jewish sacred books. The Persian religion.

ELIHU taught; he said, In ancient times a people in the East were worshippers of God, the One, whom they called Brahm. 2 Their laws were just; they lived in peace; they saw the light within; they walked in wisdom's ways. 3 But priests with carnal aims arose, who changed the laws to suit the carnal mind; bound heavy burdens on the poor, and scorned the rules of right; and so the Brahms became corrupt. 4 But in the darkness of the age a few great masters stood unmoved; they loved the name of Brahm; they were great beacon lights before the world. 5 And they perserved inviolate the wisdom of their holy Brahm, and you may read this wisdom in their sacred books. 6 And in Chaldea, Brahm was known. A pious Brahm named Terah lived in Ur; his son was so devoted to the Brahmic faith that he was called A-Brahm; and he was set apart to be the father of the Hebrew race. 7 Now, Terah took his wife and sons and all his flocks and herds to Haran in the West; here Terah died. 8 And Abram took the flocks and herds, and with his kindred journeyed farther west; 9 And when he reached the Oaks of Morah in the land of Canaan, he pitched his tents and there abode. 10 A famine swept the land and Abram took his kindred and his flocks and herds and came to Egypt, and in these fertile plains of Zoan pitched his tent, and here abode. 11 And men still mark the place where Abrahm lived-across the plain. 12 You ask why Abram came to Egypt land? This is the cradle-land of the initiate; all secret things belong to Egypt land; and this is why the masters come. 13 In Zoan Abram taught his science of the stars, and in that sacred temple over there he learned the wisdom of the wise. 14 And when his lessons all were learned, he took his kindred and his flocks and herds and journeyed back to Canaan, and in the plains of Mamre pitched his tent, and there he lived, and there he died. 15 And records of his life and works and of his sons, and of the tribes of Israel, are well preserved in Jewish sacred books. 16 In Persia Brahm was known, and feared. Men saw him as the One, the causeless Cause of all that is, and he was sacred unto them, as Tao to the dwellers of the farther East. 17 The people lived in peace, and justice ruled. 18 But, as in other lands, in Persia priests arose imbued with self and self desires, who outraged Force, Intelligence and Love; 19 Religion grew corrupt, and birds and beasts and creeping things were set apart as gods. 20 In course of time a lofty soul, whom men called Zarathustra, came in flesh. 21 He saw the causeless Spirit, high and lifted up; he saw the weakness of all man appointed gods. 22 He spoke and all of Persia heard; and when he said, One God, one people and one shrine, the altars of the idols fell, and Persia was redeemed. 23 But men must see their Gods with human eyes, and Zarathustra said, 24 The greatest of the Spirits standing near the throne is the Ahura Mazda, who manifests in brightness of the sun. 25 And all the people saw Ahura Mazda in the sun, and they fell down and worshipped him in temples of the sun. 26 And Persia is the magian land where live the priests who saw the star arise to mark the place where Mary's son was born, and were the first to greet him as the Prince of Peace. 27 The precepts and the laws of Zarathustra are preserved in the Avesta which you can read and make your own. 28 But you must know that words are naught till they are made alive; until the lessons they contain become a part of head and heart. 29 Now truth is one; but no one knows the truth until he is the truth. It is recorded in an ancient book. 30 Truth is the leavening power of God; it can transmute the all of life into itself; and when the all of life is truth, then man is truth.

Sura ya 10

Somo la Elihu. Dini ya Kibrahimu. Maisha ya Abramu. Kitabu kitakatifu cha Wayahudi. Dini ya Kiajemi.

ELIHU alifundisha; akisema, katika wakati wa zamani watu wa mashariki walikuwa ni waabudifu wa mungu, mmoja, ambaye walimuita Brahm. 2 Sheria zao zilikuwa ni za haki; waliishi kwa amani; waliiona nuru ya ndani; walitembea katika njia za Hekima. 3 Lakini makuhani walio na malengo ya kimwili wakajitokeza, waliozibadili sheria kufaa akili zao za kimwili; kuweka mzigo mzito kwa maskini, na kudharau kanuni za sheria za kusimama katikati pa usawa; na hivyo Mabrahm wakaja kuwa na makusudio yenye kuharibika. 4 Lakini katika ugiza wa zama watu wachace wakuu kiroho walisimama bila kitikisika; walilipenda jina la Brahm; walikuwa ni mwenge mkubwa wa nuru iwakayo mbele za ulimwengu. 5 Na hao waliitunza na usafi hekima ya Brahm wao Mtukufu, na unaweza kusoma hekima hii katika katika vitabu vyao vitakatifu. 6 Na katika Ukaldayo, Brahm alijulikana. Mtu mchaji aliyeitwa Terah aliishi Uri; mwana wake alikuwa amejitoa moyo wake kwa imani ya Kibrahm yakwamba aliitwa A-brahm; na yeye alitengwa pembeni kuja kuwa baba wa taifa la waebrania. 7 Sasa, Terah aliwachukua mkewe na wana wake na kundi lake lote la wanyama na wachungaji kuelekea Harani Magharibini; hapa Terah akafariki. 8 Na Abram akachukua wanyama na wachungaji, na pamoja na wanajamii wake na kufunga safari kuelekea magharibi ya mbali; 9 Na alipofika katika miti ya miaoki ya Morah katika nchi ya kanaani, alipigilia kamba chini mahema yake na pale wakakaa. 10 Njaa ikaja na kuizoa nchi na Abram akawachukua wanajamii zake na kundi lake la wanyama na wachungaji na kuja Misri, na katika tambarare hizi za Soani alipigilia kamba chini mahema yake, na hapa akakaa. 11 Na watu bado hadi leo wameweka alama mahala alipoishi Abram kukatisha tambarare yote. 12 Mwauliza je, ni kwanini Abram alikuja nchi ya Misri? Hii ni nchi ya kuzaliwa kutoka katika uchanga kwa waajamamosi*; vitu vyote vya katika siri hutokea nchi ya Misri; hiii ndiyo sababu Wakuu kiroho huja. 13 Katika Soani Abram alifundisha syansi yake ya nyota, na katika lili hekalu takatifu juu ya pale alijifunza hekima ya wenye busara. 14 Na masomo yake yote yalipokuwa yamesomeka, aliwachkua wanajamii wake na wachungaji wake na kusafriri kurudi Kanaani, na katika tambarare za Mamre alipigilia chini kamba za hema lake, na pale aliishi, na pale alifariki. 15 Na kumbu kumbu la maisha yake na kazi za wana wake, na za makabila ya Israeli, vimetunzwa vema katika kitabu kitakatifu cha wayahudi. 16 Katika Uajemi Brahm alijulikana, na kuogopwa. Wanadamu walimuona yeye kama Mmoja, Sababisho lisilosababushika la Chote Kile Kilicho, na yeye alikuwa ni aliyefanywa mtakatifu kwao, kama Tao kwa wakazi wa mashariki ya mbali. 17 Watu waliishi kwa amani, na haki ilitawala. 18 Lakini, kama ilivyo katika nchi zingine, katika Uajemi makuhani wakainukia waliogubikwa na unafsi na matamani ya nafsi, waliyotibua Nguvu, Uakili na Upendo; 19 Dini ikakua na kuwa na makusudio yaliyoharibika, nao ndege na wanyama na vitu vingine visivyopendeza vikawa tengewa sehemu kuwa miungu. 20 Katika kufuata kwa wakati nafsi roho iliyoenda juu, ambaye watu walimwita Zarathustra, akaja katika nyama. 21 Aliona Roho asiyesababushika, aliye juu na aliyeinukia juu; aliona udhaifu wa miungu yote iliyosimamishwa na mwanadamu. 22 Akazungumza na Uajemi yote ikasikia; na aliposema, Mungu Mmoja, watu moja na dhabahu moja, altare za masanamu zikaanguka, na uajemi ikakombolewa. 23 Lakini wanadamu ni lazima waione Miungu yao kwa macho ya kiuanadamu, na Zarathustra akasema, 24 Mkuu kabisa wa roho wote asimama karibu na kiti cha enzi ni Ahura Mazda katika Jua, na wao wakaanguka chini na kumuabudu katika mahekalu ya Jua. 26 Na Uajemi ni nchi ya mamajusi walikoishi makuhani walioiona ikinyanyuka kuonesha mahala ambapo mwana wa Mariamu alipozaliwa, na walikuwa ni wakwanza kumsalim akiwa kama ni Mwanamfalme wa Amani. 27 Mafunzo na kanuni za sheria za Zarathustra vimetunzwa katika Avesta ambayo waweza kuisoma na kufanya ya kwako. 28 Lakini yakupasa kujua kwamba maneno si chochote yafanywe kuwa hai; mpaka masomo yayabebayo kuja kuwa sehemu ya kichwa na moyo. 29 Sasa Kweli ni moja; lakini hakuna ajuaye Kweli mpaka yeye kuwa ni kweli. Imehifadhiwa kuandikwa katika kitabu cha zamani. 30 Kweli ni yenye nguvu yenye kutia chachu ya Mungu; yaweza kuibadili sura yote ya maisha kuwa yenyewe; na pale ambapo vyote vya maisha ni kweli, basi mwanadamu ni Kweli.


CHAPTER 11

Elihu's lessons. Buddhism and the precepts of Buddha. The mysteries of Egypt.

AGAIN Elihu taught; he said, The Indian priests became corrupt; Brahm was forgotten in the streets; the rights of men were trampled in the dust. 2 And the a mighty master came, a Buddha of enlightenment, who turned away from wealth and all the honours of the world, and found the Silence in the quiet groves and caves; and he was blest. 3 He preached a gospel of the higher life, and taught man how to honour man. 4 He had no doctrine of the gods to teach; he just knew man, and so his creed was justice, love and righteousness. 5 I quote for you a few of many of the helpful words which Buddha spoke: 6 Hate is a cruel word. If men hate you regard it not; and you can turn the hate of men to love and mercy and goodwill, and mercy is as large as all the heavens. 7 And there is good enough for all. With good destroy the bad; with generous deeds make avarice ashamed; with truth make straight the crooked lines that error draws, for error is but truth distorted, gone astray. 8 And pain will follow him who speaks or acts with evil thoughts, as does the wheel the foot of him who draws the cart. 9 He is a greater man who conquers self than he who kills a thousand men in war. 10 He is the noble man who is himself what he believes what other men should be. 11 Return to him who does you wrong your purest love, and he will cease from doing wrong; for love will purify the heart of him who is beloved as truly as it purifies the heart of him who loves. 12 The words of Buddha are recorded in the Indian sacred books; attend to them, for they are part of the instructions of the Holy Breath. 13 The land of Egypt is the land of secret things. 14 The mysteries of the ages lie lock-bound in our temples and our shines. 15 The masters of all times and climes come here to learn; and when your sons have grown to manhood they will finish all their studies in Egyptian schools. 16 But I have said enough. To-morrow at the rising of the sun we meet again.

Sura ya 11

Masomo ya Elihu. Ubuddha na mafunzo ya Buddha. Mafumbo Staajabu ya Misri.

TENA Elihu alifundisha;akasema, makuhani wa kihindi wakaja kuwa na makusudio yaliyoharibika; Brahm akasahaulika katika mitaa; haki iliyofichika ndani ya matendo ya desturi za watu zikakanyagwa kuwa vumbi. 2 Na mtu mkuu sana akaja, Buddha wa utaamuliko, aliye ugeukia mbali utajiri wa mali na namna zote za heshima za kupewa za ulimwengu, na kupata ukimya katika chini ya miti na mapangoni; na yeye alibarikiwa. 3 Alihubiri injili ya Maisha ya Juu, na kumfundisha mwanadamu jinsi ya kumtolea heshima mtu. 4 Hakuwa na mafundisho ya miungu kufundisha; yeye alimjua tu mwanadamu, na hivyo kwa ujumla wa mafundisho yake ilikuwa ni usahihi wa katikati, upendo na unyoofu katika njia na kanuni. 5 Ninawanukulia kwenu vichache vya mengi maneno yenye msaada ambayo Buddha alizungumza: 6 Chuki ni neno katili. Ikiwa wanadamu wanakuchukia usitilie maana hilo; na unaweza kugeuza chuki ya watu kuwa upendo na rehema na mapenzi mema, na rehema ni iliyo kubwa kama mbingu zote. 7 Na kuna chema kutosha kwa wote. Kwa chema haribu kibaya; kwa matendo ya moyo mkunjufu wenye kushikwa sana na tamaa za mali kuona aibu; na kwa ukweli nyoosha mistari ilipinda pinda ambayo makosa huchora, kwa kuwa makosa ni tu ukweli ulitenguka sura, na kwenda kombo. 8 Na maumivu yatamfuata yeye mwenye kuzungumza ama kutenda na mawazo maovu, kama lifanyavyo gurudumu mguu wa yeye mwenye kuvuta mkokoteni. 9 Ni mtu aliyemkuu zaidi yule ambaye kuishinda mapigano nafsi kuliko yeye auaye watu elfu vitani. 10 Ni mtu mwenye sifa bora ambaye yeye ni mwenyewe kile akiaminicho kile ambacho watu wengine yawapasa kuwa. 11 Mrudishie yeye mwenye kukutendea kosa upendo wako uliosafi kabisa, na yeye atakoma kuwa kufanya mabaya; kwa kuwa upendo utasafisha moyo wa yeye mwenye kupendeka kwa ukweli kama ilivyo kwake kuusafisha moyo wa yule mwenye kupenda. 12 Maneno ya Buddha yamehifadhiwa kuandikwa katika vitabu vyenye kufanywa vitakatifu vya Wahindi; yasikilize sana, kwa kuwa hayo ni sehemu ya maelekezo ya Pumzi Takatifu. 13 Nchi Misri ni nchi ya vitu vilivyofanyika siri. 14 Mafumbo staajabu ya zama yamelala kufungiwa katika mahekalu yetu na mang'aro yetu.15 Watu wakuu kiroho wa nyakati zote na hali za hewa huja hapa kujifunza; na wana wenu watapokuwa wamekua hadi uanamume watamalizia masomo yao yote katika shule za kimisri. 16 Ila nimesema vyakutosha. Kesho katika kuchomoza kwa Jua tukutane tena.

 

[mose]

CHAPTER 12

Salome's lessons. Prayer. Elihu's concluding lessons. Sums up the three years' course of study. The pupils return to their homes.

NOW, when the morning sun arose the masters and their pupils all were in the sacred grove. 2 Salome was the first to speak; she said, Behold the sun! It manifests the power of God who speaks to us through sun and moon and stars; 3 Through mountain, hill and vale; through flower, and plant and tree. 4 God sings for us through bird, and harpsichord, and human voice; he speaks to us through wind and rain and thunder roll; why should we not bow down and worship at his feet? 5 God speaks to hearts apart; and hearts apart must speak to him; and this is prayer. 6 It is not prayer to shout at God, to stand, or sit, or kneel and tell him all about the sins of men. 7 It is not prayer to tell the Holy One how great he is, how good he is, how strong and how compassionate. 8 God is not man to be bought up by praise of man. 9 Prayer is the ardent wish that every way of life be light; that every act be crowned with good; that every living thing be prospered by our ministry. 10 A noble deed, a helpful word is prayer; a fervent, an effectual prayer. 11 The fount of prayer is in the heart; by thought, not words, the heart is carried up to God, where it is blest, Then let us pray. 12 They prayed, but not a word was said; but in that holy Silence every heart was blest. 13 And then Elihu spoke. He said to Mary and Elizabeth, Our words are said; you need not tarry longer here; the call has come; the way is clear, you may return unto your native land. 14 A mighty work is given you to do; you shall direct the minds that will direct the world. 15 Your sons are set apart to lead men up to righteous thoughts, and words, and deeds; 16 To make men know the sinfulness of sin; to lead them from the adoration of the lower self, and all illusive things, and make them conscious of the self that lives with Christ in God. 17 In preparation for their work your sons must walk in many thorny paths. 18 Fierce trials and temptations they will meet, like other men; their loads will not be light, and they will weary be, and faint. 19 And they will know the pangs of hunger and of thirst; and without cause they will be mocked, imprisoned, scourged. 20 To many countries they will go, and at the feet of many masters they will sit, for they must learn like other men. 21 But we have said enough. The blessings of the Three and of the Seven, who stand before the throne, will surely rest upon you evermore. 22 Thus closed the lessons of Elihu and Salome. Three years they taught their pupils in the sacred grove, and if their lessons all were written in a book, lo, it would be a mighty book; of what they said we have the sum. 23 Now, Mary, Joseph and Elizabeth with Jesus and his harbinger, set forth upon their homeward way. They went not by Jerusalem, for Archelaus reigned. 24 They journeyed by the Bitter Sea, and when they reached Engedi hills they rested in the home of Joshua, a near of kin; and here Elizabeth and John abode. 25 But Joseph, Mary and their son went by the Jordan way, and after certain days they reached their home in Nazareth.

Sura ya 12

Masomo ya Salome. Sala. Somo la kuhitimishia la Elihu. Kujumlishia yote ya mafunzo ya miaka mitatu ya kujifunza. Wanafunzi warejea makwao.

SASA, Jua la asubuhi lilipochomoza wakuu na wanafunzi wao wote walikuwa katika ua la bustani iliyofanywa takatifu. 2 Salome alikuwa wakwanza kuzungumza, yeye akasema, Tazama Jua! Ladhihirisha sura ya nguvu ya Mungu azungumzaye kwetu kupitia Jua na Mwezi na Nyota; 3 Kupitia mlima, kilima na korongo; kupitia maua, na mmea na mti. 4 Mungu atuimbia kwa sisi kupitia ndege, kinubi, na sauti ya mwanadamu; azungumza kwetu kupitia pepo za kuvuma na mvua na mngurumo wa radi; kwa nini tusili inamie mbele na kuabudu miguuni pake? 5 Mungu azungumza na mioyo iliyo wazi; na mioyo iliyowazi na ilazimu kuzungumza naye; na hili ni sala. 6 Si sala kupaza sauti kubwa kwake Mungu, kusimama, ama kukaa, ama kupiga magoti na kumwambia yeye yote juu ya dhambi za wanadamu. 7 Si sala kumweleza Mtukufu Mmoja ni jinsi gani alivyo mkubwa, jinsi gani alivyo ni mwema, jinsi gani alivyo na nguvu na jinsi gani alivyona huruma. 8 Mungu si mtu kununulika kwa kusifu kwa mwanadamu. 9 Sala ni tamanio la mfano wa moto wenye kuwaka sana yakwamba kila njia ya maisha kuwa nuru; yakwamba kila tendo livikwe taji kwa chema; yakwamba kila kiumbe hai kineemeke kwa huduma yetu. 10 Tendo lenye sifa kuu, neno lenye kuleta msaada ni sala; yenye kuwa na hisia kali, sala yenye kuathiri matokeo. 11 Bubujikio la Sala lipo katika moyo; kwa fikara akilini, si maneno, moyo hubebwa juu kwa Mungu, inakorehemiwa, basi wacha tusali. 12 Wakasali, lakini hakuna neno lililosemwa; ila katika ule Ukimya Mtakatifu kila moyo ulirehemiwa. 13 Na halafu tena Elihu akazungumza. Alisema kwa Mariamu na Elizabeti, maneno yetu yamesemwa; hamuhitaji tena kubakia kukaa hapa zaid; wito umekuja; njia i wazi, mnaweza kurudi katika nchi mtokazo. 14 Kazi kubwa mmepewa kufanya; mtaonesha mwelekeo akili ambazo zitaonesha mwelekeo kwa ulimwengu. 15 Wana wenu wametengwa kuwaongoza wanadamu juu katika mawazo yenye haki, na maneno, na matendo; 16 Kuwafanya wanadamu kujua udhambi wa dhambi; kuwaongoza wao kutoka kwenye mahusudisho ya nafsi ya chini, na vitu vyote vidanganyifu kwa sura, na kuwafanya kuwa macho na nafsi yenye kuishi na Kristu katika Mungu. 17 Katika maandalizi ya kazi yao wana wenu yawabidi kupita katika njia nyingi za miiba. 18 Hukumu kali na majaribu na majaribu watakutana navyo, kama wanadamu wengine; mizigo yao haitakuwa ni miepesi, na watachoshwa, na kudhoofu. 19 Nao watajua madhaa [pangs] ya njaa na kiu; na bila sababu watadhihakiwa, kufungwa, kuadhibiwa kwa mijeledi. 20 Kwa nchi nyingi watakwenda, na miguuni pa watu wakuu kiroho wengi wataketi, kwa kuwa yawalazimu kujifunza kama wanadamu wengine. 21 Lakini tumesema yakutosha. Baraka za watatu na za Saba, hao wenye kusimama mbele za mahala pa enzi, kwa hakika watatulia juu yenu hata wakati wote zaidi. 22 Na hivyo ndivyo lilivyofungwa somo la Elihu na Salome. Miaka mitatu waliwafundisha wanafunzi wao katika ua la bustani iliyofanywa takatifu, na ikiwa masomo yao yote yangeandikwa kitabuni, lo, ingalikuwa ni kitabu kikubwa; ya yale waliyosema tunajumla yake. 23 Sasa, Mariamu, Yosefu na Elizabeti na Yesu na mtayarisha njia wake, wakaianza safari kuelekea njia ya nyumbani. Hawakwenda kwa karibu na Yerusalemu, kwa kuwa Arkelausi alikuwa akitawala. 24 Walisafiri kupita Bahari ya Chungu, na walipofika vilima vya Engedi walipumzika katika nyumba ya Yoshua, ndugu wa karibu; na hapa Elizabeti na Yohana waliishi kukaa. 25 Lakini Yosefu, Mariamu na wana wao wakwenda kwa njia ya Yordani, na baada ya siku kadhaa walifika nyumbani kwao katika Nazareti.


Childhood and Early Education of John the Harbinger

CHAPTER 13

Elizabeth in Engedi. Teaches her son. John becomes the pupil of Matheno, who reveals to him the meaning of sin and the law of forgiveness.

ELIZABETH was blest; she spent her time with John, and gave to him the lessons that Elihu and Salome had given her. 2 And John delighted in the wilderness of his home and in the lessons that he learned. 3 Now in the hills were many caves. The cave of David was a-near in which the Hermit of Engedi lived. 4 This hermit was Matheno, priest of Egypt, master from the temple of Sakara. 5 When John was seven years of age Matheno took him to the wilderness and in the cave of David they abode. 6 Matheno taught, and John was thrilled with what the master said, and day by day Matheno opened up to him the mysteries of life. 7 John loved the wilderness; he loved his master and his simple fare. Their food was fruits, and nuts, wild honey and the carob bread. 8 Matheno was an Isrealite, and he attended all the Jewish feasts. 9 When John was nine years old Matheno took him to a great feast in Jerusalem. 10 The wicked Archelaus had been deposed and exiled to a distant land because of selfishness and cruelty, and John was not afraid. 11 John was delighted with his visit to Jerusalem. Matheno told him all about the service of the Jews; the meaning of their rites. 12 John could not understand how sin could be forgiven by killing animals and birds and burning them before the Lord. 13 Matheno said, The God of heaven and earth does not require sacrifice. This custom with its cruel rites was borrowed from the idol worshippers of other lands. 14 No sin was ever blotted out by sacrifice of animal, of bird, or man. 15 Sin is the rushing forth of man into fens of wickedness. If one would get away from sin he must retrace his steps, and find his way out of the fens of wickedness. 16 Return and purify your hearts by love and righteousness and you shall be forgiven. 17 This is the burden of the message that the harbinger shall bring to men. 18 What is forgiveness? John inquired. 19 Matheno said, It is the paying up of debts. A man who wrongs another man can never be forgiven until he rights the wrong. 20 The Vedas says that none can right the wrong but him who does the wrong. 21 John said, If this be true where is the power to forgive except the power that rests in man himself? Can man forgive himself? 22 Matheno said, The door is wide ajar; you see the way of man's return to right, and the forgiveness of his sins.

Utoto na Elimu ya Awali ya Yohana mtayarisha njia
Sura ya 13

Elizabeti katika Engedi. Amfundisha mwana wake. Yohana awa mwanafunzi wa Matheno, anayemfunulia maana ya dhambi na kanuni ya sheria ya msamaha.

ELIZABETI alirehemiwa; atumia muda wake na Yohana, na kumpa Yohana masomo yale Elihu na Salome walimpa yeye. 2 Na Yohana anafurahia katika nyika na mapori ya nyumbani pake na katika masomo ambayo amejifunza. 3 Sasa katika vilima kulikuwa na mapango mengi. Pango la Daudi lilikuwa ni karibu ambamo hamiti* wa Engedi aliishi. 4 Hamiti huyu aliitwa Matheno, kuhani wa misri, mkuu kutoka hekalu la Sakara. 5 Yohana alipokuwa wa umri upatao miaka saba Matheno alimchukua nyikani na katika pango la Daudi na wakaa. 6 Matheno alifundisha na Yohana alisisimuliwa na vile alivyosema mkuu, na siku hata siku Matheno alimfungulia kwake mafumbo staajabu ya maisha. 7 Yohana aliipenda nyika; alimpenda mkuu wake na milo yake rahisi. Chakula chao kilikuwa ni matunda, na karanga, asali ya mwituni na mkate wa karobu. 8 Matheno alikuwa ni muisraeli, na alihudhuria kalamu zote za kiyahudi. 9 Yohana alipokuwa na umri wa miaka tisa Matheno alimchukua kwenda kwenye kalamu kubwa ya kiyahudi ndani ya Yerusalemu. 10 Mdhalimu Akilausi alitupwa nje ya madaraka na kutumwa uhamishoni huko nchi ya mbali kwa sababu ya ubinafsi wake na ukatili. Na Yohana hakuwa na woga. 11 Yohana alifurahishwa na safari yake kutembelea Yerusalemu. Matheno alimwambia yote kuhusu huduma za wayahudi; na maana ya matendo yao ya kiimani. 12 Yohana hakuweza kuelewa ni jinsi gani dhambi yaweza kusamehewa kwa kuua wanyama na ndege na kuwachoma mbele za bwana. 13 Matheno akasema, Mungu wa mbingu na nchi hahitaji dhabihu ya kafara. Desturi hii na matendo yake katili ya kiimani vilitolewa kutoka kwa waabudu sanamu wa nchi zingine. 14 Hakuna dhambi ilifutwayo doa kwa kafara ya mnyama, au ndege, au mtu. 15 Dhambi ni kutitirikia kasi maji kwa mwanadamu kuelekea kwenye majani madogo ya dogo ya pembezoni mwa mkondo; ya ukosefu wa maadili ya thamani kiroho. Ikiwa mmoja ingalimpasa kutoka katika dhambi yampasa kurudia kupitia juu ya hatua zake, na kutafuta njia kutoka katika magugu ya uovu 16 Rudini na kusafisha mioyo yenu kwa upendo na unyoofu wa haki na mtalisamehewa. 17 Na huu ni mzigo wa ujumbe ambao mtayarisha njia ataleta kwa watu. 18 Msamaha ni nini? Yohana alihoji. 19 Matheno akasema, ni kulipa madeni. Mtu mwenye kumtendea makosa mtu mwingine hawezi kamwe kusamehewa mpaka asahihishie katikati kosa. 21 Yohana akasema, ikiwa hivi ni kweli nguvu ya kusamehe i wapi isipokuwa kulala ndani ya mwanadamu mwenyewe? Mtu aweza kujisamehe yeye mwenyewe? 22 Matheno akasema, milango ipo wazi kabisa; waona njia ya mwanadamu ya kurudi kusimama katikati, na msamaha wa dhambi zake.


CHAPTER 14

Matheno's lessons. The doctrine of universal law. The power of man to choose and to attain. The benefits of antagonisms. Ancient sacred books. The place of John and Jesus in the world's history.

MATHENO and his pupil, John, were talking of the sacred books of olden times, and of the golden precepts they contained, and John exclaimed, 2 These golden precepts are sublime; what need have we of other sacred books? 3 Matheno said, The Spirit of the Holy One cause every thing to come and go in proper time. 4 The sun has his own time to set, the moon to rise, to wax and wane, the stars to come and go, the rain to fall, the winds to blow; 5 The seed times and the harvest times to come; man to be born and man to die. 6 These mighty Spirits cause the nations to be born; they rock them in their cradles, nurtures them to greatest power, and when their tasks are done they wrap them in their winding sheets and lay them in their tombs. 7 Events are many in a nation's life, and in the life of man, that are not pleasant for the time; but in the end the truth appears: whatever comes is for the best. 8 Man was created for a noble part; but he could not be made a free man filled with wisdom, truth and might. 9 If he were hedged about, confined in straits from which he could not pass, then he would be a toy, a mere machine. 10 Creative spirits gave to man a will; and so he has the power to choose. 11 He may attain the greatest heights, or sink to deepest depths; for what he wills to gain he has the power to gain. 12 If he desires strength he has the power to gain that strength; but he must overcome resistances to reach the goal; no strength is ever gained in idleness. 13 So, in the whirl of many-sided conflicts man is placed where he must strive to extricate himself. 14 In every conflict man gains strength; with every conquest he attains to greater heights. With every day he finds new duties and new cares. 15 Man is not carried over dangerous pits, nor helped to overcome his foes. He is himself his army, and his sword and shield; and he is captain of his hosts. 16 The Holy Ones just light his way. Man never has been left without a beacon light to guide. 17 And he has ever had a lighted lamp in hand that he may see the dangerous rocks, the turbid streams amd treacherous pits. 18 And so the Holy Ones have judged; when men have needed added light a master soul has come to earth to give the light. 19 Before the Vedic days the world had many sacred books to light the way; and when man needed greater light the Vedas, the Avesta and the books of Tao Great appeared to show the way to greater heights. 20 And in the proper place the Hebrew Bible, with its Law, its Prophets and its Psalms, appeared for man's enlightenment. 21 But years have passed and men have need of greater light. 22 And now the Day Star from on high begins to shine; and Jesus is the flesh-made messenger to show that light to men. 23 And you, my pupil, you have been ordained to harbinger the coming day. 24 But you must keep that purity of heart you now possess; and you must light your lamp directly from the coals that burn upon the altar of the Holy Ones. 25 And then your lamp will be transmuted to a boundless flame, and you will be a living torch whose light will shine wherever man abides. 26 But in the ages yet to come, man will attain to greater heights, and lights still more intense will come. 27 And then, at last, a mighty master soul will come to earth to light the way up to the throne of perfect man.

Sura ya 14

Masomo ya Matheno. Mafundisho ya kanuni ya sheria ya ulimwengu wote. Nguvu ya mwanadamu kuchagua na kufikia kupata. Manufaa ya hali ya kukanganya. Vitabu vya zamani vilivyofanywa vitakatifu. Nafasi ya Yohana na Yesu katika historia ya ulimwengu.

Matheno na mwanafunzi wake, Yohana, walikuwa wakiongea ya vitabu vilivyofanywa vitakatifu vya zama nzee, na ya mafunzo ya dhahabu yalivyobeba, na Yohana atamka kwa kushikwa na hamasa, 2 mafunzo haya ya dhahabu ni yenye kuinukia juu sana; tuna uhitaji gani wa vitabu vingine vitakatifu? 3 Matheno akasema, Roho wa Mtakatifu Mmoja husababisha kila kitu kuja na kwenda katika wakati ulikaa vizuri. 4 Jua lina wakati wake mwenyewe kuzama, mwezi kuinuka, mwezi kupita kuwa mkubwa na kuwa mdogo, nyota kuja na kwenda, mvua kuanguka, pepo kuvuma; 5 Nyakati za Mbegu na nyakati za mavuno kuja; mtu kuzaliwa na mtu kufa. 6 Roho hizi kubwa husababisha mataifa kuzaliwa; huyapembeleza katika kijitanda, kuyapa matunzo hadi kufikia nguvu imara na majukumu yake yanapoisha huyafungasha hayo katika mashuka yake ya kuvingirishia na kuyalaza ziarani. 7 Matukio nimengi katika maisha ya taifa, na katika maisha ya mwanadamu, ambayo si yenye kufurahisha kwa wakati; lakini katika mwisho kweli hutokea: chochote chenye kuja ni kwa lililo bora kabisa. 8 Mwanadamu aliumbwa kwa sehemu yenye sifa ya hadhi; lakini hakuweza kufanywa mtu huru aliyejaa hekima, kweli na nguvu. 9 Ikiwa angefungiwa uzio, kufungiwa nafasi katika mafinyangizo kutoka kwa hayo hawezi kufaulu, basi angalikuwa ni mfano wa mwanasesere, mashine. 10 Roho za Uumbaji zilimpa mwanadamu utashi; na hivyo ana nguvu ya kuchagua. 11 Yeye aweza kufikia kupata vimo vya juu kabisa, ama kuzama chini kabisa ya vina; kwa kuwa kile akifanyiacho nia kupata anayo nguvu ya kukipata. 12 Ikiwa atamania uimara wa ndani yeye anayo nguvu ya kupata uimara huo; 13 Hivyo, katika mzunguruko wa mkorogano wa migongano yenye pande nyingi mwanadamu kawekwa pale ambapo yampasa kujifanyia jitihada kujinasua mwenyewe. 14 Katika kila migongano mwanadamu hupata nguvu ya kusimama imara; na kwa kila kuyashinda mapigano yeye afikia vima vya juu zaidi. Na kwa kila siku hukuta majukumu mapya na matunzo mapya ya kujali. 15 Mwanadamu habebwi juu ya mashimo ya hatari, na wala kusaidiwa kuwashinda maadui wake. Yeye mwenyewe ni jeshi lake, upanga wake na ngao; na yeye ni kapteni wa umma wake. 16 Mtakatifu Mmoja hutia tu nuru njia yake. Mwanadamu hajapata kamwe kuachwa bila taa ya mwanga kuongoza. 17 Na siku zote amelikuwa na mwenge wa taa uliowashwa mikononi mwake ili aweze ona miamba ya mawe hatari, maji yenye tope na mashimo yasiyotabirika. 18 Na hivyo Wenyekuwa Watakatifu wameshafanya hukumu; wanadamu walipohitaji mwangaza ulioongezeka nafsi roho kuu imekuja duniani kutoa mwangaza. 19 Kabla ya siku za kiveda ulimwengu ulikuwa na vitabu vingi vitakatifu kutia mwangaza njia; na mwanadamu alipohitaji mwangaza mkubwa zaidi Veda, Avesta na vitabu vya Tao Kubwa vilitokea kuonesha njia kielekea vima vya juu. 20 Na katika penye kufaa Biblia ya Kiebrania, pamoja na kanuni za sheria zake, manabii wake na Zaburi zake, vilitokea kwa ajili ya utaamuliko wa mwanadamu. 21 Lakini miaka imepita na wanadamu wanalo hitaji la mwangaza mkubwa zaidi. 22 Na sasa Nyota ya Mchana kutoka kuliko ni juu yaanza kung'ara; na Yesu ni mjumbe aliyefanyika kwa nyama kuonesha ile nuru kwa wanadamu. 23 Na wewe, mwanafunzi wangu, umeteuliwa kuiandaa siku ijayo. 24 Lakini yakupasa kutunza usafi wa moyo ulio nao sasa; na yakupasa kuwasha taa yako moja kwa moja kutoka kwenye makaa yenye kuwaka kutoka kwenye altare ya Wenyekuwa Watakatifu. 25 Nayo taa yako itabadilishwa namna ya umbo na sura kuwa moto usiyokingwa na mipaka, na utakuwa ni mwenge ambao nuru yake itang'ara kokote aliko mtu. 26 Lakini katika zama bado kuja, mwanadamu atafikia vimo vya juu zaidi, na nuru iliyo ni kali zaidi itakuja. 27 Na basi, mwishowe, nafsi roho mkuu mkubwa atakuja duniani kumulika njia kuelekea mahala pa enzi pa mtu kamilifu.

 

[Bujibuji Simba Nyamaume]

Kweli maarifa yametanuka sana sasa.
Imani zitaongezeka na kuzaliwa mafundisho mapya, msitetereke shikilieni mafundisho ya baba zenu

 

[mpatto]

ONYO: usi quote uzi huu wote pindi utakapo reply kwa maana utawaumiza sana watumiao simu...

 

[Che mittoga]

Haya ni mafundisho ya imani gani ?
Dini gani inafundisha haya mafundisho?

Kama mtu au malaika ataleta Injili nyingine isiyokuwa ya Yesu Kristo na asiaminiwe.

Tunajengwa juu ya msingi wa Manabii na Mitume, naye Kristo Yesu ndiye Jiwe Kuu la Pembeni, Mwamba asiyeyumbishwa.

Amin.


Sent from my TECNO-N8 using JamiiForums mobile app

 

[mose]

Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 15 - 21

CHAPTER 15

Death and burial of Elizabeth. Matheno's lessons. The ministry of death. The mission of John. Institution of the rite of baptism. Matheno takes John to Egypt, and places him in the temple at Sakara, where he remains eighteen years.

WHEN John was twelve years old his mother died, and neighbours laid her body in a tomb among her kindred in the Hebron burying ground, and near to Zacharias' tomb. 2 And John was deeply grieved; he wept. Matheno said, It is not well to weep because of death. 3 Death is no enemy of man; it is a friend who, when the work of life is done, just cuts the cord that binds the human boat to earth, that it may sail on smoother seas. 4 No language can describe a mother's worth, and yours was tried and true. But she was not called hence until her tasks were done. 5 The calls of death are always for the best, for we are solving problems there as well as here; and one is sure to find himself where he can solve his problems best. 6 It is but selfishness that makes one wish to call again to earth departed souls. 7 Then let your mother rest in peace. Just let her noble life be strength and inspiration unto you. 8 A crisis in your life has come, and you must have a clear conception of the work that you are called to do. 9 The sages of the ages call you harbinger. The prophets look to you and say, He is Elijah come again. 10 Your mission here is that of harbinger; for you will go before Messiah's face to pave his way, and make the people ready to receive their king. 11 This readiness is purity of heart; none but the purity in heart can recognise the king. 12 To teach men to be pure in heart, you must yourself be pure in heart, and word, and deed. 13 In infancy the vow for you was made and you became a Nazarite. The razor shall not touch your face nor head, and you shall taste not wine nor fiery drinks. 14 Men need a pattern for their lives; they love to follow, not to lead. 15 The man who stands upon the corners of the paths and points the way, but does not go, is just a pointer; and a block of wood can do the same. 16 The teacher treads the way; on every span of ground he leaves his footprints clearly cut, which all can see and be assured that he, their master went that way. 17 Men comprehend the inner life by what they see and do. They come to God through ceremonies and forms. 18 And so when you would make men know that sins are washed away by purity in life, a rite symbolic may be introduced. 19 In water wash the bodies of the people who would turn away from sin and strive for purity in life. 20 This rite of cleansing is a preparation rite and they who thus are cleansed comprise the Church of Purity. 21 And you shall say, You men of Israel, hear; Reform and wash; become the sons of purity, and you shall be forgiven. 22 This rite of cleansing and this church are but symbolic of the cleansing of the soul by purity in life, and of the kingdom of the soul, which does not come from outward show, but is the church within. 23 Now, you may never point the way and tell the multitudes to do what you have never done; but you must go before and show the way. 24 You are to teach that men must wash; so you must lead the way, your body must be washed, symbolic of the cleansing of the soul. 25 John said, Why need I wait? May I not go at once and wash? 26 Matheno said, 'Tis well, and then they went down to the Jordan ford, and east fo Jericho, just where the hosts of Israel crossed when first they entered Canaan, they tarried for a time. 27 Matheno taught the harbinger, and he explained to him the inner meaning of the cleansing rite and how to wash himself and how to wash the multitude. 28 And in the river Jordan John was washed; then they returned unto the wilderness. 29 Now in Engedi's hills Matheno's work was done and he and John went down to Egypt. They rested not until they reached the temple of Sakara in the valley of the Nile. 30 For many years Matheno was a master in this temple of the Brotherhood, and when he told about the life of John and of his mission to the sons of men, the hierophant with joy received the harbinger and he was called the Brother Nazarite. 31 For eighteen years John lived and wrought within these temple gates; and here he conquered self, became a master mind and learned the duties of the harbinger.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU

Sura 15 -21

Sura 15

Kifo na maziko ya Elizabeti. Masomo ya Matheno. Ministri ya Mauti. lengo Kazi la Yohana. Desturi iliyokuwapo ya tendo la Ubatizo. Matheno amchukua Yohana kuelekea Misri, na kumweka katika hekalu la Sakara, ambako huko anabakia kwa miaka kumi na nane.

YOHANA alipokuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na miwili mama yake alifariki, majirani wakaulaza mwili wake katika ziara miongoni mwa ndugu za koo yake katika uwanja wa maziko wa Hebron, na karibu na ziara la Zakaria. 2 Na Yohana alihuzunika sana; alilia machozi. Matheno akasema, si vema kutoa machozi kwa sababu ya kifo. 3 Kifo si adui wa mwanadamu; ni rafiki ambaye, kazi ya maisha imalizikapo, hukata tu kamba yenye kuufunga mtumbwi wa mwanadamu kwa dunia, ili kwamba uweze kuelea katika bahari zilizotulia uso. 4 Hakuna lugha yenye kuweza kuelezea thamani ya mama, na yako imejaribiwa na kweli. Lakini hakuitwa na ivyo mpaka shughuli yake ilipokwisha. 5 Miito ya mauti daima ni kwa lililo bora kabisa, kwa kuwa twakwamua mafumbo kule na pia hapa; na mtu awa na hakika kujikuta pale ambapo aweza kufumbua mafumbo yake kwa ubora. 6 Ni ubinafsi tu ambao humfanya mtu kutaka kumuita tena duniani nafsi-roho iliyoondoka. 7 Basi wacha mama yako apumzike kwa amani. Acha tu maisha yake yenye sifa za hali ya juu kuwa nguvu ya kutia uimara na uvuvio kwako. 8 Msukosuko maishani mwako umekuja, na yakupasa kuwa na dhana iliyo peupe wazi ya kazi ambayo umeitwa kufanya. 9 Mwenye busara wa zama na zama wakuita mtayarisha njia. Manabii wakuangalia na kusema, Yeye ni Eliya aliyekuja tena. 10 Lengo la kazi yako hapa ni lile la mtayarisha njia; kwa kuwa utakwenda mbele za uso wa Mesiya na kuitengeneza njia yake, na kuwafanya watu kuwa tayari kumpokea mfalme wao. 11 Utayari huu ni usafi wa moyo; hakuna hata kimoja ila usafi wa moyo, wenye kuweza kumtambua mfalme. 12 Kuwafundisha watu kuwa wasafi moyoni, wewe mwenyewe yakupasa kuwa msafi katika moyo, na neno, na matendo. 13 Katika uchanga nadhiri kwa wewe ilifanywa na ukawa mnaziri. Wembe hautogusa uso wako na wala kichwa chako, na hutoonja mvinyo na wala vinywaji vikali. 14 Watu wahitaji sura ya namna ya muundo kwa maisha yao; wanapendelea kufuatisha na si kuongoza mbele. 15 Mtu mwenye kusimama juu ya kona za njia na kunyooshea njia, lakini haendi, ni myooshea kidole tu; na kipande cha mbao cha weza kufanya hivyo hivyo. 16 Mwalimu achinga njia; juu ya kila vipande vya hatua ardhini kuacha alama za miguu yake kujichora, ambayo wote waweza kuona na kuhakikishiwa ya kwamba yeye, mkuu wao alipita njia hiyo. 17 Wanadamu wamaizi maisha ya ndani kwa kile wakionacho na kufanya. Huja kwa Mungu kupitia kwa shughuli za kisherehe na namna za sura. 18 Na hivyo atapowafanya wanadamu kujua kwamba dhambi husafishwa kwa usafi katika maisha, tendo la kiimani la alama litaletwa upya. 19 Katika kuosheka na maji miili ya watu italigeukia mbali na dhambi na kufanya jitihada kwa ajili ya usafi katika maisha. 20 tendo hili la utakaso ni tendo la kiimani la matayarisho na wale ambao kwa hivi wametakaswa hulijenga kanisa la Usafi. 21 Na utasema, Enyi watu waisraeli, msikie; fanyeni matengenezo na kukoga; mje kuwa wana wa usafi, nanyi mtakuwa mmesamehewa. 22 Tendo hili la kiimani la utakaso na kanisa hili ni tu la kialama kwa utakaso wa nafsi roho na usafi katika maisha, na katika ufalme wa roho, ambao hauji kutokea kwenye shoo ya nje, ila ni kanisa lililo la ndani. 23 Sasa, kamwe usije kuoneshea njia na kuwaambia makundi ya watu kufanya kile ambacho hujawahi kukifanya; lakini yakupasa kwenda mbele na kuonesha njia. 24 Wewe ni kuja kufundisha kwamba wanadamu yawapasa kukoga; kwa hivyo yakubidi kuongoza mbele njia, mwili wako wabidi kuoshwa, kialama ya utakaso wa nafsi roho. 25 Yohana akasema, kwa nini nahitaji kusubiri? Siwezi kwenda mara moja na kukoga? 26 Matheno akasema, ni vema hivyo, na halafu wakaenda chini kuelekea ukingo wa Yordani, mashariki ya Yeriko, karibu kabisa na pale kundi la waisraeli lilipokatishia lilipoingia Kanaani kwa mara ya kwanza, wakakaa kwa kipindi. 27 Matheno alimfundisha mtayarisha njia, na akamuelezea kwake maana za ndani za tendo la kiimani la utakaso na jinsi ya kujiosha mwenyewe na jinsi ya kuyaosha makundi ya watu. 28 Na katika mto Yordani Yohana akaoshwa; halafu wakarudi nyikani. 29 Sasa katika vilima vya Engedi kazi ya Matheno ilikwisha na yeye na Yohana wakaenda chini kuelekea Misri. Hawakupumzika mpaka walipofika hekalu la Sakara katika bonde la mto Naili. 30 Kwa miaka mingi Matheno alikuwa mtu mkuu katika hekalu hili la ubruda*, na aliposimulia habari kuhusu maisha ya Yohana na lengo la kazi yake kwa wana za wanadamu, hirofanti* mwenye furaha alimpokea mtayarisha njia na yeye akaitwa bruda Mnaziri. 31 Kwa miaka kumi na minane Yohana aliishi na kupikwa ndani ya malango haya ya hekalu; na hapa aliishinda nafsi, na kuja kuwa akili kuu na kujifunza majukumu ya mtayarisha njia.

Childhood and Early Education of Jesus

CHAPTER 16

The home of Joseph. Mary teaches her son. Jesus' grandparents give a feast in his honour. Jesus has a dream. His grandmother's interpretation. His birthday gift.

THE home of Joseph was on Marmion Way in Nazareth; here Mary taught her son the lessons of Elihu and Salome. 2 And Jesus greatly loved the Vedic and the Avesta; but more than all he loved to read the Psalms of David and the pungent words of Solomon. 3 The Jewish books of prophecy were his delight; and when he reached his seventh year he needed not the books to read, for he had fixed in memory every word. 4 Joachim and his wife, grandparents of child Jesus, made a feast in honour of the child, and all their near of kin were guests. 5 And Jesus stood before the guests and said, I had a dream, and in my dream I stood before a sea, upon a sandy beach. 6 The waves upon the sea were high; a storm was raging on the deep. 7 Some one gave me a wand. I took the wand and touched the sand, and every grain of sand became a living thing; the beach was all a mass of beauty and of song. 8 I touched the waters at my feet, and they were changed to trees, and flowers, and singing birds, and every thing was praising God. 9 And some one spoke, I did not see the one who spoke, I heard the voice, which said, There is no death. 10 Grandmother Anna loved the child; she laid her hand on Jesus' head and said, I saw you stand beside the sea; I saw you touch the sand and waves; I saw them turn to living things and then I knew the meaning of the dream. 11 The sea of life rolls high; the storms are great. The multitude of men are idle, listless, waiting, like dead sand upon the beach. 12 Your wand is truth. With this you touch the multitudes, and every man becomes a messenger of holy light and life. 13 You touch the waves upon the sea of life; their turmoils cease; the very winds become a song of praise. 14 There is no death, because the wand of truth can change the dryest bones to living things, and bring the loveliest flowers from stagnant ponds, and turn the most discordant notes to harmony and praise. 15 Joachim said, My son, today you pass the seventh milestone fo your way of life, for you are seven years of age, and we will give to you, as a remembrance of this day, whatever you desire; choose that which will afford you most delight. 16 And Jesus said, I do not want a gift, for I am satisfied. If I could make a multitude of children glad upon this day I would be greeatly pleased. 17 Now, there are many hungry boys and girls in Nazareth who would be pleased to eat with us this feast and share with us the pleasures of this day. 18 The richest gift that you can give to me is your permission to go out and find these needy ones and bring them here that they may feast with us. 19 Joachim said, 'Tis well; go out and find the needy boys and girls and bring them here; we will prepare enough for all. 20 And Jesus did not wait; he ran; he entered every dingy hut and cabin of the town; he did not waste his words; he told his mission everywhere. 21 And in a little time one hundred and three-score of happy, ragged boys and girls were following him up Marmion Way. 22 The guests made way; the banquet hall was filled with Jesus' guests, and Jesus and his mother helped to serve. 23 And there was food enough for all, and all were glad; and so the birthday gift of Jesus was a crown of righteousness.

Utoto na Elimu ya Awali ya Yesu
Sura ya 16

Nyumba ya Yosefu, Mariamu amfundisha mwanawe. Babu na Bibi wa Yesu wafanya kalamu kwa heshima yake. Yesu apata ndoto. Tafsiri ya Bibi yake. Zawadi yake ya kuzaliwa.

Nyumbani kwa Yosefu kulikuwa ni njia Marmion ndani ya Nazareti; hapa Mariamu alimfundisha mwana wake masomo ya Elihu na Salome. 2 Na Yesu kwa namna kuu alipenda sana yale ya Kiveda na Avesta; lakini zaidi kuliko yote alipenda kusoma Zaburi ya Daudi na maneno makali ya Sulemani. 3 Kitabu cha Kiyahudi cha Unabii ilikuwa na furahisho lake; na alipofikisha umri wa miaka kumi na mmoja hakuhitaji vitabu kusoma, kwa kuwa alikuwa ameweka katika kumbukumbu kila neno. 4 Yoakimu na mkewe, babu na bibi wa mtoto Yesu, walifanya kalamu ya heshima kwa mtoto, na ndugu za karibu walikuwa wageni. 5 Na Yesu alisimama mbele za wageni na akasema, nilipata ndoto, na katika ndoto yangu nalisimama mbele za bahari, juu ya ufukwe wenye mchanga mwingi. 6 Mawimbi baharini yalikuwa ni marefu juu; na tufani ililipamba moto katika vina. 7 Mtu mmoja akanipatia fimbo ya nguvu. Nikaichukua fimbo na kugusa mchanga, na kila punje ya mchanga ikaja kuwa ni kiumbe hai; ufukwe wote wa bahari ukaja ukawa ni umati wa uzuri na wa nyimbo. 8 Nikayagusa maji miguuni mwangu, nayo yakabadilika na kuwa miti, na maua, na ndege waimbao, na kila kitu kilimsifu Mungu. 9 Na mtu mmoja akazungumza, sikumuona ni nani aliyezungumza, niisikia sauti, ambayo ilisema, hakuna mauti. 10 Bibi Ana alimpenda mtoto; aliuweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa cha Yesu na akasema, nalikuona umesimama kando ya bahari; nalikuona ukiyagusa mchanga na mawimbi; naliviona vyote vikigeuka kuwa viumbe hai na halafu tena nilijua maana ya ndoto. 11 Bahari ya maisha yavingirishia juu; matufani ni makubwa. Makundi ya watu ni yenye kukaa bure, yasiyo na msisimko wa kuishi, yakingojea, kama vile mchanga mfu juu ya ufukwe. 12 Fimbo yako ya nguvu ni kweli. Na kwa hii unayagusa makundi, na kila mwanadamu ajakuwa mjumbe wa nuru takatifu na maisha. 13 Unayagusa mawimbi juu ya bahari ya maisha; machafuko yao yanakoma; ule hasa upepo wa uvumi wajakuwa wimbo wa kusifu. 14 Hakuna mauti, kwa kuwa fimbo ya nguvu ya Kweli yaweza kubadilisha mifupa mipana kabisa hadi kuwa viumbe vinavyoishi, na kuleta ua lenye kupendeza kabisa tokea kwenye madimbwi yaliyodorora, na kugeuza toka noti shaghala baghala kabisa hadi kuwa utulivu wa kwenda sawa na usambamba na kusifu. 15 Yoakimu akasema, Mwanangu, leo umepita jiwe la saba la kuweka alama kwa njia ya maisha yako, kwa kuwa u na miaka saba ya umri, na tutakupatia, kama kumbukumbu ya siku hii, chochote utakacho; chagua kile kitakachomudu kukupatia furaha kubwa kabisa. 16 Na Yesu akasema, siitaki zawadi, kwa kuwa nimeridhika. Ikiwa mtaliweza kuwafanya makundi ya watoto kufurahi na mioyo yao katika siku hii nitalifurahishwa sana. 17 Sasa, kuna wengi watoto wa kike na kiume wenye njaa katika Nazareti ambao watapendezwa kula na sisi kalamu hii na kushikiri nasi starehe za siku hii. 18 Zawadi ya kitajiri sana muwezayo kunipatia ni ruksa kwenda na kuwatafuta hawa wenye kuhitaji na kuwaleta hapa ili kwamba wao waweze kukalamika nasi. 19 Yoakimu akasema, ni vema; toka nje na watafute wenye hitaji watoto wa kike na kiume na uwalete hapa; tutaanda vyakutosha wote. 20 Na Yesu hakungoja; akakimbia; aliingia kila banda lenye uduni na lisilo kuu kuu na makazi mengine kama hayo ya mji; hakupoteza maneno yake; alisema lengo la kazi yake kila mahala. 21 Na katika kipindi kifupi idadi ya watoto mia moja na tatu ya wenye furaha, wakike na kiume waliovalia nguo zilizodembweda debweda walimfuata juu njia ya Marmion. 22 Wageni wakafanya njia; holi la sherehe za chakula lilijazwa na wageni wa Yesu, na Yesu na mama yake wakasaidia kuhudumia. 23 Na kulikuwa na chakula cha kutosha wote, na wote wakafurahia na mioyo yao; na hivyo zawadi ya siku ya uzaliwa ya yesu lilikuwa ni taji la utendahaki bora.

CHAPTER 17

Jesus talks with the rabbi of the synagogue of Nazareth. He criticies the narrowness of Jewish thought.

NOW, Rabbi Barachia of the synagogue of Nazareth, was aid to Mary in the teaching of her son. 2 One morning after service in the synagogue the rabbi said to Jesus as he sat in silent thought, Which is the greatest of the Ten Commands? 3 And Jesus said, I do not see a greatest of the Ten Commands. I see a golden cord that runs through all the Ten Commands that binds them fast and makes them one. 4 This cord is love, and it belongs to every word of all the Ten Commands. 5 If one is full of love he can do nothing else than worship God; for God is love. 6 If one is full of love, he cannot kill; he cannot falsely testify; he cannot covet; can do naught but honour God and man. 7 If one is full of love he does not need commands of any kind. 8 And Rabbi Barachia said, Your words are seasoned with the salt of wisdom that is from above. Who is the teacher who has opened up this truth to you. 9 And Jesus said, I do not know that any teacher opens up this truth for me. It seems to me that truth was never shut; that it was always opened up, for truth is one and it is everywhere. 10 And if we open up the windows of our minds the truth will enter in and make herself at home; for truth can find her way through any crevice, any window, any open door. 11 The rabbi said, What hand is strong enough to open up the windows and the doors of mind so truth can enter in? 12 And Jesus said, It seems to me that love, the golden cord that binds the Ten Commands in one, is strong enough to open any human door so that the truth can enter in and cause the heart to understand. 13 Now, in the evening Jesus and his mother sat alone, and Jesus said, 14 The rabbi seems to think that God is partial in his treatment of the sons of men; that Jews are favoured and are blest above all other men. 15 I do not see how God can have his favourites and be just. 16 Are not Samaritans and Greeks and Romans just as much the children of the Holy One as are the Jews? 17 I think the Jews have built a wall about themselves, and they see nothing on the other side of it. 18 They do not know that flowers are blooming over there; that sowing times and reaping times belong to anybody but the Jews. 19 It surely would be well if we could break down these barriers down so that the Jews might see that God has other children that are just as greatly blest. 20 I want to go from Jewry land and meet my kin in other countries of my Fatherland.

Sura ya 17

Yesu azungumza na rabi wa sinagogi la Nazareti. Akosoa kasoro uwembamba njia wa Fikara ya Kiyahudi.

SASA, Rabi Barachia wa sinagogi la Nazareti, alikuwa wa msaada kwa Mariaumu katika kumfundisha mwana wake. 2 Asubuhi moja baada ya huduma katika sinagogi rabi akasema kwa Yesu alivyokuwa akiwa ameketi katika mawazo ya kimya, ipi ni kuu kuliko yote katika Amri Kumi? 3 Na Yesu akasema, sioni iliyo kuu kuliko yote katika amri kumi. Naiona kamba ya dhahabu yenye kupitilizia zote amri kumi na kuzikaza kuzifunga na kuzifanya moja. 4 Kamba hii ni upendo, na ni ya kila moja kwa kila neno la amri zote kumi. 5 Ikiwa mtu amejawana Upendo, hawezi kuua; hawezi kutoa ushahidi wa uongo, hawezi kutamania cha mwenzake kuwa chake; hawezi kufanya chochote ila kumpa heshima Mungu na mwanadamu. 7 Ikiwa mtu amejawa na upendo hahitaji amri za aina yeyote. 8 Na Rabbi Barachia akasema, maneno yako yamejawa na ladha ya chumvi ya Hekima ila ambayo yatoka juu. Ambaye ni mwalimu aliyekufungulia kweli kwako. 9 Na Yesu akasema, sijui kwamba mwalimu yeyote ananifungulia kweli hii kwa mimi. Inaonekana kwamba kweli haijapata kufungwa; kwamba daima imekuwa mlango wazi, kwa kuwa kweli ni moja kila mahala. 10 Na ikiwa kama tunafungua madirisha ya akili zetu kweli itaingia ndani na kujifanyia yenyewe kuwa ni nyumbani; kwa kuwa kweli yaweza kuipata njia yake kupitia ufa wowote, dirisha lolote, mlango wowote ulio wazi. 11 Rabi akasema, ni mkono upi ulioimara vyakutosha kuyafungua madirisha na milango ya akili ili kwamba kweli iweze kuingia? 12 Na Yesu akasema, inaonekana kwangu kwamba upendo, kamba ya dhahabu yenye kuvifunga pamoja Amri Kumi katika Moja, ni imara vya kutosha kufungua mlango wowote wa mwanadamu hivyo kwamba kweli iweze kuingia na kuusababisha moyo kuelewa. 13 Sasa, jioni Yesu na mama yake waliketi peke yao, na Yesu akasema, 14 Rabi anaonekana kufikiri kwamba Mungu ni mwenye upendeleo katika kuwatendea wana za wanadamu; ya kwamba Wayahudi ni wenye kupendeka sana machoni na wakurehemika juu ya wote wengine wanadamu. 15 Sioni ni jinsi gani Mungu aweza kuwa na chaguo kipenzi na kuwa wa haki. 16 Wasamaria na Wagiriki na Warumi si ni watoto kiasi kile kile wa Mtakatifu Mmoja kama walivyo Wayahudi? 17 Nafikiri Wayahudi wamejijengea ukuta kuwazunguka wao wenyewe, na hawaoni chochote katika upande wake wa pili. 18 Hawajui ya kwamba maua yachanua huko; ya kwamba kipindi cha kupanda na kipindi cha kuvuna kipo na yeyote ila Wayahudi. 19 Ingalikuwa kwa hakika ni vema kama tungaliweza vunjilia mbali matuta haya ya chini hivyo kwamba Wayahudi isijewapasa kuona kwamba Mungu hana wana wengine ambao ni wenye haki na kiasi sawa cha kurehemiwa. 20 Ninataka kwenda kutoka nchi ya kiyahudi na kukutana na ndugu zangu katika maifa mengine ya nchi ya baba yangu.


CHAPTER 18

Jesus at a feast in Jerusalem. Is grieved by the cruelties of the sacrificers. Appeals to Hillel, who sympathises with him. He remains in the temple a year.

THE great feast of the Jews was on, and Joseph, Mary and their son, and many of their kin, went to Jerusalem. The child was ten years old. 2 And Jesus watched the butchers kill the lambs and birds and burn them on the altar in the name of God. 3 HIs tender heart was shocked at this display of cruelty; he asked the serving priest, What is the purpose of this slaughter of the beasts and birds? Why do you burn their flesh before the Lord? 4 The priest replied, This is our sacrifice for sin. God has commanded us to do these things, and said that in these sacrifices all our sins are blotted out. 5 And Jesus said, Will you be kind enough to tell when God proclaimed that sins are blotted out by sacrifice of any kind? 6 Did not David say that God requires a sacrifice for sin? that it is a sin itself to bring before his face burnt offerings, as offerings for sin? Did not Isaiah say the same? 7 The priest replied, My child you are beside yourself. Do you know more about the laws of God than all the priests of Israel? This is no place for boys to show their wit. 8 But Jesus heeded not his taunts; he went to Hillel, chief of the Sanhedrim, and he said to him, 9 Rabboni, I would like to talk with you; I am disturbed about this service of the pascal feast. I thought the temple was the house of God where love and kindness dwell. 10 Do you not hear the bleating of those lambs, the pleading of those doves that men are killing over there? Do you not smell that awful stench that comes from burning flesh? 11 Can man be kind and just, and still be filled with cruelty? 12 A God that takes delight in sacrifice, in blood and burning flesh, is not my Father- God. 13 I want to find a God of love, and you, my master, you are wise, and surely you can tell me where to find the God of love. 14 But Hillel could not give an answer to the child. His heart was stirred with sympathy. He called the child to him; he laid his hand upon his head and wept. 15 He said, There is a God of love, and you shall come with me; and hand in hand we will go forth and find the God of love. 16 And Jesus said, Why need we go? I thought that God was everywhere. Can we not purify our hearts and drive out cruelty, and every wicked thought, and make within, a temple where the God of love can dwell? 17 The master of the great Sanhedrim felt as though he was himself the child, and that before him stood Rabboni, master of the higher law. 18 He said within himself, This child is surely prophet sent from God. 19 Then Hillel sought the parents of the child, and asked that Jesus might abide with them, and learn the precepts of the law, and all the lessons of the temple priests. 20 His parents gave consent, and Jesus did abide within the holy temple in Jerusalem, and Hillel taught him every day. 21 And every day the master learned from Jesus many lessons of the higher life. 22 The child remained with Hillel in the temple for a year, and then returned unto his home in Nazareth; and there he wrought with Joseph as a carpenter.

Sura ya 18

Yesu katika kalamu ndani ya Yerusalemu. Anahuzunishwa na ukatili wa wafanya dhabihu za kafara. Apeleka shauri kwa Hileli, ambaye ashiriki naye hisia. Abakia hekaluni kwa mwaka.

Kalamu kubwa ya Wayahudi ilikuja, na Yosefu, Mariamu na mwana wao, na wengi wa ndugu za karibu, walikwenda Yerusalemu. Mtoto alikuwa na umri wa miaka kumi. 2 Na Yesu aliwatazama wachinjaji wakiwaua kondoo na ndege na kuwachoma juu ya altare katika jina la Mungu. 3 Moyo wake mpole ulishituka katika muonekano huu wa ukatili; alimuuliza kuhani aliyekuwa akitumikia, nini dhumuni la machinjo ya hawa wanyama na ndege? Kwa nini mwachoma nyama zao mbele za Bwana? 4 Kuhani akajibu, hii ni kafara yetu kwa ajili ya dhambi. Mungu ametuamuru kufanya vitu hivi, na kusema kwamba katika hizi dhabihu dhambi zetu zasafishwa. 5 Na Yesu akasema, utakuwa mwema kutosha kuniambia ni lini Mungu alitamka bayana ya kwamba dhambi zasafishwa kuwa nyeupe kwa kafara za aina yeyote? 6 Daudi hakusema kwamba Mungu ataka kafara kwa dhambi? Ya kwamba ni dhambi dhambi ilivyo yenyewe kuleta mbele za uso wake sadaka zakutekezwa moto, kama ni sadaka kwa dhambi? Je, Isaya hakusema hivyo hivyo? Kuhani akajibu, Mwanangu wewe u kando ya nafsi yako. Je, wazijua zaidi kuhusu sheria za Mungu kuliko makuhani wote wa Israeli? Hapa si mahala pa wavulana wadogo kuoneshea ujuaji. 8 Lakini Yesu hakusiliza mabezo yake; akamwendea Hileli, chifu wa Sanhedrim, na yeye akamwambia, 9 Rabboni, ningalipenda kuzungumza na wewe; nimeshitushwa kuhusu huduma hii huduma ya kalamu ya Pasaka. Nilifikiri hekalu lilikuwa ni nyumba ya Mungu ambapo Upendo na huruma ya upole hukaa. 10 Hamsikii vilio vya hao kondoo, kilio cha kusihii huruma cha njiwa ambao watu wawaua kule? Hamsikii harufu ya isiyo njema ambayo yatokea kwenye nyama yenye kuteketea moto? 11 Mtu anaweza kuwa mpole wa huruma na mwenye haki na bado akijaa kwa ukatili? 12 Mungu ambaye afurahia katika kafara, katika damu na kuichoma nyama, si Baba-Mungu wangu. 13 Ninataka kumpata Mungu wa Upoendo, na wewe, mkuu wangu, u na hekima, na kwa hakika unaweza kuniambia wapi nimpate Mungu wa upendo. 14 Lakini Hileli hakuweza kumpa jibu mtoto. Moyo wake ulikorogwa na huruma. Alimwita mtoto kwake; akamwekea mikono juu yake kichwani na kutoa machozi. 15 Akasema, kuna Mungu wa upendo, na uje na mimi; na mkono kwa mkono tutakwenda mbele na kumtafuta Mungu wa upendo. 16 Na Yesu akasema, kwanini twahitaji kwenda? Nilidhani Mungu yupo mahali pote. hatuwezi tu kutakasa mioyo yetu na kufukuzia mbali ukatili, na kila wazo ovu, na kufanya ndani, hekalu ambalo Mungu wa upendo aweza kukaa? 17 Mkuu wa Sanhedrim Kubwa, alijisikia kana kwamba yeye mwenyewe alikuwa ni mtoto mdogo, na kwamba mbele yake alisimama raboni, mkuu wa kanuni za sheria za Juu.Akajisemea moyoni mwake, mtoto huyu kwa hakika ni nabii alitumwa kutoka kwa Mungu. 19 Halafu Hileli akawatafuta wazazi wa mtoto, na kuwaomba kwamba Yesu aweze kukaa na wao, na kujifunza mafundisho ya Sheria, na masomo yote ya makuhani wa hekaluni. 20 Wazazi wake wakatoa udhuru, na Yesu akakaa akakaa ndani ya hekalu la makuhani, na hileli akamfundisha kila siku. 21 Na kila siku mkuu alijifunza kutoka kwa Yesu masomo mengi ya maisha ya juu. 22 Mtoto alibaki na Hileli katika hekalu kwa mwaka, na halafu akarudi nyumbani kwao Nazareti; na kule akajifunza kazi ya useremala na Josefu.

CHAPTER 19

Jesus at the age of twelve in the temple. Disputes with the doctors of the law. Reads from a book of prophecy. By request of Hillel he interprets the prophecies.

AGAIN the great feast in Jerusalem was on, and Joseph, Mary and their son were there. THe child was twelve years old. 2 And there were Jews and proselytes from many countries in Jerusalem. 3 And Jesus sat among the priests and doctors in the temple hall. 4 And Jesus opened up a book of prophecy and read: 5 Woe, woe to Ariel, the town where David dwelt! I will dismantle Ariel, and she shall groan and weep: 6 And I will camp against her round about with hostile posts; 7 And I will bring her low and she shall speak out of the earth; with muffled voice like a familiar spirit shall she speak; yea she shall only whisper forth her speech; 8 And foes unnumbered, like the grains of dust, shall come upon her suddenly. 9 The Lord of Hosts will visit her with thunder and with tempest, and with storm; with earthquake, and with devouring flames. 10 Lo, all these people have deserted me. They draw to me with speech, and with their lips they honour me; their hearts are far removed from me; their fear for me is that inspired by man. 11 And I will breath upon my people, Isreal; the wisdom of their wise men shall be lost; the understanding of their prudent men shall not be found. 12 My people seek to hide their counsel from the Lord, so that their works may not be seen. They fain would cover up their works with darkness of the night, and say, Who sees us now? Who knows us now? 13 Poor, foolish men! shall that which has been made say of its maker, He is naught, I made myself? 14 Or shall the pot speak out and say to him, who made the pot, You have no skill; you do not know? 15 But this will not for ever be; the time will come when Lebanon will be a fruitful field, and fruitful fields will be transformed to groves. 16 And on that day the deaf will hear the words of God; the blind will read the Book of God's Remembrance. 17 And suffering ones will be relieved, and they will have abundant joy; and every one that needs will be supplied; and it will come to pass that all the foolish will be wise. 18 The people will return and sanctify the Holy One, and in their heart of hearts, lo, they will reverence him. 19 When Jesus had thus read he put aside the book and said, You masters of the law, will you make plain for us the prophet's words? 20 Now, Hillel sat among the masters of the law, and he stood forth and said, Perhaps our young rabboni who has read the word will be interpreter. 21 And Jesus said, The Ariel of the prophet is our own Jerusalem. 22 By selfishness and cruelty this people has become a stench unto the Elohim. 23 The prophet saw these days from far, and of these times he wrote. 24 Our doctors, lawyers, priests and scribes oppress the poor, while they themselves in luxury live. 25 The sacrifices and the offerings of Israel are but abomination unto God. They only sacrifice that God requires is self. 26 Because of this injustice and this cruelty of man to man, the Holy One has spoken of this commonwealth: 27 Lo, I will overturn, yes, I will overturn, it shall be overturned, and it shall be no more until he comes whose right it is and I will give it unto him. 28 In all the world there is one law of right, and he who breaks that law will suffer grief; for God is just. 29 And Israel has gone far astray; has not regarded justice, nor the rights of man, and God demands that Israel shall reform, and turn again to ways of holiness. 30 And if our people will not hear the voice of God, lo, nations from afar will come and sack Jerusalem, and tear our temple down, and take our people captive into foreign lands. 31 But this will not for ever be; though they be scattered far and wide, and wander here and there among the nations of the earth, like sheep that have no shepherd guide. 32 The time will come when God will bring again the captive hosts; for Israel shall return and dwell in peace. 33 And after many years our temple our temple shall be built again, and one whom God will honour, one in whom the pure in heart delights will come and glorify the house of God, and reign in righteousness. 34 When Jesus had thus said, he stepped aside, and all the people were amazed and said, This surely is the Christ.

Sura 19

Yesu katika umri wa miaka kumi na miwili hekaluni. Ugomvi na mafarisayo wa sheria. Asoma kutoka katika kitabu cha Unabii. Kwa Ombi la Hileli atafasiri unabii.

TENA kalamu kubwa katika Yerusalemu iliiva, na Yosefu, Mariamu na mwana wao walikuwa pale. Mtoto alikuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na miwili. 2 Na kulikuwa na Wayahudi na [wasadukayo] kutoka katika mataifa mbali mbali ndani ya Yerusalemu. 3 Na Yesu aliketi miongoni mwa makuhani na mafarisayo katika ukumbi wa Hekalu. 4 Na Yesu akafungua kitabu cha unabii na kusoma; 5 Ole, Ole kwa Arieli, mji alipokaa Daudi! Nitauvunjilia mbali Arieli, na yeye ataguna na kulia. 6 Na nitafanya kambi dhidi yake na jeshi la mashambulizi; 7 Na nitamuangusha chini aseme nje ya kinywa chake udongo; na kwa sauti ya kukwaruza kama vile pepo atazungumza; naam atalinong'ona tu kauli yake; 8 Na maadui wasio na idadi, kama mchanga wa vumbi, watamjia juu yake kwa kushtukiza. 9 Na Bwana wa Majeshi atamtembelea yeye kwa radi na kimbunga, na tufani; lenye kutetemeka kwa ardhi, na moto wenye kuteketeza. 10 Lo, hawa wote watu wamenikimbia. mioyo yao imeondolewa mbali kutokwa kwangu; hofu yao kwangu ni ile iliyovuviwa na mwanadamu. 11 Na nitawapuliza pumzi juu ya watu wangu, Israeli; hekima ya wenye busara itakuwa imepotea; uelewa wa wanyoofu hautapatikana. 12 Watu wangu watatafuta kuficha shauri lao mbali na Bwana, hivyo kwamba kazi zao isiweze kuonekana. Wataka iwe kuwa wangalifunika kazi zao na usiku wa giza, na kusema, ni nani atuonaye? Ni nani atujuaye sasa? 13 Maskini, watu wapumbavu! Je, kile kilichofanyika na kisema kwa aliyekifanya, yeye ni si chochote, nimejifanya mwenyewe? 14 Au chungu kitasema na kusema kwake, nani amekifanya chungu, hauna ujuzi; u usiyejua? 15 Lakini hili halitakuwa hivi siku zote; muda utawadia ambapo Lebaboni itapanda shamba lenye kuzaa matunda, na mashamba yenye kuzaa matunda yatabadilishwa kuwa bustani. 16 Na katika siku hiyo kiziwi atasikia maneno ya Mungu; kipofu atasoma kitabu cha Kumbukumbu la Mungu. 17 Na wale wenye kuishi na tabu watakuwa wamepatiwa nafuu, na watajawa na furaha tele; na kila mmoja wenye kuhitaji atapewa; na itakuja kupita kwamba wapumbavu wote watakuwa ni wenye busara. 18 Watu watarejea na kumfanya Mtakatifu Mmoja kuwa ndiye mtakatifu, katika moyo wa mioyo yao, lo, watamtukuza yeye. 19 Yesu alivyopata kusema hivyo akaweka kando kitabu na kusema, ninyi wakuu wa sheria, mtaliweka wazi kwetu maneno ya manabii? 20 Sasa, Hileli aliketi miongoni mwa wakuu wa sheria, naye akasimama mbele na kusema, labda Raboni yetu kijana aliyesoma neno atakuwa mfasiri. 21 Na Yesu akasema, Arieli ya nabii ni yetu Yerusalemu. 22 Kwa ubinafsi na ukatili watu hawa wamekuwa uvundo kwa Elohim. 23 Nabii aliziona siku hizi tokea mbali, na ya nyakati hizi aliandika. 24 Mafarisayo, wanasheria, makuhani na waandishi wawakandamiza maskini, na wakati wao wenye waishi katika maisha ya fahari. 25 Kafara na Sadaka za Waisraeli si kitu ila machukizo kwa Mungu. Kafara pekee ambayo Mungu ahitaji ni nafsi. 26 Kwa sababu ya ukiukaji haki huu na ukatili huu wa mwanadamu kwa mwanadamu, Mtakatifu Mmoja amezungumzia dola hii. 27 Lo, nitapindua, naam, nitapindua, itapinduliwa, na haitakuwa tena mpaka aje mwenye haki yake na nitampa yeye. 28 Katika ulimwengu wote kuna kanuni moja sheria ya haki, na yeye mwenye kuivunja hiyo kanuni ya sheria atasumbuka taabu; kwa kuwa Mungu ni mwenye haki. 29 Na Israeli imekwenda kombo; haijashika kuitunza Kanuni ya Haki, na wala haki za mwanadamu, na Mungu aitaka Israeli kufanya matengenezo, na kugeukia njia za utakatifu. 30 Na ikiwa watu wetu hawataisikia sauti ya Mungu, lo, mataifa toka mbali yatakuja na kuizingira Israeli, na kulibomolea chini hekalu letu, na kuwachukua watu wetu mateka katika nchi za kigeni. 31 Lakini hili halitakuwa daima hivyo; ingawaje watakuwa watitapakaa mbali na kupana, na kutanga tanga huku na kule miongoni mwa mataifa ya dunia, kama kondoo wasiye na mchungaji muongozeaji. 32 Muda utafika ambapo Mungu ataleta tena jeshi la mateka; kwa kuwa Israeli itarudi na kukaa katika amani. 33 Na baada ya miaka mingi hekalu letu litajengwa tena, na mmoja ambaye Mungu atampa heshima, mmoja aliye ndani ya msafi katika moyo hufurahia atakuja na kutukuza nyumba ya Mungu, na kutawala ndani ya wenye uhaki. 34 Yesu alivyosema hayo, akasogea kando, na watu wote wakashangazwa na kusema, huyu kwa kweli ni Kristu.


CHAPTER 20

After the feast. The homeward journey. The missing Jesus. The search for him. His parents find him in the temple. He goes with them to Nazareth. Symbolic meaning of carpenter's tools.

THE great feast of the pasch was ended and the Nazarenes were journeying towards their homes. 2 And they were in Samaria, and Mary said, Where is my son? No one had seen the boy. 3 And Joseph sought among their kindred who were on their way to Galilee; but they had seen him not. 4 Then Joseph, Mary, and a son of Zebedee, returned and sought through all Jerusalem, but they could find him not. 5 And then they went up to the temple courts and asked the guards, Have you seen Jesus, a fair-haired boy, with deep blue eyes, twelve years of age, about these courts? 6 The guards replied, Yes, he is in the temple now disputing with the doctors of the law. 7 And they went in, and found him as the guards had said. 8 And Mary said, Why Jesus, why do you treat your parents thus? Lo, we have sought two days for you. We feared that some great harm had overtaken you. 9 And Jesus said, Do you not know that I must be about my Father's work? 10 But he went round and pressed the hand of every doctor of the law and said, I trust that we may meet again. 11 And then he went forth with his parents on their way to Nazareth; and when they reached their home he wrought with Joseph as a carpenter. 12 One day as he was bringing forth the tools for work he said, 13 These tools remind me of the ones we handle in the workshop of the mind where things were made of thought and where we build up character. 14 We use the square to measure all our lines, to straighten out the crooked places of the way, and make the corners of our conduct square. 15 We use the compass to draw circles round our passions and desires to keep them in the bounds of righteousness. 16 We use the axe to cut away the knotty, useless and ungainly parts and make the character symmetrical. 17 We use the hammer to drive home the truth, and pound it in until it is a part of every part. 18 We use the plane to smooth the rough, uneven surfaces of joint, and block, and board that go to build the temple for the truth. 19 The chisel, line, the plummet and the saw all have their uses in the workshop of the mind. 20 And then this ladder with its trinity of steps, faith, hope and love; on it we climb up to the dome of purity in life. 21 And on the twelve-step ladder we ascend until we reach the pinnacle of that which life is spent to build--the Temple of Perfected Man.

Sura 20

Baada ya Kalamu. Safari ya kurudi nyumbani. Kukosekana kwa Yesu. Kumtafuta yeye. Wazazi wake wamkuta Hekaluni. Aenda nao Nazareti. Maana za kialama za zana za Seremala.

Kalamu kubwa ya Pasaka ilikwisha na wanazareti walikuwa wakifunga safari kuelekea makwao. 2 Na walikuwa Samaria, Mariamu akasema, yu wapi mwanangu? Hakuna aliyemwona kijana. 3 Na Yosefu akamtafuta miongoni mwa ndugu zake waliokuwa njiani kuelekea Galilaya; lakini hawakuwa wamemuona. 4 Halafu Yosefu, Mariamu, na mwana wa Zebedayo, wakarudi na kutafuta kote Yerusalemu, lakini hawakuweza kumpata. 5 Na halafu wakaenda juu katika mabaraza ya Hekalu na kuwauliza walinzi, je, mmemuona Yesu, kijana mwenye nywele pausi, macho ya bluu iliyokoza, umri wa miaka kumi na miwili, akiwa karibu karibu na mabaraza haya? 6 Walinzi wakajibu, Ndiyo, yupo hekaluni sasa akigombana na mafarisayo wa sheria. 7 Na wao wakaingia ndani, na kumkuta kama walinzi walivyo sema. 8 Na Mariamu akasema, kwanini Yesu, kwanini unawatendea wazazi wako kama hivi? Lo, tumekutafuta kwa siku mbili. Tulihofu dhuriko kubwa limekukumba. 9 Na Yesu akasema,hamjui ya kwamba yanipasa kuwa katika kazi ya Baba yangu? 10 Lakini alikwenda kuwapitia na kushikana mkono wa kila farisayo na kusema, naaminia ya kwamba tunaweza kukutana tena. 11 Na halafu akaondoka na wazazi wake kuelekea njia ya Nazareti; na walipofika nyumbani kwao alifanyakazi na Yosefu kama seremala. 12 Siku moja alipokuwa akileta zana za kazi alisema, 13 Zana hizi zanikumbushia ya zile tuzishikazo mikononi katika karakana ya akili ambako vitu vilikofanyika kwa wazo tunakojenga sifa za tabia. 14 Twatumia rula mraba kupima mistari yetu yote, kuinyoosha sehemu zilizopinda pinda, na kufanya kona za namna ya mraba. 15 Twatumia bikari kuchora maduara kuzunguka hisia zetu za nguvu na matamanio kuzitunza katika mzingo wa uhaki. 16 Twatumumia shoka kukatilia mbali mafundo, sehemu zisizo na kazi na zisizokaa vizuri na kuzifanya kuwa na sifa ya tabia ya ulinganifu wa kisura. 17 Twatumia nyundo kugongelea nyumbani kweli, na kuugonga ndani mpaka uwe ni sehemu ya kila sehemu. 18 Twatumia randa kulainisha uso mbaya, na tofali, na mbao ambavyo huenda kujengea hekalu kwa kweli. 19 Tindo, kamba, na biriji na msumeno vyote vina matumizi yake katika karakana ya akili. 20 Na halafu ngazi hii na utatu wake wa hatua, imani, tumaini na upendo; juu ya huo twapanda juu kwenye paa kichwa la usafi wa maisha. 21 Na katika ngazi yenye hatua kumi na mbili twapaa kuinuka juu mpaka tufike kilele cha hali ya juu cha kile ambacho maisha hutumika kujenga-- Hekalu la mtu Kamili.

Life and Works of Jesus in India

CHAPTER 21

Ravanna sees Jesus in the temple and is captivated. Hillel tells him about the boy. Ravanna finds Jesus in Nazareth and gives a feast in his honour. Ravanna becomes patron of Jesus, and takes him to India to study the Brahmic religion.

A ROYAL prince of India, Ravanna of Orissa in the south, was at the Jewish feast. 2 Ravanna was a man of wealth; and he was just, and with a band of Brahmic priests sought wisdom in the West. 3 When Jesus stood among the Jewish priests and read and spoke, Ravanna heard and was amazed. 4 And when he asked who Jesus was, from whence he came and what he was, chief Hillel said, 5 We call this child the Day Star from on high, for he has come to bring to men a light, the light of life; to lighten up the way of men and to redeem his people, Israel. 6 And Hillel told Ravanna all about the child; about the prophecies concerning him; about the wonders of the night when he was born; about the visit of the magian priests; 7 About the way in which he was protected from the wrath of evil men; about his flight to Egypt-land, and how he then was serving with his father as a carpenter in Nazareth. 8 Ravanna was entranced, and asked to know the way to Nazareth, that he might go and honour such a one as son of God. 9 And with his gorgeous train he journeyed on the way and came to Nazareth of Galilee. 10 He found the object of his search engaged in building dwellings for the sons of men. 11 And when he first saw Jesus he was climbing up a twelve step ladder, and he carried in his hands a compass, square and axe. 12 Ravanna said, All hail, most favoured son of heaven! 13 And at the inn Ravanna made a feast for all the people of the town; and Jesus and his parents were honoured guests. 14 For certain days Ravanna was a guest in Joseph's home on Marmion Way; he sought to learn the secret of the wisdom of the son; but it was all to great for him. 15 And then he asked that he might be the patron of the child; might take him to the East where he could learn the wisdom of the Brahms. 16 And Jesus longed to go that he might learn; and after many days his parents gave consent. 17 Then, with proud heart, Ravanna with his train, began the journey towards the rising sun; and after many days they crossed the Sind, and reached the province of Orissa, and the palace of the prince. 18 The Brahmic priests were glad to welcome home the prince; with favour they received the Jewish boy. 19 And Jesus was accepted as a pupil in the temple Jagannath; and here learned the Vedas and the Manic laws. 20 The Brahmic masters wondered at the clear conceptions of the child, and often were amazed when he explained to them the meaning of the laws.

Maisha na Kazi za Yesu katika India

Sura 21

Ravana amuona Yesu hekaluni na avutika sana naye. Hileli amwambia kuhusu kijana. Ravana amkuta Yesu Nazareti na kumfanyia kalamu kwa heshima yake. Ravana ajakuwa mlezimdhamini wa Yesu, amchukua hadi India kujifunza dini ya Kibrahmu.

Mwanamfalme kutoka katika koo ya kifalme ya India, Ravana wa Orisa kusini, alikuwapo katika kalamu ya kiyahudi. 2 Ravana alikuwa ni mtu wa utajiri; na alikuwa mtu wa haki, na kundi linalokwenda pamoja la Makuhani wa Kibrahmu walitafuta hekima ya Magharibi. 3 Yesu aliposimama miongoni mwa makuhani wa kiyahudi na kusoma na kuzungumza, Ravana alisikia na alistaajabishwa kufurahi. 4 Na alipouliza Yesu alikuwa ni nani, na atokea wapi na alikuwa ni nani, chifu Hileli alisema, 5 Tunamuita mtoto huyu Nyota ya Mchana itokayo mahala pa juu, kwa kuwa amekuja kuwaletea watu nuru, nuru ya maisha; kutia mwangaza njia za wanadamu na kuwakomboa watu wake, Israeli. 6 Na Hileli akamwambia Ravana yote kuhusu mtoto; kuhusu unabii unaomuhusu yeye; kuhusu maajabu ya usiku aliozaliwa, kuhusu kutembelewa na makuhani mamajusi; 7 Kuhusu namna alivyokolewa na ghadhabu za watu waovu; kuhusu kukimbilia kwake nchi ya Misri, na jinsi alivyokuwa akitumikia na baba yake kama seremala Nazareti. 8 Ravana iliingiwa na kustaajabu na mfurahiko wa moyoni, na akaomba kujua njia ya kuelekea Nazareti, ilikwamba imbidi kwenda na kumpa heshima huyo mmoja mwana wa Mungu. 9 Na pamoja na mlolongo wa kupendeza wa watu wake walishika njia safari na wakaja Nazareti ya Galilaya. 10 Alipata kuona lengo la safari yake kutafuta lilijiingiza katika kujenga makazi kwa wana za wanadamu. 11 Na alipomuona Yesu kwa mara ya kwanza alikuwa akikwea ngazi ya hatua kumi na mbili, na alibeba mikononi mwake bikari, rula mraba na shoka. 12 Ravana akasema, salam zote, ulipendeka sana mwana wa mbinguni! 13 Na katika nyumba ya wageni Ravana akafanya kalamu kwa watu wa mji mzima; na Yesu na wazazi wake alikuwa wageni wa heshima. 14 Kwa siku kadhaa Ravana alikuwa mgeni wa nyumbani kwa Yosefu juu ya njia ya Marmioni; alitafuta kupata kujifunza siri ya hekima ya mwana; lakini yote ilikuwa ni kuu kwake. 15 Na halafu tena akaomba aweze kuwa mlezimdhamini kwa mtoto; angeweza kumchukua kwenda mashariki ambako angeweza kujifunza hekima ya mabrahmu. 16 Na Yesu akatamania kwenda ili awezejifunza; na baada ya siku nyingi wazazi wake wakatoa ruksa. 17 Halafu, kwa moyo mwenye kujivunia, Ravana na mlolongo wa watu wake, waliianza safari ya kuelekea jua linakochomoza; na baada ya siku nyingi walivuka Sindi, na kufika jimbo la Orisa, na pelesi ya mwanamfalme. 18 Makuhani wa Kibrahmu walifurahi moyoni kumkaribisha nyumbani mwanamfalme; kwa fadhila walimpokea kijana wa kiyahudi. 19 Na Yesu alikubaliwa kupokelewa kama mwanafunzi katika hekalu la Jaganati; na hapa alijifunza Veda mbali mbali na Sheria za Kimanu. 20 Wakuu wa Kibrahmu walishangazwa na mawazo ya wazi ya kufanyika akilini mwa mtoto, na mara kwa mara walistaajabishwa alipowaelezea kwa mapana maana ya sheria.

 

[mose]

Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 22 - 28


CHAPTER 22

The friendship of Jesus and Lamaas. Jesus explains to Lamaas the meaning of truth, man, power, understanding, wisdom, salvation and faith.

AMONG the priests of Jagannath was one who loved the Jewish boy. Lamaas Bramas was the name by which the priest was known. 2 One day as Jesus and Lamaas walked alone in plaza Jagannath, Lamaas said, My Jewish master, what is truth? 3 And Jesus said, Truth is the only thing that changes not. 4 In all the world there are two things; the one is truth; the other falsehood is; and truth is that which is, and falsehood that which seems to be. 5 Now truth is aught, and has no cause, and yet it is the cause of everything. 6 Falsehood is naught, and yet it is the manifest of aught. 7 Whatever has been made will be unmade; that which begins must end. 8 All things that can be seen by human eyes are manifests of aught, are naught, and so must pass away. 9 The things we see are but reflexes just appearing, while the ethers vibrate so and so, and when conditions change they disappear. 10 The Holy Breath is truth; is that which was, and is, and evermore shall be; it cannot change nor pass away. 11 Lamaas said, You answer well; now, what is man? 12 And Jesus said, Man is the truth and falsehood strangely mixed. 13 Man is the Breath made flesh; so truth and falsehood are conjoined in him; and they strive, and naught goes down and man as truth abides. 14 Again Lamaas asked, What do you say of power? 15 And Jesus said, It is a manifest; is the result of force; it is but naught; it is illusion, nothing more. Force changes not, but power changes as the ethers change. 16 Force is the will of God and is omnipotent, and power is that will in manifest, directed by the Breath. 17 There is power in the winds, a power in the waves, a power in the lightning's stroke, a power in the human arm, a power in the eye. 18 The ethers cause there powers to be, and thought of Elohim, of angel, man, or other thinking thing, directs the force; when it has done its work the power is no more. 19 Again Lamaas asked, Of understanding what have you to say? 20 And Jesus said, It is the rock on which man builds himself; it is the gnosis of the aught and of the naught, of falsehood and of truth. 21 It is the knowledge of the lower self; the sensing of the powers of man himself. 22 Again Lamaas asked, Of wisdom what have you to say? 23 And Jesus said, It is the consciousness that man is aught; that God and man are one; 24 That naught is naught; that power is but illusion; that heaven and earth and hell are not above, around, below, but in; which in the light of aught becomes the naught, and God is all. 25 Lamaas asked, Pray, what is faith? 26 And Jesus said, Faith is the surety of the omnipotence of God and man; the certainty that man will reach the deific life. 27 Salvation is a ladder reaching from the heart of man to heart of God. 28 It has three steps; Belief is first, and this is what man thinks, perhaps, is truth. 29 And faith is next, and this is what man knows is truth. 30 Fruition is the last, and this is man himself, the truth. 31 Belief is lost in faith; and in fruition is lost; and man is saved when he has reached deific life; when he and God are one.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU

Sura 22-28

Sura 22
Urafiki wa Yesu na Lamaasi. Yesu amuelezea Lamaasi maana ya kweli, mtu, nguvu, uelewa, hekima, wokovu na imani.

MIONGONI mwa makuhani wa Jaganati alikuwapo mmoja alimpenda kijana wa Kiyahudi. Lamaasi Bramasi lilikuwa ni jina ambalo alikuwa akijulikana nalo. 2 Siku moja Yesu na Lamasi walipokuwa wakitembea pekee yao katika njia zilizopo katika viwanja vya ndani ya Jaganati, Lamaasi akasema, Mkuu wangu wa Kiyahudi, kweli ni nini? 3 Na Yesu akasema, Kweli ni kitu pekee ambacho hakibadiliki. 4 Katika ulimwengu mzima kuna vitu viwili; kimoja ni kweli; kingine ni hali ya uongo; na kweli ni kile kilicho, na uongo kile kinachoonekana kama. 5 Na kweli si kiasi chochote, na hakina sababishwaji, na wakati i ni sababisho la kila kitu. 6 Uongo ni chochote, na wakati ni madhihiriko ya kisicho chochote sura. 7 Chochote kilichofanyika kitarudia kinyume kufanyika; nakile chenye kuanza lazima kiwe na mwisho. 8 Vitu vyote ambavyo vyaweza kuonekana kwa macho ya mwanadamu ni madhihiriko ya si kiasi chochote, ni kitu chochote, na hivyo kitapita zake. 9 Vitu tuvionavyo ni tu tafsiri ya fahamu za mwili kuonekana tu, wakati etha ikitetema hivi na vile, na hali ikibadilika hivyo hupotea kuonekana. 10 Pumzi Takatifu ni kweli; ni kile ambacho kilikuwa, na ndicho, na daima kuwa; haiwezi kubadilika na wala kupita zake. 11 Lamaasi akasema, unajibu vema; sasa, nini ni mtu? 12 Na Yesu akasema, Mtu ni kweli na uongo kwa namna ya ajabu kuchanganywa. 13 Mtu ni Pumzi kufanywa nyama, kwa hivyo kweli na uongo vimeunganishwa pamoja ndani yake; vyajitahidi nguvu pamoja, na ni chochote kwenda chini na mtu kama kweli abakia kukaa zaidi. 14 Tena Lamaasi aliuliza, nini usemacho kuhusu nguvu? 15 Na Yesu akasema, ni dhahiriko; ni matokeo ya kani; hiyo ni chochote; ni sura yenye kuonekana isiyo na kuwa hasa hadi kwa ndani; hakuna zaidi. Kani haibadiliki, ila nguvu yabadilika kadri vile kwa wakati etha ikibadilika. 16 Kani ni mapenzi ya Mungu na uweza wa yote, na nguvu ni hayo mapenzi katika madhahirisho, yakiongozwa na Pumzi. 17 Kuna nguvu katika pepo za kuvuma, nguvu katika mawimbi, nguvu katika kupiga kwa radi, nguvu katika mkono wa mwanadamu, nguvu katika macho. 18 Etha husababisha humo nguvu za kujakuwa, na neno fikara la Elohim, la malaika, mtu, ama kingine chochote chenye kufikiri, huongoza kani; inapokuwa imeshaifanya kazi yake nguvu haimo tena. 19 Na tena Lamaasi akauliza, je una nini cha kusema juu ya uelewa? 20 Na Yesu akasema, ni mwamba ambao mtu hujijengea mwenyewe; ni ginosia ya kisicho kiasi chochote na ya kilicho chochote cha kuwa, ya uongo na ya kweli. 21 Ni maarifa ya nafsi ya chini; kuzihisi fahamuni nguvu za wanadamu mwenyewe. 22 Na tena Lamaasi akauliza, una nini cha kusema juu ya hekima? 23 Na yesu akasema, ni ufahamu ya kwamba mtu ni kisicho kiasi chochote; ya kwamba Mungu na mtu ni moja; 24 Kwamba ulivyo kitu ni si kitu; kwamba nguvu ni tu sura isiyo kweli; kwamba mbinguni na nchi na kuzimu haviko juu, popote mahala, chini, ila ndani; ambavyo katika nuru ya kisicho kiasi chochote huja kuwa ni kitu chochote, na Mungu ni vyote. 25 Lamaasi akauliza, Kusali, imani ni nini? 26 Na Yesu akasema, Imani ni uhakika katika kweli ya uweza yote wa Mungu na mtu; hakika kwamba mwanadamu atafikia maisha ya kideifi*. 27 Wokovu ni ngazi ya kukwea kufika toka kwenye moyo wa mwanadamu hadi moyo wa Mungu. 28 Ina hatua tatu; Usadikifu ni kwanza, na hiki ni kile mwanadamu anachofikiri, labda ni kweli, 29 Imani hufuata, na hii ni kile mwanadamu yu ajua ni kweli. 30 Utunda ni wa mwisho, na huu ni mtu mwenyewe, kweli yenyewe. 31 Usadikifu kupotelea katika imani; na katika utunda hupotea; na mwanadamu aokolewa anapofikia maisha ya kideifi; ambapo yeye na Mungu ni moja.

CHAPTER 23

Jesus and Lamaas among the sudras and visyas. In Benares. Jesus becomes a pupil of Udraka. The lessons of Udraka.

NOW, Jesus with his friend Lamaas went through all the regions of Orissa, and the valley of the Ganges, seeking wisdom from the sudras and the visyas and the masters. 2 Benares of the Ganges was a city rich in culture and in learning; here the two rabbonis tarried many days. 3 And Jesus sought to learn the Hindu art of healing, and became the pupil of Udraka, greatest of the Hindu healers. 4 Udraka taught the uses of the waters, plants and earths; of heat and cold; sunshine and shade; of light and dark. 5 He said, The laws of nature are the laws of health, and he who lives according to these laws is never sick. 6 Transgression of these laws is sin, and he who sins is sick. 7 He who obeys the laws, maintains an equilibrium in all his parts, and thus insures true harmony; and harmony is health, while discord is disease. 8 That which produces harmony in all the parts of man is medicine, insuring health. 9 The body is a harpsichord, and when its strings are too relaxed, or are too tense, the instrument is out of tune, the man is sick. 10 Now, everything in nature has been made to meet the wants of man; so everything is found in medical arcanes. 11 And when the harpsichord of man is out of tune the vast expanse of nature may be searched for remedy; there is a cure for every ailment of the flesh. 12 Of course the will of man is remedy supreme; and by the vigorous exercise of will, man way make tense a chord that is relaxed, or may relax one that is too tense, and thus may heal himself. 13 When man has reached the place where he has faith in God, in nature and himself, he knows the Word of power; his word is balm for every wound, is cure for all the ills of life. 14 The healer is the man who can inspire faith. The tongue may speak to human ears, but souls are reached by souls that speak to souls. 15 He is the forceful man whose soul is large, and who can enter into souls, inspiring hope in those who have no hope, and faith in those who have no faith in God, in nature, nor in man. 16 There is no universal balm for those who tread the common walks of life. 17 A thousand things produce inharmony and make men sick; a thousand things may tune the harpsichord, and make men well. 18 That which is medicine for one is poison for another one; so one is healed by what would kill another one. 19 An herb may heal the one; a drink of water may restore another one; a mountain breeze may bring to life one seeming past all help; 20 A coal of fire, or bit of earth, may cure another one; and one may wash in certain streams, or pools, and be made whole. 21 The virtue from the hand or breath may heal a thousand more; but love is queen. Thought, reinforced by love, is God's great sovereign balm. 22 But many of the broken chords in life, and discords that so vex the soul, are caused by evil spirits of the air that men see not; that lead men on through ignorance to break the laws of nature and of God. 23 These powers act like demons, and they speak; they rend the man; they drive him to despair. 24 But he who is a healer, true, is master of the soul, and can, by force of will, control these evil ones. 25 Some spirits of the air are master spirits and are strong, too strong for human power alone; but man has helpers in the higher realms that may be importuned, and they will help to drive the demons out. 26 Of what this great physician said, this is the sum. And Jesus bowed his head in recognition of the wisdom of this master soul, and went his way.

Sura 23

Yesu na Lamaasi kati ya masudra na mavisya. Ndani ya Benaresi. Yesu awa mwanafunzi wa Udraka. Masomo ya Udraka.

SASA, Yesu na rafiki yake Lamaasi walipita kote katika sehemu za mikoa ya Orisa, na bonde la Gangesi, wakitafuta hekima kutoka kwa masudra na mavisya na watu wakuu kiroho. 2 Benarasi ya Gangesi ulikuwa ni mji uliojisheheneza kwa utamaduni na kisomo; hapa maraboni wawili walipumzika safari kwa siku nyingi. 3 Na Yesu alitafuta kujifunza sanaa ya uhindu ya uponyaji, na akawa ni mwanafunzi wa Udraka, mkuu kabisa wa waponyaji wa kihindu. 4 Udraka alifundisha matumizi ya maji mbali mbali, mimea na udongo mmoja na mwingine; ya joto na baridi; mwanga wa jua na namna za kiasi chake cha ukali; ya mwangaza na giza. 5 Naye alisema, Kanuni za mazingira ya asili ni kanuni za uzima wa kiafya, na yeye mwenye kuishi kwa mujibu wa kanuni hizi hawi ni mgonjwa. 6 Kupindisha kwa kutoka pembeni ya njia ya kanuni hizi ni dhambi, na yeye mwenye kudhambi ni mgonjwa. 7 Yeye mwenye kuzitii kanuni, hudumisha ufungamananguvusawa katika sehemu zake zote, na hivi kuwa afanya hakika ya utulivu wa kwenda sawa na usambamba; na utulivu wa kwenda sawa na usambamba ni afya ya kuwa mzima, na wakati ushaghala baghla ni ugonjwa. 8 Kile chenye kuzaa na kuleta utulivu wa kwenda sawa na usambamba katika sehemu zote mwanadamu ni dawa, kuhakikishia afya ya uzima wa mwili. 9 Mwili ni kinubi, na pale ambapo nyuzi zake zimelegea sana, ama zimekazika sana, chombo huwa na sauti iliyokimbia, na mtu huwa ni mgonjwa. 10 Sasa, kila kitu katika mazingira ya asili kimefanywa kufikia kutimiza mahitaji ya mwanadamu; na hivyo kila kitu kupatikana katika mizungu ya kitiba. 11 Na nyuzi ya kutekenya sauti ya mwanadamu inapokuwa na sauti iliyokimbia, mapana yote ya kutanukia kwa mazingira ya asili kwaweza kutafutwa tiba yake; kuna tiba ya kuponyesha kwa kila maradhi ya mwili wa nyama. 12 Na hakika mkazo wa kudhamiria nia wa mwanadamu ni tiba kubwa kabisa; kwa mazoezi ya kukazania dhamira nia, mtu aweza kukaza nyuzi iliyolegea, ama aweza kulegeza ile iliyokazika sana, na kwa hivi aweza kujiponya yeye mwenyewe. 13 Mtu anapofikia mahala ambapo yu na imani katika Mungu, katika mazingira ya asili na yeye mwenyewe, ye yuajua Neno la Nguvu, neno lake ni dawa ya kupoza kila aina ya jeraha, ni tiba ya kuponyesha kwa yote magonjwa ya maisha. 14 Mponyaji ni mtu ambaye aweza kuvuvia imani. Ulimi waweza kunzungumza masikioni mwa masikio ya mwanadamu, lakini nafsi roho zafikiwa na nafsi roho zenye kuzungumza na nafsi roho. 15 Ni mtu mwenye nguvu ambaye nafsi roho yake ni kubwa, na ambaye awezaye kuingia ndani ya nafsi roho, kuvuvia matumaini ndani ya wale wasio na matumaini, na imani, ndani ya wale wasio na imani katika Mung, katika mazingira ya asili yote, na wala mtu. 16 Hakuna dawa moja ya kuandalika kuwa ya kila kitu kwa wale wenye kuienda njia ya kawaida ya pamoja ya maisha. 17 Maelfu ya vitu vyaweza kuzaa na kuleta utoutulivu wa kwenda sawa na usambamba na kuwafanya watu kuwa wagonjwa; maelfu ya vitu yaweza yaweza rekebisha namna ya sauti ya nyuzi ya kinubi, na kuwafanya watu kuwa wazima. 18 Kile ambacho ni dawa kwa mmoja ni sumu kwa mwingine; kwa hivyo mmoja aponywa kwa kile ambacho kingalimuua mwingine. 19 Mzizi waweza kumponya mmoja; mnywo wa maji waweza kurudishia hali mtu mwingine; upepo mwanana wa mlimami waweza kurudishia uhai mtoto aliyeonekana kana kwamba amepitia kila namna ya msaada; 20 Kijinga cha moto, kipande cha udongo, chaweza kumtibu mtu mwingine; na mtu aweza kujiosha katika mkondo fulani wa maji, ama dimbwi, na kufanywa mzima. 21 Karama kutoka mkononi au pumzini yaweza kutibu maelfu zaidi; lakini upendo ni malkia. Neno fikara, lililotiliwa nguvu kwa upendo, ni dawa ya maandalio yenye nguvu kuu kabisa ya Mungu. 22 Lakini nyingi ya nyuzi zilizokatika katika maisha, na mkanganyiko wa hali ambavyo hutibua sana nafsi roho, husababishwa na roho waovu wa hewani ambao wanadamu hawawaoni; ambao huwaongoza mbele watu kupitia ujinga kuzivunja kanuni za mazingira ya asili na Mungu. 23 Nguvu hizi hutenda kama mapepo, nazo huongea; humchakaza mtu; humpelekesha katika kukata tamaa. 24 Lakini yeye ambaye ni mponyaji, kweli, ni mkuu wa nafsi roho, na aweza, kwa nguvu ya nia, kuzidhibiti roho hizo ovu. 25 Baadhi ya roho wasionekana wa hewani ni roho wakuu na imara, imara sana kwa nguvu za binadamu pekee; lakini mwanadamu anaowasaidizi katika alamu* za juu ambao waweza kuitwa kwa msaada wa umuhimu wa haraka, na wao watasaidia kufukuzia mbali mapepo. 26 Juu ya yale tabibu huyu mkuu aliyoyasema, hii ni ujumla wake. Na Yesu akamuinamishia kichwa chake kwa heshima ya kumtambua kwa hekima ya nafsi roho mkuu huyu, naye akaenda zake.


CHAPTER 24

The Brahmic doctrine of castes. Jesus repudiates it and teaches human equality. The priests are offended and drive him from the temple. He abides with the sudras and teaches them.

FOUR years the Jewish boy abode in temple Jagannath. 2 One day he sat among the priests and said to them, Pray, tell me all about your views of castes; why do you say that all men are not equal in the sight of God? 3 A master of their laws stood forth and said, The Holy One whom we call Brahm, made men to suit himself, and men should not complain. 4 In the beginning days of human life Brahm spoke, and four men stood before his face. 5 Now, from the mouth of Parabrahm the first man came; and he was white, was like the Brahm himself; a brahman he was called. 6 And he was high and lifted up; above all want he stood; he had no need of toil. 7 And he was called the priest of Brahm, the holy one to act for Brahm in all affairs of earth. 8 The second man was red, and from the hand of Parabrahm he came; and he was called shatriya. 9 And he was made to be the king, the ruler and the warrior, whose highest ordained duty was protection of the priest. 10 And from the inner parts of Parabrahm the third man came; and he was called a visya. 11 He was a yellow man, and his it was to till the soil, and keep the flocks and herds. 12 And from the feet of Parabrahm the fourth man came; and he was black; and he was called the sudras, one of low estate. 13 The sudras is the servant of the race of men; he has no rights that others need respect; he may not hear the Vedas read, and it means death to him to look into the face of priest, or king, and naught but death can free him from his state of servitude. 14 And Jesus said, Then Parabrahm is not a God of justice and of right; for with his own strong hand he has exulted one and brought another low. 15 And Jesus said no more to them, but looking up to heaven he said, 16 My Father-God, who was, and is, and evermore shall be; who holds within thy hands the scales of justice and of right; 17 Who in the boundlessness of love has made all men to equal be. The white, the black, the yellow, and the red can look up in thy face and say, Our Father-God. 18 Thou Father of the human race, I praise thy name. 19 And all the priests were angered by the words which Jesus spoke; they rushed upon him, seized him, and would have done him harm. 20 But then Lamaas raised his hand and said, You priests of Brahm, beware! you know not what you do; wait till you know the God this youth adores. 21 I have beheld this boy at prayer when light above the light of the sun surrounded him. Beware! his God may be more powerful than Brahm. 22 If Jesus speaks the truth, if he is right, you cannot force him to desist; if he is wrong and you are right, his words come to naught, for right is might, and in the end it will prevail. 23 And then the priests refrained from doing Jesus harm; but one spoke out and said, 24 Within this holy place has not this reckless youth done violence to Parabrahm? The law is plain; it says, He who reviles the name of Brahm shall die. 25 Lamaas pled for Jesus' life; and then the preists just seized a scourge of cords and drove him from the place. 26 And Jesus went his way and found shelter with the black and yellow men, the servants and the tiller of the soil. 27 To them he first made known the gospel of equality; he told them of the Brotherhood of Man, the Fatherhood of God. 28 The common people heard him with delight, and learned to pray, Our Father-God who art in heaven.

Sura 24

Fundisho la Kibrahmu la makaste. Yesu alipinga hilo na kufundisha usawa wa kibinadamu. Makuhani wakasirishwa na kumfukuza nje ya hekaluni. Anabaki kukaa na masudra na kuwafundisha hao.

MIAKA minne kijana wa Kiyahudi alikaa katika hekalu la Jaganati. 2 Siku moja aliketi kati ya makuhani na kuwaambia, ombi, niambieni yote kuhusu mitazamo yenu ya makaste*; ni kwa nini mwasema watu wote si sawa katika macho ya Mungu? 3 Mkuu wa sheria zao akasimama mbele na kusema, Mtakatifu Mmoja tumuitaye Brahm, aliwafanya wanadamu kujikidhi kujifurahisha yeye mwenyewe, na wanadamu haiwapasi kulalamika. 4 Katika siku za mwanzo za maisha ya mwanadamu Brahmu alitamka, na watu wanne walisimama mbele za uso wake. 5 Sasa, kutoka kinywani mwa Parabrahmu mtu wakwanza akaja; na yeye alikuwa ni mweupe, alikuwa kama Brahmu mwenyewe; brahmani aliitwa. 6 Na yeye alikuwa juu na kunyanyuliwa juu; juu ya utakaji wote alisimama; hakuhitaji kuchacharika kazi. 7 Na yeye aliitwa ni kuhani wa Brahmu, mtakatifu mmoja kutenda kwa niaba ya Brahmu katika mambo yote ya duniani. 8 Mtu wa pili alikuwa ni mwekundu, na kutoka mkononi mwa Parabrahmu alikuja; na yeye aliitwa shatriya. 9 Na yeye alifanywa kuwa ni mfalme, mtawala na shujaa, ambaye shughuli yake kubwa aliyokabidhiwa ilikuwa ni ulinzi kwa makuhani. 10 Na tokea kwenye sehemu za ndani za Brahmu mtu wa tatu akaja; Na yeye aliitwa visya. 11 Yeye alikuwa ni mtu wa manjano, na chake ilikuwa ni kutifua udongo, na kutunza makundi ya mifugo na wachungaji. 12 Na kutoka miguuni pa Parabrahmu mtu wa nne akaja; na yeye alikuwa ni mweusi; na yeye aliitwa ni sudrasi, mtu wa nafasi ya chini. 13 Sudrasi ni mtumishi wa wanadamu wote; yeye hana haki ambayo wengine huhitajikwa kuheshimiwa; yeye asije kusikia Veda zikisomwa, na humaanisha kifo kwa yeye kuutazama uso wa kuhani, au mfalme, na hakuna chochote ila mauti chenye kuweza kumuweka huru katika hali yake ya utumishi. 14 Na Yesu akasema, Parabrahmu si Mungu wa sheria ya haki na ya kusimama katikati; kwa kuwa kwa mkono wake imara yeye mwenyewe amemuinua sifa mmoja na kumweka chini mwingine. 15 Na Yesu hakusema zaidi kwao, lakini akiangalia juu mbinguni alisema, 16 Mungu baba wangu, aliyekuwa, na aliye, na atakaye kuwa daima siku zote; mwenye kushikilia mikononi mwake mizani ya sheria na haki; 17 Aliye ni asiye na mipaka ya upendo amewafanya watu wote kuwa ni sawa. Weupe, Weusi, Wanjano na Wekundu waweza kumtazama uso wake na kusema, Baba-Mungu wetu. 18 Ewe Baba wa jinsi zote za wanadamu, nalitukuza jina lako. 19 Na makuhani wote wakakasirishwa kwa maneno ambayo ambayo Yesu alizungumza; wakamkimbilia na kumbana bana, na wangeliweza kumdhuru. 20 Lakini Lamaasi aliunyanyua mkono wake na kusema, Enyi makuhani wa Brahmu, chungeni! Hamjui mkifanyacho; subirini mpaka mjue Mungu ambaye kijana huyu amhusudisha sifa. 21 Nimemtazama kijana huyu katika sala ambapo mwanga juu ya mwangaza wa jua ulimzunguka. Chungeni! Mungu wake aweza kuwa ni mkuu kuliko Brahmu. 22 Ikiwa Yesu yuazungumza kweli, ikiwa yu sahihi, hamuwezi kumlazimisha kukanusha; ikiwa ni mwenye kukosea na ninyi ni sahihi, maneno yake yatakuwa ni bure, kwa kuwa sahihi ni kubwa sana, na mwishoni itashinda kote. 23 Na makuhani wajiepusha na kumfanyia Yesu madhara; ila mmoja akafungua kinywa na kusema, 24 Ndani ya mahala hapa patakatifu kijana huyu asiyetulia hajafanya machafuko kwa Parabrahmu? Kanuni ya sheria iko wazi; inasema, yeye mwenye kulisemea vibaya jina la Brahmu auawe. 25 Lamaasi akasihi sana kwa uhai wa Yesu; na halafu makuhani wakafanyiza mfano wa mijeledi na kumfukuzia nje kutoka mahala pale. 26 Na Yesu akaenda zake na kupata malazi pamoja na watu weusi na wanjano, watumishi na watifuaji ardhi. 27 Kwa kwao alifanya kujulikana kwa mara ya kwanza injili ya usawa, aliwaambia wao ya udugu wa mwanadamu, Ubaba wa Mungu. 28 Watu wa kawaida walimsikia na kwa moyo wenye kufurahishwa, wakajifunza kusali, Baba-Mungu wetu uliye mbinguni.



CHAPTER 25

Jesus teaches the sudras and farmers. Realates a parable of a nobleman and his unjust sons. Makes known the possibilities of all men.

WHEN Jesus saw the sudras and the farmers in such multitudes draw near to hear his words, he spoke a parable to them; he said: 2 A nobleman possessed a great estate; he had four sons, and he would have them all grow strong by standing forth and making use of all the talents they possessed. 3 And so he gave to each a share of his great wealth, and bade them go their way. 4 The eldest son was full of self; he was ambitious, shrewd and quick of thought. 5 He said within himself, I am the oldest son, and these, my brothers, must be servants at my feet. 6 And then he called his brothers forth; and one he made a puppet king; gave him a sword and charged him to defend the whole estate. 7 To one he gave the use of lands and flowing wells, and flocks and herds, and bade him till the soil, and tend the flocks and herds and bring to him the choicest of his gains. 8 And to the other one he said, You are the youngest son; the broad estate has been assigned; you have no part nor lot in anything that is. 9 And he took a chain and bound his brother to a naked rock upon a desert plain, and said to him, 10 You have been born a slave; you have no rights, and you must be contented with your lot, for there is no release for you until you die and go from hence. 11 Now, after certain years the day of reckoning came; the nobleman called up his sons to render their accounts. 12 And when he knew that one, his eldest son, had seized the whole estate and made his brothers slaves, 13 He seized him, tore his priestly robes away and put him in a prison cell, where he was forced to stay until he had atoned for all the wrongs that he had done. 14 And then, as though they were but toys, he threw in air the throne and armour of the puppet king; he broke his sword, and put him in a prison cell. 15 And then he called his farmer son and asked him why he had not rescued from his galling chains his brother on the desert plains. 16 And when the son made answer not, the father took unto himself the flocks and herds, the fields and flowing wells, 17 And sent his farmer son to live out on the desert sands, until he had atoned for all the wrongs that he had done. 18 And then the father went and found his youngest son in cruel chains; with his own hands he broke the chains and bade his son to go in peace. 19 Now, when the sons had all paid up their debts they came again and stood before the bar of right. 20 They all had learned their lessons, learned them well; and then the father once again divided the estate. 21 He gave to each a share, and bade them recognise the law of equity and right, and live in peace. 22 And one, a sudras, spoke and said, May we who are but slaves, who are cut down like beasts to satisfy the whims of priests--may we have hope that one will come to break our chains and set us free? 23 And Jesus said, The Holy One has said, that all his children shall be free; and every soul is child of God. 24 The sudras shall be free as priest; the farmer shall walk hand in hand with king; for all the world will own the brotherhood of man. 25 O men, arise! be conscious of your powers, for he who wills need not remain a slave. 26 Just live as you would have your brother live; unfold each day as does the flower; for earth is yours, and heaven is yours, and God will bring you to your own. 27 And all the people cried, Show us the way that like the flower we may unfold and come unto our own.

Sura 25

Yesu awafundisha masudrasi na wakulima. Asimulia kielezi cha tajiri na wana wake wasio na busara. Afanya kueleweka mawezekano ya wanadamu wote.

YESU alipowaona masudrasi na wakulima katika makundi ya makutano wakivutika karibu kusikiliza maneno yake, alizungumzia kielezi kwa kisa cha mfano kwao; alisema: 2 Tajiri alikuwa na shamba kubwa; alikuwa na wana wanne, na alikuwa angali akitaka wao wote kukua katika uimara kwa kusimama na kutumia talanta zao zote walizonazo. 3 Na hivyo alimgea kila mmoja wao sehemu ya mali yake nyingi, na kuwataka washike njia zao. 4 Mwanakubwa kabisa wa wote alikuwa amejaa ubinafsi; alikuwa ni mwenye tamaa ya makuu, mjanja wa mbinu na mwepesi wa mawazo. 5 Alijisemea ndani yake, miye ndiye mwana mkubwa wa wote, na hawa, kaka zangu, ni lazima wawe watumishi miguuni pangu. 6 Na halafu akawaita kaka zake waje; na mmoja akamfanya mfalme kushikia nafasi; akampa upanga na kumpa jukumu la kulinda shamba lote. 7 Kwa mmoja alimpa kupata kutumia ardhi na visima vyenye kutiririka maji, na makundi wa wanyama na wachungaji, na kumtaka kuilima ardhi, na kutunza makundi na wachungaji na kumletea mazao yale yaliyo ni bora kabisa. 8 Na kwa mwingine mmoja akamwambia, wewe ni mwana mdogo kuliko wote; mapana yote ya shamba yamekabidhiwa shughuli; huna sehemu yako na wala mgao katika chochote kile. 9 Na akachukua mnyororo na kumfunga katika mwamba wa wazi juu ya uwanda wa jangwa, na kumwambia, 10 Umezaliwa ni mtumwa; huna haki yoyote, na yakubidi uridhike na mgao wako, kwa kuwa hakuna cha kukufungulia wewe mpaka ufe na hivyo kwenda. 11 Sasa, baada ya miaka kadhaa siku ya malipizo ikaja; tajiri aliwaita wana wake na kuzidai kumbukumbu za matendo yao. 12 Na alipojua, mwana wake mkubwa, amelishika shamba lake lote na kuwafanya kaka zake ni watumwa, 13 Alimshika, na kunyang'anyia mbali mavazi yake ya kikuhani na kumuweka gerezani, ambako alilazimishwa kukaa mpaka ayageukie makosa yake yote aliyoyatenda. 14 Na halafu, kama vile ilikikuwa ni tu wanasesere, tupia hewani kiti cha enzi na vazi la kinga la mfalme kibaraka; aliuvunja upanga wake, na kumweka gerezani. 15 Na tena akamuita mwana wake mkulima na kumuuliza ni kwa nini hakumuokoa toka katika minyororo yenye kukera kaka yake katika wanda za jangwani. 16 Na mwana wake alipokuwa hajibu kitu, baba akajitwalia mwenyewe makundi yote ya wanyama na wachungaji na visima vyenye kutiririka, 17 Na akamfukuza mbali mwana wake kuishi jangwani mchangani, mpaka ageukie makosa yake yote aliyoyatenda. 18 Na halafu alikwenda na kumkuta mwana wake mdogo wa wote katika minyororo, kwa mikono yake mwenyewe akaivunja minyororo na kumwacha mwana wake aende kwa amani. 19 Sasa, wakati ulipofika ambapo wana wote wamelipa madeni yao walikuja tena na kusimama mbele katika kiambazi cha haki. 20 Wote walifuwa wamejifunza masomo yao, walifunza vyema; na halafu kwa mara ingine Baba aliligawanya shamba. 21 Alimpa kila mmoja mgawo wake, na kuwataka watambue kanuni za sheria ya usawa na haki, na kuishi kwa amani. 22 Na mmoja, Sudrasi, akazungumza na kusema, na ije kuwa kwamba siye ambao ni tu watumwa, tulikatwa chini kama wanyama kuridhisha mawazo ya kuzuka ya makuhani--na tuwe na matumaini ya kwamba mtu atakuja na kuikataminyororo na kutuweka huru? 23 Na Yesu akasema, Mtakatifu Mmoja amesema, ya kwamba wana wake wote watakuwa ni huru, na kila nafsi roho ni mwana wa Mungu. 24 Masudrasi watakuwa huru kama walivyo makuhani, na wakulima watatembea mkono kwa mkono na mfalme; kwa kuwa ulimwengu wote utahodhi udugu wa mwanadamu. 25 Eeh Watu, inukeni! muwe macho na nguvu zenu, kwa kuwa yule mwenye kufanya nia hahitaji kubakia ni mtumwa. 26 Muishi tu kama mngalitaka kaka yenu kuishi; muifunue kila moja siku kama lifanyavyo ua; kwa kuwa dunia ni yenu, na mbingu ni yenu, na Mungu atawaletea kwenu vyenu. 27 Na watu wote wakapaza sauti, tuoneshe njia ile kwamba ni yenye kufanana na ua tuweza kufunuka na kuja kuwa kivyetu.



CHAPTER 26

Jesus at Katak. The car of Jagannath Jesus reveals to the people the emptiness of Brahmic rites, and how to see God in man. Teaches them the divine law of sacrifice.

IN all the cities of Orissa Jesus taught. At Katak, by the river side, he taught, and thousands of the people followed him. 2 One day a car of Jagannath was hauled along by scores of frenzied men, and Jesus said, 3 Behold, a form without a spirit passes by; a body with no soul; a temple with no altar fires. 4 This car of Krishna is an empty thing, for Krishna is not there. 5 This car is but an idol of a people drunk on wine of carnal things. 6 God lives not in the noise of tongues; there is no way to him from any idol shrine. 7 God's meeting place with man is in the heart, and in a still small voice he speaks; and he who hears is still. 8 And all the people said, Teach us to know the Holy One who speaks within the heart, God of the still small voice. 9 And Jesus said, The Holy Breath cannot be seen with mortal eyes; nor can men see the Spirits of the Holy; 10 But in their image man was made, and he who looks into the face of man, looks at the image of the God who speaks within. 11 And when man honours man he honours God, and what man does for man, he does for God. 12 And you must bear in mind that when man harms in thought, or word or deed another man, he does a wrong to God. 13 If you would serve the God who speaks within the heart, just serve your near of kin, and those that are no kin, the stranger at your gates, the foe who seeks to do you harm; 14 Assist the poor, and help the weak; do harm to none, and covet not what is not yours; 15 Then, with your tongue the Holy One will speak; and he will smile behind your tears, will light your countenance with joy, and fill your hearts with peace. 16 And then the people asked. To whom shall we bring gifts? Where shall we offer sacrifice? 17 And Jesus said, Our Father-God asks not for needless waste of plant,of grain, of dove, of lamb. 18 That which you burn on any shrine you throw away. No blessings can attend the one who takes the food from hungry mouths to be destroyed by fire. 19 When you would offer sacrifice unto our God, just take your gift of grain, or meat and lay it on the table of the poor. 20 From it an incense will arise to heaven, which will return to you with blessedness. 21 Tear down your idols; they can hear you not; turn all your sacrificial altars into fuel for the flames. 22 Make human hearts your altars, and burn your sacrifices with the fire of love. 23 And all the people were entranced, and would have worshiped Jesus as a God; but Jesus said, 24 I am your brother man just come to show to way to God; you shall not worship man; praise God, the Holy One.

Sura ya 26

Yesu akiwa Kataki. Gari la kukokotwa la Jaganati. Yesu awafunulia kwa watu wazi utupu wa matendo ya kiimani ya Kibrahmu, na jinsi ya kumuona Mungu katika Mtu. Awafundisha kanuni manani ya kufanya dhabihu.

KATIKA miji yote ya Orisa Yesu alifundisha. Huko Kataki, kando ya mto, alifundisha, na maelfu ya watu walimfuata yeye. 2 Siku moja gari la Jaganati lilikuwa likisindikizwa na kubebwa na watu wengi waliokuwa na hali ya fujo fujo, na Yesu akasema, 3 Tazamani, namna ya umbo lisilokuwa na roho lapita karibu; mwili usiyokuwa na roho nafsi; helalu lisilokuwa na moto wa altare. 4 Gari hili la Krishna ni kitu kitupu, kwa kuwa Krishna hayumo pale. 5 Hili gari ni sanamu la watu waliolewa mvinyo wa vitu vya mwili wa nyama. 6 Mungu haishi katika makelele ya ndimi; hakuna njia kuelekea kwake tokea kwenye dhabahu la sanamu. 7 Kutaniko la Mungu na mtu lipo ni moyoni, na katika sauti iliyosimama tuli azungumza; na yeye mwenye kusikia ni aliyesimama tuli. 8 Na watu wote wakasema, tufundishe kumjua Mtakatifu Mmoja mwenye kuzungumza ndani ya moyo, na katika sauti ndogo iliyosimama tuli. 9 Na Yesu akasema, Pumzi Takatifu haiwezi kuonekana kwa macho ya mwili wenye kufa; na wala watu kuona roho za Mtakatifu; 10 Lakini katika mfano wa sura yao mwanadamu alifanywa, na yeye mwenye kuangalia katika uso wa mtu, auangalia mfano wa uso wa Mungu, na kile ambacho mtu anachokitendea kwa mtu, akitendea kwa Mungu. 12 Na yawapasa mtie akilini ya kwamba mtu akidhuru kwa mawazo, au kwa neno ama kwa matendo mtu mwingine, amtendea makosa Mungu. 13 Ikiwa ungali ukimtumikia Mungu mwenye kuzungumza ndani ya moyo, basi watumikie tu ndugu zako wa karibu, na wale wasio ndugu wa karibu, wageni katika malango yako, adui mwenye kutafuta kukufanyia madhara; 14 Wape msaada maskini, na wasaidie walio dhaifu; usimfanyie madaa yeyote, na usitamanie kisicho chako kuwa chako; 15 Halafu, kwa ulimi wako Mtakatifu Mmoja atazungumza; na atatabasamu nyuma ya machozi yako, ataitia nuru sura ya uso wako kwa furaha, na kuujaza moyo wako kwa amani. 16 Na halafu watu wakauliza, kwa nani tutalitoa zawadi? Ni wapi tutalitoa dhabihu? 17 Na Yesu akasema, Baba-Mungu wetu haombi kwa upotezaji wa mimea, nafaka, au njiwa, au mwanakondoo. 18 Kile mkichomacho katika madhabahu yoyote ni mwakitupa zake. hakuna baraka yenye kumnyeshea mmoja mwenye kuchukua chakula kutoka midomoni mwa wenye njaa kuharibiwa kwa moto. 19 Wakati ungalipo ukitoa dhabihu kwa Mugnu, chukua tu zawadi yako yanafaka, au nyama na kuilaza juu ya meza ya maskini. 20 Kutoka kwa hiyo uvumba utainukia juu, ambao utakurudia na ubarikio. 21 Vunjulieni chini sanamu zetu; haziwezi kuwasikia; pindueni altare zenu za dhabihu katika makaa ya makolozeo ya moto. 22 Fanyeni mioyo yenu ni Hekalu moyo wa mwanadamu ni altare , na chomeni dhabihu zenu kwa moto wa upendo. 23 Na watu wote wakaingiwa na furaha ya kuchangamsha moyo, na wangeliweza kumabudu Yesu kama Mungu; lakini Yesu akasema, 24 Miye mtu-kaka yenu niliyekuja kuoneshea njia kuelekea kwa Mungu; msije kumuabudu mtu; mtukuzeni Mungu, Mtakatifu Mmoja.

CHAPTER 27

Jesus attends a feast in Behar. Preaches a revolutionary sermon on human equality. Relates the parable of the broken blades.

THE fame of Jesus as a teacher spread through all the land, and people came from near and far to hear his words of truth. 2 At Behar, on the sacred river of the Brahms, he taught for many days. 3 And Ach, a wealthy man of Behar, made a feast in honour of his guest, and he invited every one to come. 4 And many came; among them thieves, extortioners, and courtesans. And Jesus sat with them and taught; but they who followed him were much aggrieved because he sat with thieves and courtesans. 5 And they upbraided him; they said, Rabboni, master of the wise, this day will be an evil day for you. 6 The news will spread that you consort with courtesans and thieves, and men will shun you as they shun an asp. 7 And Jesus answered them and said, A master never screens himself for sake of reputation or of fame. 8 These are but worthless baubles of the day; they rise and sink, like empty bottles on a stream; they are illusions and will pass away; 9 They are the indices to what the thoughtless think; they are the noise that people make; and shallow men judge merit by noise. 10 God and all master men judge men by what they are and not by what they seem to be; not by their reputation and their fame. 11 These courtesans and theives are children of my Father-God; their soul are just as precious in his sight as yours, or of the Brahmic priests. 12 And they are working out the same life sums that you, who pride yourselves on your respectability and moral worth, are working out. 13 And some of them have solved much harder sums than you have solved, you men who look at them with scorn. 14 Yes, they are sinners, and confess their guilt, while you are guilty, but are shrewd enough to have polished coat to cover up your guilt. 15 Suppose you men who scorn these courtesans, these drunkards and these thieves, who know that you are pure in heart and life, that you are better far than they, stand forth that men may know just who you are. 16 The sin lies in the wish, in the desire, not in the act. 17 You covet other people's wealth; you look at charming forms, and deep within your hearts you lust for them. 18 Deceit you practice every day, and wish for gold, for honour and for fame, just for your selfish selves. 19 The man who covets is a thief, and she who lusts is courtesan. You who are none of these speak out. 20 Nobody spoke; the accusers held their peace. 21 And Jesus said, The proof this day is all against those who have accused. 22 The pure in heart do not accuse. The vile in heart who want to cover up their guilt with holy smoke of piety are ever loathing drunkard, thief and courtesan. 23 This loathing and this scorn is mockery, for if the tinselled coat of reputation could be torn away, the loud professor would be found to revel in his lust, deceit and many forms of secret sin. 24 The man who spends his time in pulling other people's weeds can have no time to pull his own, and all the choicest flowers of life will soon be choked and die, and nothing will remain but darnel, thistles, burs. 25 And Jesus spoke a parable: he said, Behold, a farmer had great fields of ripened grain, and when he looked he saw that blades of many stalks of wheat were bent and broken down. 26 And when he sent his reapers forth he said, We will not save the stalks of wheat that have the broken blades. 27 Go forth and cut and burn the stalks with broken blades. 28 And after many days he went to measure up his grain, but not a kernel could be find. 29 And then he called the harvesters and said to them, Where is my grain? 30 They answered him and said, We did according to your word; we gathered up and burned the stalks with broken blades, and not a stalk was left to carry to the barn. 31 And Jesus said, If God saves only those who have no broken blades, who have been perfect in his sight, who will be saved? 32 And the accusers hung their heads in shame; and Jesus went his way.

Sura 27

Yesu ahudhuria kalamu ya Behari. Ahubiri hotuba ya kimapinduzi juu ya usawa wa kibinadamu. Asimulia mfano wa makali yaliyovunjika.

UMAARUFU wa sifa ya Yesu kama mwalimu ulitapakaa kote katika nchi, na watu walifika toka karibu na mbali kuyasikia maneno yake ya kweli. 2 Katika Behari, katika mto mtakatifu wa mabrahmu, alifundisha kwa siku kadhaa. 3 Na Achi, mtu mwenye mali wa Behari, alifanya kalamu kwa heshima ya mgeni wake, alimwalika kila mtu kufika. 4 Na wengi walikuja; miongoni mwao wevi, wataka madau kwa hila, na makahaba. Na Yesu akaketi nao na kufundisha; lakini wale walikuwa wamemfuata walisononeka kwa sababu aliketi nawevi na makahaba. 5 Nao wakamsemea kwake; wakisema, Raboni, mkuu wa wenye busara, siku hii itakuwa ni siku ovu kwako. 6 Habari itatapakaa kwamba ulikaa pamoja na makahaba na wevi, na watu watakuepa kama wawaepavyo swira. 7 Na Yesu akawajibu na kusema, mtu mkuu kiroho kamwe hajibandiki kujionesha mwenyewe kwa ajili ya heshima ya mwonekano au sifa ya umaarufu. 8 Hayo ni mavazi yasiyo na thamani ya siku, huinuka na kuzama, kama vile chupa tupu juu ya mkondo wa maji; ni madanganyifu yasura na yatapita zake; 9 Hayo ni mawe ya kupimia uzani kwa wasio na mawazo wafikirvyo; wao ni pumba ambayo watu wafanya; na watu wenye upeo hafifu huamua sifa stahiki kwa pumba. 10 Mungu na watu wote wakuu kiroho huamua watu kwa vile walivyo na si kwa vile waonekanavyo kama; si kwa heshima ya mwonekano na wala sifa ya umaarufu. 11 Hawa makahaba na wevi ni wana wa Baba-Mungu wangu; nafsi roho zao ni zenye thamani katika macho yake na zenu, au za makuhani wa Kibrahmu. 12 Na wapitisha kuyafanya maisha haya haya ambayo ninyi, wenye kujivuna wenyewe juu ya uheshimika wenu na thamani ya kimaadili, mpitishavyo kufanya. 13 Na baadhi yao wamepitia jumla ya kutatua mambo yenye maana zaidi kuliko yale mliyoyakabili kuyatatua ninyi, ninyi watu ambao mwawaangalia kwa dharau. 14 Naam, ni wenye dhambi, na wao kukiri wazi na bayana hatia zao, na wakati ninyi ni wenye hatia, lakini wenye hila kutosha kuyasafisha makoti yenu kuvunika hatia zenu. 15 Ingekuwa kama ninyi watu wenye kuwadharau hawa makahaba, hawa walevi na hawa wevi, ambao ni wajua kwamba ninyi ni wasafi moyoni na kimaisha, kwamba ninyi mpo pazuri zaidi mbali kuliko wao, msimame mbele ili kwamba watu waweze kuwajua jinsi tu mlivyo hasa. 16 Dhambi hulalia katika kupenda kuja kupata, katika matamanio, na si katika kutenda. 17 Mwaonea donge utajiri wa watu wengine; mwaangalia katika namna zao zenye uchangamfu, na ndani yenu sana mna ashiki ya kupata hivyo. 18 Ulaghai mnaoufanyia mazoezi kila siku, na kupenda kuja kupata dhahabu, kwa heshima ya mwonekano na kwa sifa ya umaarufu, vyote tu kwa nafsi zenu za kibinafsi. 19 Mtu mwenye kutamania cha mwingine kuwa ni chake ni mwifi, na yeye mwenye kuwa na ashiki ni kahaba. Ninyi ambao si wa namna hata moja ya hivi muongee kwa sauti. 20 Hakuna aliyeongea; na wenye kushutumu wakashikilia amani yao. 21 Na Yesu akasema, uthibitisho wa leo ni dhidi ya wale wote walioshitaki. 22 Waliosafi katika moyo hawamshitakii mtu. Walio na kinyongo moyoni ni wenye kutakakufunika hatia za makosa yao kwa moshi mtakatifu wa sifa ya uadilifu ni wa siku zote walevi wa kubwabwaja, wevi na makahaba. 23 Kubwabwaja huku na dharau ni dhihaka, kwa kuwa ikiwa koti lenye kung'ara ng'ara la heshima ya mwonekano lingaliraruliwa mbali, mfarisayo kwenye kulalama kwa sauti angalikutwa na kujifurahisha kimoyo moyo na tamaa za ashiki zake, ulaghai, na namna nyingi nyinginezo za dhambi za siri kwa siri. 24 Mtu autumiaye muda wake katika ung'olea mbali magugu ya watu wengine hawezi kupata muda wa kuyang'oa yakwake mwenyewe, na maua yaliyobora kabisa kuchambuliwa ya maisha yatabanwa koo na kufa, na hakuna kitachobaki ila maua gugu sumu ya kando ya mto, majani mwiba, [burs]. 25 Na Yesu akasimulia kielezi cha mfano: akasema, Tazameni, mkulima alikuwa na mashamba makubwa ya nafaka zilizoiva, na alipoangalia aliona mashuke ya ngano yakiwa yameinamia chini na kuvunjika. 26 Na alipowatuma wavunaji wake alisema, hatutayahifadhi mashuke ya ngano yaliyo na majani yaliyovunjika. 27 Nendeni na kuyakatia mbali na kuyachoma yenye kuwa na majani yalivyovunjika. 28 Na baada ya siku nyingi alikwenda tena kuipima nafaka yake, lakini hata shina halikuweza kupatikana. 29 Na akawaita wavunaji wake na kuwaambia, ipo wapi nafaka yangu? 30 Walimjibu na kusema, tulitenda kwa kadri ya neno lako; tulikusanya pamoja mshuke yenye majani yalivunjika, na hakuna hata shuke lililobakia kulibeba kwenda kwenye ghala. 31 Na Yesu akasema, Ikiwa Mungu awaokoa tu wale wasio na majani yaliyovunjika, ni nani aliyekuwa kamili mbele za macho yake, ambaye atabakia? 32 Na washtaki waote wakainamisha vichwa vyao kwa aibu; na Yesu akaenda njia yake.



CHAPTER 28

Udraka gives a feast in Jesus' honour. Jesus speaks on the unity of God and the brotherhood of life. Criticises the priesthood. Becomes the guest of a farmer.

BENARES is the sacred city of the Brahms, and in Benares Jesus taught; Udraka was his host. 2 Udraka made a feast in honour of his guest, and many high born Hindu priests and scribes were there. 3 And Jesus said to them, With much delight I speak to you concerning life--the brotherhood of life. 4 The universal God is one, yet he is more than one; all things are God; all things are one. 5 By the sweet breaths of God all life is bound in one; so if you touch a fibre of a living thing you send a thrill from the centre to the outer bounds of life. 6 And when you crush beneath your foot the meanest worm, you shake the throne of God, and cause the sword of right to tremble in its sheath. 7 The bird sings out its song for men, and men vibrate in unison to help it sing. 8 The ant constructs her home, the bee its sheltering comb, the spider weaves her web, and flowers breath to them a spirit in their sweet perfumes that gives them strength to toil. 9 Now, men and birds and beasts and creeping things are deities, made flesh; and how dare men kill anything? 10 'Tis cruelty that makes the world awry. When men have learned that when they harm a living thing they harm themselves, they surely will not kill, nor cause a thing that God has made to suffer pain. 11 A lawyer said,I pray you, Jesus, tell who is this God you speak about; where are his priests, his temples and his shrines? 12 And Jesus said, The God I speak about is everywhere; he cannot be compassed with walls, nor hedged about with bounds of any kind. 13 All people worship God, the One; but all the people see him not alike. 14 This universal God is wisdom, will and love. 15 All men see not the Triune God. One sees him as the God of might; another as the God of thought; another as the God of love. 16 A man's ideal is his God, and so, as man unfolds. Man's God to-day, to-morrow is not God. 17 The nations of the earth see God from different points of view, and so he does not seem the same to every one. 18 Man names the part of God he sees, and this to him is all of God; and every nation sees a part of God, and every nation has a name for God. 19 You Brahmans call him Parabrahm; in Egypt he is Thoth; and Zeus is his name in Greece; Jehovah is his Hebrew name; but everywhere he is the causeless Cause, the rootless Root from which all things have grown. 20 When men become afraid of God, and take him for a foe, they dress up other men in fancy garbs and call them priests. 21 And charge them to restrain the wrath of God by prayers; and when they fail to win his favour by their prayers, to buy him off with sacrifice of animal, or bird. 22 When man sees God as one with him, as Father-God, he needs no middle man, no priest to intercede; 23 He goes straight up to him and says, My Father- God! and then he lays his hand in God's own hand, and all is well. 24 And this is God. You are, each one, a priest, just for yourself; and sacrifice of blood God does not want. 25 Just give your life in sacrificial service to all of life, and God is pleased. 26 When Jesus had thus said he stood aside; the people were amazed, but strove among themselves. 27 Some said, He is inspired by Holy Brahm; and others said, He is insane; and others said, He is obsessed; he speaks as devils speak. 28 But Jesus tarried not. Among the guests was one, a tiller of the soil, a generous soul, a seeker after truth, who loved the words that Jesus spoke, and Jesus went with him, and in his home abode.

Sura 28

Udraka atoa kalamu kwa heshima ya Yesu. Yesu azungumzia uumoja wa Mungu na udugu wa maisha yote. Aukebehi ukuhani. Awa mgeni wa mkulima.

BENARESI ni mji mtakatifu wa mabrahmu, na katika Benaresi Yesu alifundisha; Udraka alikuwa ni mwenyeji wake. 2 Udraka alifanya kalamu kwa heshima ya mgeni wake, na wengi Makuhani wa Kihindu waliozaliwa nafasi za juu na waandishi walikuwapo pale. 3 Na Yesu akasema kwao, kwa moyo wa furaha ninazungumza kwenu juu ya maisha--udugu wa maisha yote. 4 Mungu wa ulimwengu wote mzima ni moja, na wakati yeye ni zaidi ya moja; vitu vyote ni Mungu; vitu vyote ni moja. 5 Kwa pumzi tamu za Mungu maisha yote imefungwa kufanywa katika moja; ikiwa utagusa mshipa wa kiumbe hai unatuma msisimko kutokea katikati kuelekea kwenye kingo za njeza maisha. 6 Na unaposinya chini mguu wako mnyoo mdogo kabisa, unatikisa pahala pa enzi pa Mungu, na kusababisha upanga wa mwenye haki kutetemeka katika mfuko wake. 7 Ndege huimba kwa nyimbo zake kwa watu, na watu hutetema kwa kwenda pamoja kumsaidia kuimba. 8 Sisimizi hujenga nyumba yake, nyuki malazi yake ya vishimo vishimo, buibui hufuma utando wake, maua hulizia pumzi roho uhai kwavyo katika marashi ya harufu tamu ambayo huwapa nguvu kuchacharika. 9 Sasa, watu na ndege na wanyama na vitu vyote vitambaavyo ni madeiti, kufanywa kwa mwili wa nyama; na jinsi gani watu wathubutu kuua kitu chochote? 10 Ni ukatili ambao hufanya ulimwengu kwenda vibaya. Watu wanapokuwa wamejifunza kwamba wanapokidhuru kiumbe hai wajidhuru wao wenyewe, kwa hakika hawatoua, na wala kusababisha kitu alichofanya Mungu kupata mateso. 11 Mwanasheria akasema, nakuomba ewe Yesu, ni nani huyu Mungu unayemzungumzia; wako wapi makuhani wake, hekalu lake na madhabahu yake? 12 Na Yesu akasema, Mungu nimzungumziaye yupo mahala pote; hawezi kukingwa mipaka na ukuta, na wala kuwekewa uzio kumzunguka kwa kitu cha aina yoyote. 13 Watu wote wamuabudu Mungu, mmoja; lakini watu wote humuona si kwa namna yenye kufanana. 14 Mungu huyu aliye ni wa ulimwengu wote ni hekima, nia na upendo. 15 Watu hamuoni Mungu Utatu. Mtu mmoja amuona kama Mungu wa Nguvu; mwingine kama Mungu wa neno fikara; mwingine kama Mungu wa upendo. 16 Udhanifu wa ukamilifu wa mtu ni Mungu wake, na hivyo, kadri mtu afungukavyo kuwa. Mungu wa mtu kwa-leo, kwa-kesho si Mungu. 17 Mataifa ya Duniani humuona Mungu kutokea kwenye mitazamo ya sura tofauti, na haonekani kuwa ni yule yule kwa kila mmoja. 18 Mwanadamu huipa jina sehemu ya Mungu aionayo, na hivi kwake ni chote kuhusu Mungu. Na kila taifa huona sehemu ya Mungu, na kila taifa lina jina la mungu. 19 Ninyi mabrahmu mwamuita yeye Parabrahmu; Misri yeye ni Tehuti; na Zeusi ni jina lake katika Ugiriki; Yehova ni jina lake kwa Kiebrania; lakini kila mahala yeye ni Sababisho lisilosababishika, Mzizi usio na mzizi kutokea kwahuo vitu vyote vimeota. 20 Wanadamu walipokuja kumuogopa Mungu, na kumchukua yeye adui, huwavisha watu wengine mavazi yenye kupendezeshea sifa na kuwaita makuhani. 21 Na kuwapa majukumu ya kupunguza makali ya ghadhabu ya Mungu kwa maombi; na wanaposhindwa kuipata fadhila yake kwa maombi yao, kumnunua kwa kafara za wanyama na ndege. 22 Mtu anapoona Mungu kama ni mmoja na yeye, kama Baba-Mungu, yeye hahitaji mtu wa katikati, hapana kuhani kupatanisha; 23 Huenda moja kwa moja kwake na kusema, Baba-Mungu wangu! na halafu huiweka mikono yake katika mikono yake Mungu mwenyewe, na yote ni vema. 24 Na huyu ni Mungu, ninyi mu, kila mmoja, kuhani, wewe tu mwenyewe; na kafara ya damu Mungu hahitaji. 25 Toa tu maisha yako katika maisha ya kujitoa huduma kwa yote ya maisha, na Mungu afurahishwa. 26 Yesu alivyokwisha kusema hivi akasimamakando; watu wakashikwa na mshangao wa kustaajabu, lakini watu wakajikaza wenyewe. 27 Wengine wakasema, amevuviwa na Brahmu Mtakatifu; na wengine wakasema ana wazimu; na wengine wakasema, ameshikwa na pepo; azungumza kama mapepo yazungumzavyo. 28 Lakini yesu hakukaa kungoja. Miongoni mwa wageni kulikuwa na mmoja, mtifua udongo, nafsi roho yenye utu wema, mtafuta iliyo kweli, aliyeyapenda maneno ya aliyoyazungumza Yesu, na Yesu akaenda naye, na katika nyumba yake akakaa.

 

[mose]

Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 29 - 35

CHAPTER 29

Ajainin, a priest from Lahore, comes to Benares to see Jesus, and abides in the temple. Jesus refuses an invitation to visit the temple. Ajainin visits him at night in the farmer's home, and accepts his philosophy.

AMONG Benares' temple priests was one, a guest, Ajainan, from Lahore. 2 By merchantmen Ajainin heard about the Jewish boy, about his words of wisdom, and he girt himself and journeyed from Lahore that he might see the boy, and hear him speak. 3 The Brahmic priests did not accept the truth that Jesus brought, and they were angered much by what he said at the Udraka feast. 4 But they had never seen the boy, and they desired much to hear him speak, and they invited him to be a temple guest. 5 But Jesus said to them, The light is most abundant, and it shines for all; if you would see the light come to the light. 6 If you would hear the message that the Holy One has given me to give to men, come unto me. 7 Now, when the priests were told what Jesus said they were enraged. 8 Ajainin did not share their wrath, and he sent forth another messenger with costly gifts to Jesus at the farmer's home; he sent this message with the gifts: 9 I pray you master, listen to my words; The Brahmic law forbids that any priest shall go into the home of any one of low estate; but you can come to us; 10 And I am sure these priests will gladly hear you speak. I pray that you will come and dine with us this day. 11 And Jesus said, The Holy One regards all men alike; the dwelling of my host is good enough for any council of the sons of men. 12 If pride of cast keeps you away, you are not worthy of the light. My Father-God does not regard the laws of man. 13 Your presents I return; you cannot buy the knowledge of the Lord with gold, or precious gifts. 14 These words of Jesus angered more and more the priests, and they began to plot and plan how they might drive him from the land. 15 Ajainin did not join with them in plot and plan; he left the temple in the night, and sought the home where Jesus dwelt. 16 And Jesus said, There is no night where shines the sun; I have no secret messages to give; in light all secrets are revealed. 17 Ajainin said, I came from far-away Lahore, that I might learn about this ancient wisdom, and this kingdom of the Holy One of which you speak. 18 Where is the kingdom? where the king? Who are the subjects? what its laws? 19 And Jesus said, This kingdom is not far away, but man with mortal eyes can see it not; it is within the heart. 20 You need not seek the king in earth, or sea, or sky; he is not there, and yet is everywhere. He is the Christ of God; is universal love. 21 The gate of this dominion is not high, and he who enters it must fall down on his knees. It is not wide, and none can carry carnal bundles through. 22 The lower self must be transmuted into spirit-self; the body must be washed in living streams of purity. 23 Ajainin asked, Can I become a suject of this king? 24 And Jesus said, You are yourself a king, and you may enter through the gate and be a subject of the King of kings. 25 But you must lay aside your priestly robes; must cease to serve the Holy One for gold; must give your life, and all you have, in willing service to the sons of men. 26 And Jesus said no more; Ajainin went his way; and while he could not comprehend the truth that Jesus spoke, he saw what he had never seen before. 27 The realm of faith he never had explored; but in his heart the seeds of faith and universal brotherhood had found good soil. 28 And as he journeyed to his home he seemed to sleep, to pass through darkest night, and when he woke the Sun of Righteousness had arisen; he had found the king. 29 Now, in Benares Jesus tarried many days and taught.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU
Sura 29-35

Sura 29
Ajainini, kuhani kutokea Lahore, aja Benares kumuona Yesu, na kuishi kukaa hekaluni. Yesu aukataa mwaliko kutembelea hekalu. Ajainini amtembelea usiku katika nyumba ya mkulima, na aikubali filosofia yake.

MIONGONI mwa makuhani wa Hekalu la Benares kulikuwa na mmoja, Aijainini, kutoka Lahore. 2 Kwa wafanyabiashara wasafiri Ajainini aliyasikia ya kijana wa Kiyahudi, kuhusu maneno yake ya hekima, na yeye akajikusanya na kusafiri kutokea Lahore ili kwamba aweze kumuona kijana, na kumsikia akizungumza. 3 Makuhani wa Kibrahmu hawakukubali ukweli ambao Yesu aliuleta, na wao walikasirishwa sana kwa kile alichokisema katika kalamu ya Udraka. 4 Lakini hawakuwa kamwe wamemuona kijana, na walitamani sana kumsikia akizungumza, na walimualika kuja kuwa mgeni wa hekalu. 5 Lakini Yesu akasema kwao, Nuru imejaa tele, nayo yang'ara kwa wote; ikiwa utaiona nuru uje kwenye nuru. 6 Ikiwa ungalisikia ujumbe ambao Mtakatifu Mmoja amenipatia kuwapa watu, uje kwangu. 7 Sasa, makuhani walipoambiwa kile Yesu alichosema walishikwa na hasira. 8 Ajainini hakushiriki nao ghadhabu yao, na alimtuma mjumbe mwingine na zawadi za gharama kwa Yesu nyumbani kwa mkulima; alituma ujumbe wake na zawadi mbali mbali: 9 Nakuomba mkuu, sikiliza maneno yangu; sheria za kibrahmu zakataza kwamba kuhani yeyote atakwenda katika nyumba ya mtu yeyote wa kaste ya tabaka la chini; ila ninyi mwaweza kuja kwetu; 10 Na ninahakika hawa makuhani watatafurahishwa kusikia ukizungumza. Naomba kwamba utakuja na kula mlo wa usiku na sisi siku ya leo. 11 Na Yesu akasema, Mtakatifu Mmoja awachukulia watu wote kuwa sawa; makazi ya wenyeji wangu ni mazuri kwangu kwa baraza lolote la wana za watu. 12 Ikiwa majivuno ya kitabaka yawatenga mbali, ninyi hamna kustahili na nuru. Baba-Mungu wangu hazitupii macho sheria za mwanadamu. 13 Zawadi zako nazirudisha; huwezi kununua maarifa ya Bwana kwa Dhahabu, au zawadi za thamani kubwa. 14 Maneno haya ya Yesu yaliwakasirisha zaidi na zaidi makuhani, nao wakaanza kusuka mbinu na mipango jinsi ya kumfukuzia mbali ya nchi. 15 Ajainini hakuungana nao katika kusuka mbinu na mipango; aliongoka hekaluni usiku, na kutafuta nyumba ambayo Yesu alikaa. 16 Na Yesu akasema, hakuna usiku ambamo Jua hung'ara; sina ujumbe wowote wa siri kutoa; katika nuru siri zote hufunuliwa. 17 Ajainini akasema, nimekuja tokea mbali Lahore, ili kwamba niweza kujifunza kuhusu hekima hii ya zamani sana, na ufalme huu wa Mtakatifu Mmoja umzungumziaye. 18 Upo wapi ufalme? yupo wapi mfalme? wapo wapi wahusika? Sheria zake ni zipi? 19 Na Yesu akasema, Ufalme huu hauko mbali, lakini mwanadamu mwenye macho yenye kufa hawezi kuuona; upo ndani ya moyo. 20 Hauhitaji kumtafuta mfalme ardhini, ama baharini, ama angani; yeye hayuko huko, na wakati yupo kila mahala. Yeye ni Kristu wa Mungu; ni upendo wa kiulimwengu wote. 21 Lango la utawala wake halipo juu, na yeye wenye kuingia kwake lazima apige magoti. Si ni mpana, na hakuna mtu awezaye kuibeba mizigo yake ya kimwili kupitia. 22 Nafsi ya chini haina budi kubadilishwa sura na sifa kuwa roho-nafsi; mwili ni lazima kuoshwa katika mikondo hai ya usafi. 23 Ajainini akauliza, ninaweza kuwa mlengwa wa mfalme huyu? 24 Na Yesu akasema, Wewe mwenyewe ni mfalme, na waweza kuingia katika lango na kuwa mlengwa wa mfalme wa wafalme. 25 Lakini yakupasa kuweka chini mavazi yako ya kikuhani; ukome kumtumikia Mtakatifu Mmoja kwa dhahabu; yakulazimu uyatoe maisha yako, na vyote ulivyo navyo, katika huduma ya kujitakia kwa wana za watu. 26 Na Yesu hakusema zaidi; Ajainini akaenda njia zake. 27 Alamu ya imani yeye hajapata kuipitia kutazama; lakini katika moyo wake mbegu ya imani na udugu wa kiulimwengu wote ilikuwaiumepata ardhi safi. 28 Na alivyokuwa akisafiri kuelekea nyumbani kwake na alionekana kana kwamba kulala usingizi, kupitia usiku wa kisa kikuu, na alipoamka Jua la uenda haki lilichomoza; alimpata mfalme. 29 Sasa, katika Benares Yesu alipumzika safari kwa siku nyingi na kufundisha.


CHAPTER 30

Jesus receives news of the death of his father. He writes a letter to his mother. The letter. He sends it on its way by a merchant.

ONE day as Jesus stood beside the Ganges busy with his work, a caravan, returning from the West, drew near. 2 And one, approaching Jesus, said, We come to you from your native land and bring unwelcome news. 3 Your father is no more on earth; your mother grieves; and none can comfort her. She wonders whether you are still alive or not; she longs to see you once again. 4 And Jesus bowed his head in silent thought; and then he wrote. Of what he wrote this is the sum: 5 My mother, noblest of the womankind; A man just from my native land has brought me word that father is no more in flesh, and that you grieve, and are disconsolate. 6 My mother, all is well; is well for father and is well for you. 7 His work in this earth-round is done, and it is nobly done. 8 In all the walks of life men cannot charge him with deceit, dishonesty, nor wrong intent. 9 Here in this round he finished many heavy tasks, and he has gone from hence prepared to solve the problems of the round of soul. 10 Our Father-God is with him there, as he was with him here; and there his angel guards his footssteps lest he goes astray. 11 Why should you weep? Tears cannot conquer grief. There is no power in grief to mend a broken heart. 12 The plane of grief is idleness; the busy soul can never grieve; it has no time for grief. 13 When grief come trooping through the heart, just lose yourself; plunge deep into the ministry of love, and grief is not. 14 Yours is a ministry of love, and all the world is calling out for love. 15 Then let the past go with the past; rise from the cares fo carnal things and give your life for those who live. 16 And if you lose your life in serving life you will sure to find in it the morning sun, the evening dews, in song of bird, in flowers, and in the stars of night. 17 In just a little while your problems of this earth-round will be solved; and when your sums are all worked out it will be pleasure unalloyed for you to enter wider fields of usefulness, to solve the greater problems of the soul. 18 Strive, then, to be content, and I will come to you some day and bring you richer gifts than gold or precious stones. 19 I'm sure that John will care for you, supplying all your needs; and I am with you all the way, Jehoshua. 20 And by the hand of one, a merchant, going to Jerusalem, he sent this letter on its way.

Sura 30

Yesu apokea habari za kifo cha baba yake. Aandika barua kwa mama yake. Barua. Aiagizia njia kupitia kwa wafanyabiashara wasafiri.

SIKU moja pale Yesu alipokuwa amesimama kando ya Gangesi akijishughulisha na kazi yake, msafara, uliokuwa ukirudi kutoka magharibi, ulikuwa ukija karibu. 2 Na mtu mmoja, akimsogelea Yesu, akasema, tunakuja kwako kutokea katika nchi mwenyeji yako na kukuletea habari zisizopendeza. 3 Baba yako hayuko tena duniani; mama yako yuko katika majonzi; na hakuna wa kumfariji yeye. Anajiuliza ikiwa wewe u bado ni mzima au siyo; atamania moyoni kukuona tena. 4 Na Yesu akainamisha kichwa katika wazo la kimya; na halafu tena akaandika. Katika yote aliyoyaandika haya ni jumla yake 5 Mama yangu, mwenye sifa za kipekee katika uanamkewote; mtu aliyetoka tu sasa tokea nyumbani ameniletea neno ya kwamba baba hayuko tena katika mwili, na ya kwamba una majonzi, na huna mfariji. 6 Mama yangu, yote yako sawa; ni sawa kwa baba na ni sawa kwako. 7 Kazi yake hapa duniani imemalizika, na kwa namna ya pekee imemalizika. 8 Katika njia zote za maisha wanadamu hawawezi kumshutumu kwa ulaghai, utokuwa mwaminifu, na dhamira mbaya. 9 Hapa katika mzunguko wake amemalizia shughuli nyingi nzito, na amekwenda toka huku kujiandaa kutatua mafumbo ya mzunguko wa nafsi roho. 10 Baba-Mungu wetu yupo na yeye huko, kama alivyokuwa na yeye hapa; na huko malaika wake wazilinda njia zake ili isije kuwa akapotea. 11 Ni kwa nini ulie machozi? Machozi hayawezi kuyashinda majonzi. Hakuna nguvu katika majonzi kurudishia moyo uliovunjika. 12 Mahala pa uso wa majonzi ni kusiko na faida ya kazi; nafsi roho yenye kujishughulisha kazi haiwezi kamwe kuwa na majonzi; haina muda wa kuwa na majonzi. 13 Majonzi yakija yakitiririka kupitia moyoni, jiachie tu, jizamishe katika huduma ya upendo, na majonzi hayapo. 14 Iliyo yako ni huduma ya upendo, na ulimwengu wote wauita upendo. 15 Basi wacha kilichopita kiende na yaliyopita; nyanyuka kuyazidi yakujaliwa na mwili na toa maisha yako kwa wale wenye kuishi. 16 Na ikiwa utapoteza maisha yako katika kuyatumukia maisha kwa kupata hayo hakika katika jua la asubuhi, umande wa jioni, katika nyimbo za ndege, katika maua, na katika nyota za usiku. 17 Na katika kitambo tu matatizo yako ya mzunguko wako wa dunia utatatuliwa; na jumla zako zote zimekwishafanyiwa kazi itakuwa ni jambo la kustarehesha bila ya kuchanganyikana kwa wewe kuingia katika mashamba mapana ya utumikaji, kutatua mafumbo makubwa ya nafsi roho. 18 Fanya jitihada, basi, kuwa na moyo wa kuridhika, na nitakuja kwako siku moja na kukuletea zawadi za kitajiri kuliko dhahabu na mawe ya thamani. 19 Ninahakika Yohana atakutunza, kukupatia yale yote uhitajiyo; na mimi niko na wewe kote njiani, Yehoshua. 20 Na kwa mkono wa mtu mmoja, mfanyabiashara msafiri, aendaye Yerusalemu, alituma barua hii kuelekea njia yake.

CHAPTER 31

Brahmic priests are enraged because of Jesus' teaching and resolve to drive him from India. Lamaas pleads for him. Priests employ a murderer to kill him. Lamaas warns him and he flees to Nepel.

THE words and works of Jesus caused unrest through all the land. 2 The common people were his friends, believed in him and followed him in thongs. 3 The priests and rulers were afraid of him, his very name sent terror to their hearts. 4 He preached the brotherhood of life, the righteousness of equal rights, and taught the uselessness of priests, and sacrificial rites. 5 He shook the very sand on which the Brahmic system stood; he made the Brahmic idols seem so small, and sacrifice so fraught with sin, that shrines and wheels of prayer were all forgot. 6 The priests declared that if this Jewish boy should tarry longer in the land a revolution would occur; the common people would arise and kill the priests, and tear the temples down. 7 And so they sent a call abroad, and priests from every province came. Benares was on fire with Brahmic zeal. 8 Lamaas from the temple Jagannath, who knew the inner life of Jesus well, was in their midst, and heard the rantings of the priests, 9 And he stood forth and said, My brother priests, take heed, be careful what you do; this is a record-making day. 10 The world is looking on; the very life of Brahmic thought is now on trial. 11 If we are reason-blind; if prejudice be king to-day; if we resort to beastly force, and dye our hands in blood that may, in sight of Brahm, be innocent and pure, 12 His vengeance may fall down on us; the very rock on which we stand may burst beneath our feet; and our beloved priesthood, and our laws and shrines will go into decay. 13 But they would let him speak no more. The wrathful priests rushed up and beat him, spit upon him, called him traitor, threw him, bleeding, to the street. 14 And then confusion reigned; the priests became a mob; the sight of human blood led on to fiendish acts and called for more. 15 The rulers, fearing war, sought Jesus, and they found him calmly teaching in the market place. 16 They urged him to depart, that he might save his life; but he refused to go. 17 And then the priests sought cause for his arrest; but he had done no crime. 18 And then false charges were preferred; but when the soldiers went to bring him to the judgement hall they were afraid, because the people stood in his defence. 19 The priests were baffled, and they resolved to take his life by stealth. 20 They found a man who was a murderer by trade, and sent him out by night to slay the object of their wrath. 21 Lamaas heard about their plotting and their plans, and sent a messenger to warn his friend; and Jesus hastened to depart. 22 By night he left Benares, and with haste he journeyed to the north; and everywhere, the farmers, merchants and sudras helped him on his way. 23 And after many days he reached the mighty Himalayas, and in the city of Kapivastu he abode. 24 The priests of Buddha opened wide their temple doors for him.

Sura 31

Makuhani wa Kibrahmu wakasirishwa kwa sababu ya mafundisho ya Yesu na wakusudia kumfukuza yeye kutoka India. Lamaasi asihi huruma kwa ajili yake. Makuhani waajiri muuaji kumuua yeye. Lamaasi amtahadharisha naye akimbilia Nepeli.

MANENO na kazi ya Yesu vilisababishia kutokutulia kote katika nchi. 2 Watu wa kawaida walikuwa ni rafikize, waliamini katika yeye na kumfuata mkia. 3 Makuhani na watawala wakaanza kumuogopa yeye, jina lake hasa lilituma hofu kueleka mioyoni mwao. 4 Alihubiri udugu wa maisha yote, uenda sawa katika haki sawa, na kufundisha kutohitajika kazi kwa makuhani, na matendo ya kiimani ya matoleo ya madhabahuni. 5 Alitikisa hasa ule mchanga ambao juu yake mfumo wa Kibrahmu ulisimamia; alifanya sanamu za Kibrahmu kuonekana ni ndogo, na matoleo ya kiibada ya madhabahuni kujawa na dhambi, ya kwamba madhabahu na magurudumu ya sala yote kutokumbukwa. 6 Makuhani wakatamka kwamba ikiwa kijana huyu wa Kiyahudi angebakia kukaa zaidi nchini mapinduzi yangalitokea, watu wa kawaida wangaliinuka na kuwaua makuhani, na kuyavunjilia chini mahekalu. 7 Na hivyo wakafanya mwito hata ng'ambo, na makuhani kutoka katika kila jimbo walikuja. Benaresi ikawa moto na raghba za Kimabrahmu. 8 Lamaasi kutoka hekalu la Jaganati, aliyeyajua pia maisha ya ndani ya Yesu, alikuwa ni miongoni mwao, na alisikia makelele ya makuhani, 9 Naye akasimama mbele na kusema, kaka zangu makuhani, mpate kusikia, muwe waangalifu na mkifanyacho; hii ni siku ya kuwekwa kumbukumbu. 10 Ulimwengu watazama; maisha hasa ya mafikara ya kibrahmu sasa yajaribiwa mbele za sheria. 11 Ikiwa sisi ni vipofu wa sababu; ikiwa kasumba ni mfalme kwa-leo; ikiwa twaegemea kwa nguvu za kinyama, na kutia rangi mikono yetu kwa damu ambayo waweza, katika macho ya Brahmu, ni isiyo na hatia na safi, 12 Hasira za kisasi chake itaweza kutuangukia; ule hasa mwamba tuusimamiao waweza kulipuka kuvunjika chini ya miguu yetu; na ukuhani wetu kipenzi, na sheria zetu na madhabahu vitakwenda kutokomea. 13 Lakini hawakumwacha kuzungumza zaidi. Makuhani wenye ghadhabu walimkimbilia na kumpiga, kumtemea mate, na kumuita msaliti, wakamtupa, akitokwa na damu, kuelekea mtaani. 14 Na halafu tena kuchanganyikiwa kukatawala; makuhani wakawa genge; onekano la damu ya mtu likaongozea kwenye matendo ya kinyama na kuita zaidi. 15 Watawala, kuogopa vita, wakamtafuta Yesu, na wakampata katulia akifundisha sokoni. 16 Wakamtaka kuondoka, ili kwamba apate kuokoa maisha yake; lakini akakataa kuondoka. 17 Na tena makuhani wakamtafutia sababu ya kukamatwa kwake; lakini hakuwa katenda kosa lolote. 18 Na tena mashtaka ya uongo yakafanywa; lakini wanajeshi walipokwenda kumleta kwenye holi za hukumu waliogopa, kwa kuwa watu walisimama kumtetea kumlinda. 19 Makuhani wakatatizwa na akili, na wakakubaliana kwa pamoja kuyachukua maisha yake kwa kujificha. 20 Walimpata mtu ambaye alikuwa akiua kwa kulipwa fedha, nao wakamtuma usiku kukichinja kitu cha hasira yao. 21 Lamaasi akasikia kuhusu azimio lao la siri na mipango yao, na akamtuma mjumbe kumutahadharisha rafiki yake; na Yesu akaharakisha kujiandaa kuondoka. 22 Usiku aliondoka Benaresi, na kwa haraka alisafiri kuelekea Kaskazini; na kila mahala, wakulima, wafanyabiashara na masudrasi walimsaidia njiani. 23 Na baada ya siku nyingi aliifikia Himalaya mikubwa sana, na katika mji wa Kapivastu alikaa. 24 Makuhani wa Buddha walimfungulia wazi milango yao ya hekalu.

CHAPTER 32

Jesus and Barata. Together they read the sacred books. Jesus takes exception to the Buddhist doctrine of evolution and reveals the true origin of man. Meets Vidyapati, who becomes his co-labourer.

AMONG the Buddhist priests was one who saw a lofty wisdom in the words that Jesus spoke. It was Barata Arabo. 2 Together Jesus and Barata read the Jewish Psalms and Prophets; read the Vedas, the Avesta and the wisdom of Gautama. 3 And as they read and talked about the possibilities of man, Barata said, 4 Man is the marvel of the universe. He is part of everything for he has been a living thing on every plane of life. 5 Time was when man was not; and he was bit of formless substance in the moulds of time; and then a protoplast. 6 By universal law all things tend upward to a state of perfectness. The protoplast evolved, becoming worm, then reptile, bird and beast, and then at last it reached the form of man. 7 Now, man himself is mind, and mind is here to gain perfection by experience; and mind is often manifest in fleshy form, and in the form best suited to its growth. So mind may manifest as worm, or bird, or beast, or man. 8 The time will come when everthing of life will be evolved unto the state of perfect man. 9 And after man is man in perfectness, he will evolve to higher forms of life. 10 And Jesus said, Barata Arabo, who taught you this, that mind, which is the man, may manifest in flesh of beast, or bird, or creeping thing? 11 Barata said, From times which man remembers not our priests have told us so, and so we know. 12 And Jesus said, Enlightened Arabo, are you a master mind and do not know that man knows naught by being told? 13 Man may believe what others say; but thus he never knows. If man would know, he must himself be what he knows. 14 Do you remember, Arabo, when you were ape, or bird, or worm? 15 Now, if you have no better proving of your plea than that the priests have told you so, you do not know; you simply guess. 16 Regard not, then, what any man has said; let us forget the flesh, and go with mind into the land of fleshless things; mind never does forget. 17 And backward through the ages master minds can trace themselves; and thus they know. 18 Time never was when man was not. 19 That which begins will have an end. If man was not, the time will come when he will not exist. 20 From God's own Record Book we read: The Triune God breathed forth, and seven Spirits stood before his face. (The Hebrews call these seven Spirits, Elohim.) 21 And these are they who, in their boundless power, created everything that is, or was. 22 These Spirits of the Triune God moved on the face of boundless space and seven ethers were, and every ether had its form of life. 23 These forms of life were but the thoughts of God, clothed in the substance of their ether planes. 24 (Men call these ether planes the planes of protoplast, of earth, of plant, of beast, of man, of angel and of cherubim.) 25 These planes with all their teeming thoughts of God, are never seen by eyes of man in flesh; they are composed of substance far too fine for fleshy eyes to see, and still they constitute the soul of things; 26 And with the eyes of soul all creatures see these ether planes, and all forms of life. 27 Because all forms of life on every plane are thoughts of God, all creatures think, and every creature is possessed of will, and, in its measure, has the power to choose, 28 And in their native planes all creatures are supplied with nourishment from the ethers of their planes. 29 And so it was with every living thing until the will became a sluggish will, and then the ethers of the protoplast, the earth, the plant, the beast, the man, began to vibrate very slow. 30 The ethers all became more dense, and all the creatures of these planes were clothed with coarser garbs, the garbs of flesh, which men can see; and thus this coarser manifest, which men call physical, appeared. 31 And this is what is called the fall of man; but man fell not alone for protoplast, and earth, and plant and beast were all included in the fall. 32 The angels and the cherubim fell not; their wills were ever strong, and so they held the ethers of their planes in harmony with God. 33 Now, when the ethers reached the rate of atmosphere, and all the creatures of these planes must get their food from atmosphere, the conflict came; and that which the finite man ahs called, survival of the best, became the law, 34 The stronger ate the bodies of the weaker manifests; and here is where the carnal law of evolution had its rise. 35 And now man, in his utter shamelessness, strikes down and eats the beasts, the beast consumes the plant, the plant thrives on the earth, the earth absorbs the protoplast. 36 In yonder kingdom of the soul this carnal evolution is not known, and the great work of master minds is to restore the heritage of man, to bring him back to his estate that he has lost, when he again will live upon the ethers of his native plane. 37 The thoughts of God change not; the manifests of life on every plane unfold into perfection of their kind; and as the thoughts of God can never die, there is no death to any being of the seven ethers of the seven Spirits of the Triune God. 38 And so an earth is never plant; a beast, or bird, or creeping thing is never man, and man is not, and cannot be, a beast, or bird, or creeping thing. 39 The time will come when all these seven manifests will be absorbed, and man, and beast, and plant, and earth and protoplast will be redeemed. 40 Barata was amazed; the wisdom of the Jewish sage was a revelation unto him. 41 Now, Vidyapati, wisest of the Indian sages, chief of temple Kapavistu, heard Barata speak to Jesus of the origin of man, and heard the answer of the Hebrew prophet, and he said, 42 You priests of Kapavistu, hear me speak: We stand to-day upon a crest of time. Six times ago a master soul was born who gave a glory light to man, and now a master sage stands here in temple Kapavistu. 43 This Hebrew prophet is the rising star of wisdom, diefied. He brings to us a knowledge of the secrets things of God; and all the world will hear his words, will heed his words, and glorify his name. 44 You priests of temple Kapavistu, stay! be still and listen when he speaks; he is the Living Oracle of God. 45 And all the priests gave thanks, and praised the Buddha of enlightenment.

Sura 32

Yesu na Barata. Pamoja wasoma vitabu vitakatifu. Yesu aweka kando kukubali mafundisho ya Wabuddha ya ukuwakujia na afunua asili chimbuko la mwanadamu. Akutana na Vidyapati, ambaye aja kuwa mfanyakazi mwenzake.

MIONGONI mwa makuhani wa mabuddha alikuwapo mmoja aliyeiona hekima ya juu katika maneno ya Yesu. Alikuwa ni Barata Arabo. 2 Pamoja Yesu na Barata waliisoma Zaburi ya Kiyahudi na Manabii; walizisoma Veda na Avesta na hekima ya Gautama. 3 Na kadri walivyokuwa akisoma na kuongea kuhusu mawezekano ya mwanadamu, Barata akasema, 4 Mwanadamu ni staajabu la kupendeza la ulimwengu. Yeye ni sehemu ya kila kitu kwa kuwa amekuwa kitu chenye kuishi katika wanda* zote za maisha. 5 Wakati ulikuwapo ambapo mwanadamu hakuwapo; na yeye alikuwa kiasi kama ni wa bila-sura katika mafinyango-sura ya wakati; tena kinyemvu*. 6 Kwa kanuni ya maumbile yote ulimwenguni vitu vyote huenenda kwa kwenda-juu kuelekea hali ya ukamilifu. Kinyemvu kikakwajia*, kuja kuwa mnyoo, halafu ka-mjusi, ndege na mnyama, na halafu tena mwishowe akafikia namna ya sura ya mwanadamu. 7 Sasa, mwanadamu alivyo mwenyewe ni uakili*, na uakili upo hapa ili kujipatia ukamilifu zaidi kwa upitiaji hali kimaisha; na uakili ni mara nyingi hujidhahirisha katika sura ya namna ya mwili, na katika namna ya sura ambayo ni yenye kuifaa zaidi kwa ukuaji wake. Kwa hivyo uakili waweza kujidhihirisha kama mnyoo, ama ndege, ama mnyama, ama mtu. 8 Wakati utafika ambapo kila kitu kitakuwa kimekuwakujia katika hali ya mtu kamili. 9 Baada ya mtu ni mtu katika ukamilifu, naye atakwajia kwenye namna za sura za hali ya juu ya maisha. 10 Na Yesu akasema, Barato Arobo, ni nani aliwafundisha hivi, kwamba uakili, ambao ni mtu, waweza kujidhahirisha katika mwili wa mnyama, ama ndege, ama kitu chakutambaa? 11. Barata akasema, tokea wakati ambao mtu hakumbuki makuhani wetu wametuambia hivyo, na hivyo twajua. 12 Na Yesu akasema, Arabo uliyetaamulika, je wewe ni uakili mkuu na usijue kwamba mtu hajui chochote kwa kuwa ameambiwa? 13 Mtu aweza kusadiki kingine ambacho wengine wakisema; na hivi kuwa ye yu hajui kamwe. Ikiwa mtu angalijua, yeye mwenyewe ni lazima kuwa kile anachokijua. 14 Je unakumbuka, Arabo, ulipokuwa ni nyani, ama ndege, ama mnyoo? 15 Sasa, ikiwa huna namna bora ya kudhibitisha juu ya kusaka majibu kwako zaidi ya vile makuhani walivyowaambia hivyo, wewe u haujui; unakisia tu. 16 Usitilie maanani, basi, kile ambacho mtu mwingine yeyote amesema; hebu tusahau mwili wa nyama, na kwenda na uakili katika mahala pa nchi ya vitu visivyo na mwili wa nyama; uakili kamwe hausahau. 17 Na kurejea nyuma kupitia zote zama watu wa uakili mkuu waweza kuchirizia njia ya wao wenyewe kutokea; na hivi kwamba wajua. 18 Wakati haukuwepo ambapo mwanadamu hakuwepo. 19 Kile chenye kuanza kitakuwa na mwisho. Ikiwa mtu hakuwepo, muda utakuja ambapo yeye hatakuwepo. 20 Kutoka katika kitabu chake Mungu cha kumbukumbu tunasoma: Mungu utatu akapuliza pumzi, na roho wasaba wakasimama mbele za uso wake. (Waebrania huita roho hawa wasaba, Elohimu.) 21 Na hawa ndiwe hao ambao, katika nguvu zao zisizo na mipaka, waliumba kila kitu kilicho, ama kilichokuwa. 22 Roho hawa wa Mungu Utatu walijongea kote katika uso nafasi yote isiyona mwisho na etha saba zilikuwa, na kila etha ilikuwa na namna yake ya uhai. 23 Namna hizi za sura ya uhai zilikuwa ni ila tu neno fikra la Mungu, kuvishwa nguo kwa dutu ya etha za wanda zake. 24 (Wanadamu huziita wanda etha hizi wanda za kinyemvu, za udongo*[pia empedocles], za mmea, za wanyama, za mwanadamu, za malaika na za kerubi.) 25 Wanda hizi pamoja na kujaa utitiri wa maneno fikara ya Mungu, kamwe hayaonekani kwa macho ya mwanadamu katika mwili wa nyama; yamefanyika kwa dutu iliyo ndogo sana na nyembamba kwa macho ya nyama kuona, na wakati bado yafanya sonafi za vitu; 26 Na kwa macho ya sonafi viumbe vyote huona wanda etha hizi, na namna zote za sura za uhai wa maisha. 27 Kwa kuwa namna zote za sura ya maisha katika kila wanda ni maneno fikara ya Mungu, viumbe vyote hufikiri, na kila kiumbe kina utashi, na, kwa namna ya kiasi chake, kina nguvu ya uwezo wa kuchagua, 28 Na katika wanda zake enyeji viumbe vyote humiminiwa kupatiwa na viboresho-afya tokea kwenye etha za wanda zake. 29 Na hivyo ilikuwa na kila kitu chenye uhai mpaka utashi ulipokuja kuwa utashi uliopoa mwendo, na halafu tena etha za kinyemvu, udongo, mmea, mnyama, mwanadamu, zikaanza kutetema taratibu sana. 30 Etha zote zikajakuwa hali nzito zaidi, na viumbe wote wa wanda hizi wakavikwa na mafuniko ya nguo zenye kukosa uwembamba zaidi, mafuniko ya vazi la mwili wa nyama, ambao wanadamu waweza kuona; na hivi kwamba namna pana pana kudhahirika, ambao watu huita maumbile, ilivyotokea. 31 Na huu ndio kile kiitwacho anguko la mwanadamu; lakini watu hawakuanguka peke yao kwa kuwa kinyemvu, udongo, na mmea, na mnyama vilijumuishwa ndani yake katika anguko. 32 Malaika na Makerubi hawakuanguka; utashi*[pia kusema nia zao] wao ulikuwa daima ni imara, na hivyo walizishikilia etha za wanda zao katika uenda sawa na sambamba na Mungu. 33 Sasa, etha zilipofikia kasi ya mwendo wa kutetema wa mazingira ya anga la hewa, na viumbe wote wa wanda hizi inawabidi kupata chakula chao kutokea mwenye mazingira ya anga la hewa, mgongano ukaja; na kile ambacho mtu, wa kimpaka wake, ameuita, kuponea kwa aliye bora kabisa, ikaja kuwa kanuni ya mwenendo wa kitabia, 34 Mwenye kuwa imara aila miili ya madhahiriko dhaifu zaidi; na hapa ndipo kulikokuja kanuni ya kukuajia ilipoinukia. 35 Na sasa mwanadamu, katika kukosa kwake aibu kabisa, apiga chini na kuwala wanyama, wanyama watia matumboni mwao mimea, na mimea yaishi kuimarika kwa udongo, na udongo washarabu kinyemvu. 36 Katika ufalme wa mbali kuonekana kwa macho wa sonafi ukukuaji huu wa namna ya kimwili wa nyama haujulikani, na kazi kubwa ya uakili mkuu ni kurudisha tena hali urithi wa mwanadamu, kumrudisha yeye katika umiliki wote ambao ameupoteza, ambapo tena ataishi kwa etha za wanda yake enyeji. 37 Maneno ya mafikara ya Mungu hayabadiliki; madhahirisho ya uhai katika kila wanda hujifungua kuwa ukamilifu wa aina yake; na kadri vile maneno ya mafikara ya Mungu hayafi kamwe, hakuna mauti katika mwenyekuwa yeyote wa etha saba za Roho wasaba wa Mungu Utatu. 38 Na hivyo udongo kamwe si mmea, mnyama, ndege, ama kitu kitamaacho kamwe si mtu, na mtu si, hawawezi kuwa, mnyama, au ndege, au kitu kitambaacho. 39 Wakati utawadia ambapo madhahirisho haya yote saba yatasharabiwa, na mwanadamu, mnyama, na mmea, na udongo vitakombolewa. 40 Barata alistaajabishwa kushangaa; hekima ya mwenye busara wa kiyahudi ilikuwa ni ufunuo kwake. 41 Sasa, Vidyapati, mwenyehekima kuzidi wote wenye busara wa kihindi, chifu wa hekalu Kapavistu, alimsikia Barata akizungumza kwa Yesu juu ya chimbuko la mwanadamu, na alilisikia jibu la nabii wa kiebrania, na yeye akasema, 42 Enyi makuhani wa Kapavistu, nisikieni nisemavyo: Twasimama leo juu ya kilele cha wakati. Mara sita zilizotangulia nafsi roho mkuu alizaliwa aliwapa utukufu kwaye mwanadamu, na sasa mkuu mwenye busara asimama hapa katika hekalu Kapavistu. 43 Nabii huyu wa Kiebrania ni nyota ya hekima ichomozayo, kufanywa deifi. Atuletea kwetu maarifa ya mambo yaliyo ni siri za maumbile ya Mungu; na ulimwengu wote utasikia maneno yake, watasikia kuitii maneno yake, na kulitukuza jina lake. 44 Enyi makuhani wa hekalu Kapavistu, mdumu kubaki! Muwe tuli na kusikia aongeapo; yenye ni Orako* mwenyekuishi wa Mungu. 45 Na makuhani wote wakatoa shukrani, na kumsifu Buddha wa Utaamuliko.

CHAPTER 33

Jesus teaches the common people at a spring. Tells them how to attain unto happiness. Relates the parable of the rocky field and the hidden treasure.

IN silent meditation Jesus sat beside a flowing spring. It was a holy day, and many people of the servant caste were near the place. 2 And Jesus saw the hard drawn lines of toil on every brow, in every hand. There was no look of joy in any face. Not one of all the group could think of anything but toil. 3 And Jesus spoke to one and said, Why are you all so sad? Have you no happiness in life? 4 The man replied, We scarely know the meaning of that word. We toil to live, and hope for nothing else but toil, and bless the day when we can cease our toil and lay us down to rest in Buddha's city of the dead. 5 And Jesus' heart was stirred with pity and with love for these poor toilers, and he said, 6 Toil should not make a person sad; men should be happiest when they toil. When hope and love are back of toil, then all of life is filled with joy and peace, and this is heaven. Do you not know that such a heaven is for you? 7 The man replied, Of heaven we have heard; but then it is so far away, and we must live so many lives before we can reach that place! 8 And Jesus said, My brother, man, your thoughts are wrong; your heaven is not far away; and it is not a place of metes and bounds, is not a country to be reached; it is a state of mind. 9 God never made a heaven for man; he never made a hell; we are creators and we make our own. 10 Now, cease to seek for heaven in the sky; just open up the windows of the hearts, and, like a flood of light, a heaven will come and bring a boundless joy; then toil will be no cruel task. 11 The people were amazed, and gathered close to hear this strange young master speak, 12 Imploring him to tell them more about the Father-God; about the heaven that men can make on earth; about the boundless joy. 13 And Jesus spoke a parable; he said, A certain man possessed a field; the soil was hard and poor. 14 By constant toil he scarcely could provide enough of food to keep his family from want. 15 One day a miner who could see beneath the soil, in passing on his way, saw this poor man and his unfruitful field. 16 He called the weary toiler and he said, My brother, know you not that just below the surface of your barren field rich treasures lie concealed? 17 You plough and sow and reap in scanty way, and day by day you tread upon a mine of gold and precious stones. 18 This wealth lies not upon the surface of the ground; but if you will dig away the rocky soil, and delve down deep into the earth, you need no longer till the soil for naught. 19 The man beleived. The miner surely knows; he said, and I will find the treasures hidden in my field. 20 And then he dug away the rocky soil, and deep down in the earth he found a mine of gold. 21 And Jesus said, The sons of men are toiling hard on desert plains, and burning sands and rocky soils; are doing what there fathers did, not dreaming they can do aught else. 22 Behold, a master comes, and tells them of a hidden wealth; that underneath the rocky soil of carnal things are treasures that no man can count; 23 That in the heart the richest gems abound; that he who wills may open the door and find them all. 24 And then the people said, Make known to us the way that we may find the wealth that lies within the heart. 25 And Jesus opened up the way; the toilers saw another side of life, and toil became a joy.

Sura 33

Yesu afundisha watu wakawaida mahala kwenye chem chem. Awaambia jinsi ya kufikia kuipata hali ya furaha. Asimulia kielezi cha shamba lenye mawe na hazina iliyofichika.

KATIKA miditisha ya kimya Yesu aliketi kando ya chem chemi ya maji. Ilikuwa ni siku kuu, na watu wengi wa kaste ya utumishi walikuwa sehemu ya karibu. 2 Na Yesu akaona mistari ya ugumu wa kuchacharika katika kila paji la uso, na katika kila mkono. Hakukuwa na muonekano wa furaha katika uso wowote. Na hakuna hata mmoja wao wa kundi lao kuweza kufikiri chochote ila kuchacharika. 3 Na Yesu akazungumza kwa mtu mmoja na kusema, mbona ninyi mu ni wenye huzuni hivyo? Je hamna ufurahako katika maisha? 4 mtu akajibu, Twajua kwa namna yenye kutia hofu maana ya neno hilo. Twachacharika ili kuishi, na kutotumainia kitu chochote ila kuchacharika, na ibarikiwe siku ambapo twaweza kukoma kuchacharika kwetu na kutulaza chini kupumzika katika mji wa wafu wa Buddha. 5 Na moyo wa Yesu akukorogwa na kuwaonea huruma na kwa upendo kwa watu hawa wachacharikaji maskini, akasema, 6 Kuchacharika hakupaswi kumfanya mtu awe na huzuni; watu yawapasa kuwa na furaha kabisa wanapochacharika. Tumaini na upendo vinapokuwa ni mgongo wa uchacharikaji, basi maisha yote hujawa na furaha na amani, na hii peponi*[mbinguni] Mu wajua ya kwamba pepo hiyo ni kwa ajili yenu? 7 Mtu akajibu, ya pepo tumesikia; ila tena ipo mbali sana, na inatubidi kuishi maisha mengi mbali mbali kabla ya kufika mahala hapo! 8 Na Yesu akajibu, kaka yangu, mtu, mawazo yako ni si sahihi, pepo yako haiko mbali kabisal na si mahala pa mistari ya mpaka na kingi, ni nchi ya kuja kufikiwa; ni hali ya uakili. 9 Mungu hajafanya kamwe pepo kwa mwanadamu; kamwe hajafanya kuzimu; si tu waumbaji na twajifanyia zakwetu. 10 Sasa, acha kuitafuta pepo mbinguni; fungua tu madirisha ya mioyo, na, kama mafuruko ya mwanga, pepo itakuja na kuleta furaha isiyo kikomo; na halafu kuchacharika hakutakuwa shughuli isiyo na huruma. 11 Watu wakastaajabu kushangazwa, na kukusanyika karibu kumsikiliza mkuu huyu kijana akizungumza, 12 Kumtaka sana yeye kuwaambia zaidi kuhusu Baba-Mungu; kuhusu pepo ambayo wanadamu waweza kuifanya duniani; kuhusu furaha isiyo kifani. 13 Na Yesu akazunguza kisa cha mfano; alisema, mtu fulani alikuwa na shamba; udongo ulikuwa ni mgumu na hafifu. 14 Kuchacharika kwa uhaba aliweza kuikimu jamii yake na ufukara. 15 Siku moja mchimba madini ambaye alikuwa akiweza kuona chini ya ardhi, katika kupita na njia yake, alimuona mtu maskini na shamba lake lisilozaa matunda. 16 Alimuita mchacharikaji aliye chakaa na alisema, kaka yangu, hujui ya kwamba chini ya uso wa ardhi hii tasa hazina ya utajiri imelala kufunikwa kufichwa? 17 Unalima kwa plau na kupanda na kuvuna katika namna haba, na siku hadi siku watembea juu ya mgodi wa dhahabu na mawe ya dhamani. 18 Utajiri huu wa mali haujalala juu ya uso wa ardhi; lakini ikiwa utachimbua udongo wenye mawe, na kuenda chini sana ardhini, hauhitaji tena kuilima ardhi hii bure. 19 Mtu yule akaamini, mchimba madini kwa hakika yu ajua; akasema, na nitaitafuta hazina iliyofichika katika shamba langu. 20 Na basi tena akachimbua udongo wa mawe, na chini sana ardhini alikuta mgodi wa dhahabu. 21 Na Yesu akasema, wana za wanadamu wachacharika sana katika tambarare za jangwa, na mchanga wenye kuunguza na udongo wenye mawe; wanafanya kile mkulima alichokifanya, bila kuota ndoto wangaliweza kufanya jingine. 22 Tazameni, mkuu aja, na kuwaambia ya utajiri ulifichika; yakwamba chini ya udongo wenye mawe wa vitu vya mwili wa nyama kuna hazina ambayo hakuna mwanadamu awezaye kuihesabu; 23 Kwamba katika moyo kito cha thamani kubwa kabisa imejaa; kwamba yeye mwenye kuwa na nia aweza kufungua mlango na kuzipata zote. 24 Na halafu tena watu wakasema, fanya kujulikana kwetu njia ili kwamba tuweza kupata mali ambayo yalala ndani ya moyo. Yesu aliifungua njia; wachacharikaji wakaona upande mwingine wa maisha, na kuchacharika kukawa ni furaha.

CHAPTER 34

The Jubilee in Kapavistu. Jesus teaches in the plaza and the people are astonished. He relates the parable of the unkept vineyard and the vine dresser. The priests are angered by his words.

IT was a gala day in sacred Kapavista; a throng of Buddhist worshippers had met to celebrate a Jubilee. 2 And priests and masters from all parts of India were there; they taught; but they embellished little truth with many words. 3 And Jesus went into an ancient plaza and taught; he spoke of Father-Mother-God; he told about the brotherhood of life. 4 The priests and all the people were astounded at his words and said, Is this not Buddha come again in flesh? No other one could speak with such simplicity and power. 5 And Jesus spoke a parable; he said, There was a vineyard all unkept; the vines were high, the growth of leaves and branches great. 6 The leaves were broad and shut the sunlight from the vines; the grapes were sour, and few, and small. 7 The pruner came; with his sharp knife he cut off every branch, and not a leaf remained; just root and stalk, and nothing more. 8 The busy neighbours came with one accord and were amazed, and said to him who pruned, You foolish man! the vineyard is despoiled. 9 Such desolation! There is no beauty left, and when the harvest time shall come the gathers will find no fruit. 10 The pruner said, Content yourselves with what you think, and come again at harvest time and see. 11 And when the harvest time came on the busy neighbours came again; they were surprised. 12 The naked stalks had put forth branch and leaf, and heavy clusters of delicious grapes weighed every branch to earth. 13 The gatherers rejoiced as, day by day, they carried the rich fruitage to the press. 14 Behold the vineyard of the Lord! the earth is spread with human vines. 15 The gorgeous forms and rites of men are branches, and their words are leaves; and these have grown so great that sunlight can no longer reach the heart; there is no fruit. 16 Behold, the pruner comes, and with a two-edged knife he cuts away the branches and the leaves of words, 17 And naught is left but unclothed stalks of human life. 18 The priests and they of pompous show, rebuke the pruner, and would stay him in his work. 19 They see no beauty in the stalks of human life; no promises of fruit. 20 The harvest time will come and they who scorned the pruner will look on again and be amazed, for they will see the human stalks that seemed so lifeless, bending low with precious fruit. 21 And they will hear the harvesters rejoice, because the harvest is so great. 22 The priests were not well pleased with Jesus' words; but they rebuked him not; they feared the multitude.

Sura 34

Jubilei katika Kapavistu. Yesu afundisha katika ukumbi wenye njia na watu wanastaajabu. Asimulia kisa cha mfano cha shamba la mzabibu ambalo halikutunzwa na mhifadhi mvinyo. Makuhani wakasirishwa na maneno yake.

ILIKUWA ni siku ya gala katika Kapavistu takatifu; kusanyiko kubwa la waabudifu wa Kibuddha walikutana kusheherekea jubilei. 2 Na makuhani na wakuu kutoka sehemu zote za India walikuwa pale; walifundisha; walitia naksi kweli kidogo kwa maneno mengi. 3 Na Yesu akaenda katika Ukumbi wa zamani sana wenye njia wa hekalu na kufundisha; alizungumza juu ya Baba-Mama-Mungu; alisimulia kuhusu udugu wa maisha yote. 4 Makuhani na watu wote wakastaajabia maneno yake na kusema, Je, hii si ni Buddha kuja tena katika nyama? Hakuna mwingine yeyote aliweza kuzungumza kwa namna ya urahisi na nguvu ya uweza. 5 Na Yesu akazungumza kisa cha mfano; akasema, kulikuwa na shamba la mzabibu lislilotunzwa kabisa; na mizabibu ikakua juu, makuzi ya majani na matawi kubwa. 6 Na majani yalikuwa ni mapana na kuziba mwanga toka kwenye mizabibu; zabibu zikawa chungu, chache, na ndogo. 7 Mfyekaji akaja; kwa kisu kikali alilikata kila tawi, na hakuna hata jani lililosalia; mizizi na mashina tu, na hakuna kingine zaidi. 8 Majirani waliokuwa wakijishughulisha walikuja mmoja kivyake na wakashangazwa, na kusema kwa yeye aliyefyeka, wewe mpumbavu! Shamba la mzabibu zimeharika. 9 Uharibifu huu! Hakuna uzuri wa kupendeza ulionaki, na wakati wa mavuno utapokuja wakusanyaji hawatokuta tunda. 10 Mfyekaji akasema, ridhikeni na mchokifikiri, na mje tena wakati wa mavuno na kuona. 11 Na wakati wa mavuno ulipowadia majirani wenye kujishughulisha wakaja tena; walishangazwa. 12 Mashina meupe yamefikwa matawi na majani, na vikungu vizito vya zabibu tamu zilining'inia uzito. 13 Wakusanyaji wakafurahishwa kwa kuwa siku hadi siku, walibeba mazao ya matunda kwenda kukamua. 14 Tazameni shamba la mzabibu la Bwana! nchi yote imetapakaa na mizabibu. 15 Namna za sura za kupendeza na matendo ya kiibada ya watu ni matawi, na maneno yao majani; na hivi vimekuwa vikubwa hivyo kwamba mwangaza wa jua hauwezi tena kuufikia moyo; hakuna matunda. 16 Tazameni, mfyekaji aja, na kwa upanga wenye makali pande mbili akatilia mbali matawi na majani ya maneno, 17 Na haukuna chochote cha kubakizwa ila mashina ya katikati yasiyofunikwa nguo ya maisha ya mwanadamu. 18 Makuhani majionesho yao ya utupu wamkemea mfyekaji, na wangalimuweka msimamisha kazi yake. 19 Hawaoni uzuri katika mashina ya katikati ya maisha ya mwanadamu; ahadi za kuja kuwa matunda. 20 Wakati wa mavuno utakuja na wao waliomdharau mfyekaji wataangalia tena na kushangazwa, kwa kuwa mashina ya katikati yaliyonekana kana kwamba hayana uhai, yakinamia mbele na tunda la dhamani. 22 Makuhani hawakufurahishwa na maneno ya Yesu; lakini hawakumkemea; waliogopa makusanyiko ya watu.

CHAPTER 35

Jesus and Vidyapati consider the needs of the incoming age of the world.

THE Indian sage and Jesus often met and talked about the needs of nations and of men; about the sacred doctrines, forms and rites best suited to the coming age. 2 One day they sat together in a mountain pass, and Jesus said, The coming age will surely not require priests, and shrines, and sacrifice of life. 3 There is no power in sacrifice of beast, or bird, to help a man to holy life. 4 And Vidyapati said, All forms and rites are symbols of the things that men must do within the temple of the soul. 5 The Holy One requires man to give his life in willing sacrifice for men, and all the so-called offerings on altars and on shrines that have been made since time began, were made to teach man how to give himself to save his brother man; for man can never save himself except he lose his life in saving other men. 6 The perfect age will not require forms and rites and carnal sacrifice. The coming age is not the perfect age, and men will call for object lessons and symbolic rites. 7 And in the great religion you shall introduce to men, some simple rites of washings and remembrances will be required; but cruel sacrifice of animals, and birds the gods require not. 8 And Jesus said, Our God must loathe the tinselled show of priests and priestly things. 9 When men array themselves in showy garbs to indicate that they are servants of the gods, and strut about like gaudy birds to be admired by men, because of piety or any other thing, the Holy One must surely turn away in sheer disgust. 10 All people are alike the servants of our Father-God, are kings and priests. 11 Will not the coming age demand complete destruction of the priestly caste, as well as every other caste, and inequality among the sons of men? 12 And Vidyapati said, The coming age is not the age of spirit life and men will pride themselves in wearing priestly robes, and chanting pious chants to advertise themselves as saints. 13 The simple rites that you will introduce will be extolled by those who follow you, until the sacred service of the age will far outshine in gorgeousness the priestly service of the Brahmic age. 14 This is a problem men must solve. 15 The perfect age will come when every man will be a priest and men will not array themselves in special garb to advertise their piety.

Sura 35

Yesu na Vidyapati wayapitia kuangalia karibu mahitaji ya zama yenye kuja ulimwengu.

MWENYEBUSARA wa kihindi na Yesu mara kadhaa walikutana na kuongelea kuhusu mahitaji ya mataifa na watu; kuhusu mafundisho matakatifu, namna za sura na matendo ya kiibada yenye kuifaaa zama inayokuja. 2 Sikumoja waliketi pamoja katika bonde la vilele vya safu ya mlima, na Yesu akasema, zama inayokuja kwa hakika hahitohitaji makuhani, madhabahu, na maisha ya kutoa kafara. 3 Hakuna nguvu yoyote katika kafara za wanyama, ama ndege, kumsaidia mtu kuelekea katika maisha matakatifu. 4 Na Vidyapati akasema, namna zote za sura na matendo ya kiibada ni alama za vitu ambavyo watu yawapasa kufanya ndani ya hekalu la nafsi roho. 5 Mtakatifu Mmoja ahitaji mwanadamu kuyatoa maisha yake katika matoleo ya kuwa na nia ya dhabihu kwa watu, na hivyo vyote vyenye kuitwa sadaka katika altare na juu ya madhabahu amabayo yamefanywa tangu wakati ulipoanza, vilifanywa kumfundisha mwanadamu jinsi ya kujitoa mwenyewe kumuokoa ndugu-mtu yake; kwa kuwa mtu hawezi kamwe kujiokoa mwenyewe isipokuwa kupoteza maisha yake kuwaokoa watu wengine. 6 Zama iliyokamili hahitahitaji namna za sura na matendo ya kiibada na kafara za mwili wa nyama. Zama inayokuja si zama iliyokamili, na wanadamu watayaita masomo ya malengo na matendo ya kiibada ya kialama. 7 Na katika dini kubwa utaleta kwa mara ya kwanza kwa watu, baadhi ya matendo rahisi ya kiibada ya masafisho na kumbukumbu la matendo yenye sifa bora yatahitajika; lakini kafara za kikatili za wanyama, na ndege, miungu hawahitaji. 8 Na Yesu akasema, Mungu wetu lazima aona kero maonesho ya kupambwa pambwa makuhani na vitu vya kikuhani. 9 Wanadamu wajipangavyo katika majionesho ya kimavazi ya kujifunika kuoneshea kwamba wao ni watumishi wa mioungu, na kupita kwa kujidai dai kama ndege asiye na uzuri wa kuja kupewa sifa na watu, kwa sababu ya uendahaki kwa sifa ya uwema au kitu kingine chochote, Mtakatifu Mmoja kwa hakika atakuwa akugeukia mbali na machukizo matupu. 10 Watu wote ni watumishi waliosawa kufanana wa Baba-Mungu, na wafalme na makuhani. 11 je, zama inayokuja haitotaka uharibifu kabisa wa makaste ya kikuhani, na pia kama kila kaste ingine, na kutokuwa sawa miongoni za wana wa binadamu? 12 Na Vidyapati akasema, zama inayokuja si ni zama ya maisha ya roho na wanadamu wajitia majivuno katika kuvaa mavazi ya kikuhani, kusemama maneno ya ucha mungu kujitangaza wenyewe kama ni masanti* 13 Matendo ya kiibada ambayo utayatambulisha kuyaleta yatatukuzwa na wale watakao kufuata, mpaka pale huduma takatifu ya zama itazidilia mbali kung'ara upendezi wa kiinje wa huduma ya kikuhani ya zama ya Kibrahmu. 14 Hili ni fumbo ambalo wanadamu hawana budi kulitatua. 15 Zama iliyokamili itakuja pale ambapo mwanadamu atakuwa kuhani na wanadamu watajipanga katika mavazi maalumu kutangaza usafi wao wa nia kuu.

 

[mose]

Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 36 - 42

Life and Works of Jesus in Tibet and Western India

CHAPTER 36

Jesus in Lassa. He meets Meng-ste who aids him in reading the ancient manuscripts. He goes to Ladak. Heals a child. Relates the parable of the king's son.

IN Lassa of Tibet there was a master's temple, rich in manuscripts of ancient lore. 2 The Indian sage had read these manuscripts, and he revealed to Jesus many of the secret lessons they contained; but Jesus wished to read them for himself. 3 Now, Meng-ste, greatest sage of all the farther East, was in this temple of Tibet. 4 The path across Emodus heights was difficult; but Jesus started on his way, and Vidyapati sent with him a trusted guide. 5 And Vidyapati sent a message to Meng-ste, in which he told about the Hebrew sage, and spoke for him a welcome by the temple priests. 6 Now, after many days, and perils great, the guide and Jesus reached the Lassa temple in Tibet. 7 And Meng-ste opened wide the temple doors, and all the priests and masters gave a welcome to the Hebrew sage. 8 And Jesus had access to all the sacred manuscripts, and, with the help of Meng- ste, read them all. 9 And Meng-ste often talked with Jesus of the coming age, and of the sacred service best adapted to the people of the age. 10 In Lassa Jesus did not teach. When he finished all his studies in the temple schools he journeyed toward the West. In many villages he tarried for a time and taught. 11 At last he reached the pass, and in the Ladak city, Leh, he was received with favour by the monks, the merchants, and the men of low estate. 12 And in the monastery he abode, and taught; and then he sought the common people in the marts of trade; and there he taught. 13 Not far away a woman lived, whose infant son was sick nigh unto death. The doctors had declared, There is no hope; the child must die. 14 The woman heard that Jesus was a teacher sent from God, and she believed that he had power to heal her son. 15 And so she clasped the dying infant in her arms and ran with haste and asked to see the man of God. 16 When Jesus saw her faith he lifted up his eyes to heaven and said, 17 My Father-God, let power divine o'ershadow me, and let the Holy Breath fill full this child that it may live. 18 And in the presence of the multitude he laid his hand upon the child and said, 19 Good woman you are blest; your faith has saved your son. And then the child was well. 20 The people were astonished and they said, This surely is the Holy One made flesh, for man alone cannot a fever thus and save a child from death. 21 Then many of the people brought their sick, and Jesus spoke the Word, and they were healed. 22 Among the Ladaks Jesus tarried many days; he taught them how to heal; how sins are blotted out, and how to make on earth a heaven of joy. 23 The people loved him for his words and works, and when he must depart they grieved as children grieve when mother goes away. 24 And on the morning when he started on his way the multitudes were there to press his hand. 25 To them he spoke a parable; he said, A certain king so loved the people of his land that he sent forth his only son with precious gifts for all. 26 The son went everywhere and scattered forth the gifts with lavish hand. 27 But there were priests who ministered at shrines of foreign gods, who were not pleased because the king did not through them bestow the gifts. 28 And so they sought to cause the people all to hate the son. They said, These gifts are not of any worth; they are but counterfeits. 29 And so the people threw the precious gems, and gold and silver in the streets. They caught the son and beat him, spit upon him, drove him from their midst. 30 The son resented not their insults and their cruelties; but thus he prayed, My Father-God, forgive these creatures of thy hand; they are but slaves; they know not what they do. 31 And while they yet were beating him he gave them food, and blest them with a boundless love. 32 In certain cities was the son received with joy, and he would gladly have remained to bless the homes; but he could tarry not, for he must carry gifts to every one in all the king's domain. 33 And Jesus said, My Father-God is king of all mankind, and he has sent me forth with all the bounties of his matchless love and boundless wealth. 34 To all the people of all lands, lo, I must bear these gifts--this water and this bread of life. 35 I go my way, but we will meet again; for in my Fatherland is room for all; I will prepare a place for you. 36 And Jesus raised his hand in silent benediction; then he went his way.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU
Sura ya 36-42

Maisha na Kazi za Yesu katika Tibeti na India Magharibi

Sura 36
Yesu katika Lisa. Akutana na Meng-tse ambaye amsaidia katika kusoma maandishi ya zamani sana. Aenda Ladaki. Amponya mtoto. Asimulia kisa cha mfano wa mwana wa mfalme.

Katika Lasa ya Tibeti kulikuwa na hekalu la mkuu, lenye utajiri wa maandishi ya zamani sana ya Lore. 2 Mwenyebusara wa India alikuwa ameyasoma maandiko haya ya mkono, na kumfunulia Yesu mengi ya masomo yaliyoyabeba ndani yake; lakini Yesu alipenda kuja kuyasoma yeye mwenyewe. 3 Sasa, Meng-ste, mwenyebusara mkuu zaidi ya wote wa mashariki ya mbali, alikuwa ndani ya hili hekalu la Tibeti. 4 Njia ya kukatizia miinuko ya Edomusi ilikuwa ni ngumu; lakini Yesu aliianza kuishika njia yake, na Vidyapati amuagizia na yeye muongozeaji njia wa kuaminika. 5 Na vidyapati alituma ujumbe kwa Meng-ste, ambamo ndani yake alimwambia kuhusu mwenyebusara wa kiebrania, na kumuombea ukaribisho wake kwa makuhani wa hekalu. 6 Sasa, baada ya siku nyingi, na namna za kukaribia hatari kubwa, muongozeaji njia na Yesu walifika Hekalu la Lasa kuko Tibeti. 7 Na Meng-tse aliifunga wazi milango ya hekalu, na makuhani wote na wakuu kiroho wakatoa ukaribisho kwa mwenyebusara wa Kiebrania. 8 Na Yesu akapata nafasi ya kufikia makala zote za maandishi ya mkono matakatifu, na, kwa msaada wa Meng-ste, aliyasoma yote. 9 Na Meng-ste mara kadhaa aliongea na Yesu kuhusu zama inayokuja, na ya huduma takatifu iliyo ni bora kabisa kuchukuliwa na kufanywa na watu wa zama. 10 Ndani ya Lasa Yesu hakufundisha. Alipomaliza masomo yake yote katika shule za hekalu alifunga safari kuelekea magharibi. Katika vijiji kadhaa alipumzika safari kwa muda na kufundisha. 11 Mwishowe akafika bonde la katikati ya vilele viwili vya safu ya milima, na ndani ya mji wa Ladaki, Lehi, alipokelewa kwa fadhila na watawa, wafanyabiashara wasafiri, na watu wa tabaka la chini. 12 Na katika Monasteri akakaa, na kufundisha; na halafu tena aliwatafuta watu wa kawaida katika magenge ya biashara; na kule alifundisha. 13 Si mbali sana aliishi mwanamke, ambaye mwana wake mchanga alikuwa ni mgonjwa karibu na kufa. Waganga walishatamka, hakuna matumaini; mtoto ni lazima afe. 14 Mwanamke alisikia kwamba Yesu ni mwalimu aliyetumwa kutoka kwa Mungu, na yeye aliamini ya kwamba yeye alikuwa na nguvu ya uweza kumponya mwana wake. 15 Na hivyo alimweka mikononi mwake mwana aliyekuwa anaelekea kufa na kukimbia kwa kuharakisha kuondoka na kuulizia kumuona mtu wa Mungu. 16 Yesu alipoiona imani yake alinyanyua macho yake mbinguni na kusema, 17 Baba-Mungu wangu, acha nguvu za kimanani zinifunike wote, na acha Pumzi Mtakatifu amjaze mtoto huyu ili apate kuishi. 18 Na katika uwepo wa umati wa watu alimwekea mikono mtoto na kusema, 19 Mwanamke mwema umerehemiwa; imani yako imemuokoa mtoto wako. Na halafu mtoto akawa ni mzima. 20 Watu wakashangazwa na wakasema, huyu kwa hakika ni Mtakatifu Moja kufanyika mwili wa nyama, kwa kuwa peke yake kuifanya homa kali hivyo na kumuokoa kutoka kwenye kifo. 21 Halafu tena watu wengi wakawaleta wagonjwa wao na Yesu akasem Neno, na wao wakaponywa. 22 Miongoni mwa Waladaki Yesu alipumzika safari kwa siku nyingi; aliwafundisha jinsi ya kuponya; jinsi dhambi zisafishwavyo kuwa nyeupe, na jinsi ya kufanya pepo ya furaha juu ya nchi yote. 23 Watu wakampenda yeye kwa maneno na kazi zake, na ilipombidi kuondoka walihuzunika kama watoto wazunikavyo mama yao anapoondoka mbali. 24 Na asubuhi alipoianza safari yake makusanyiko ya watu wakambanambana mkono wake. 25 Kwa wao alizungumza kisa cha mfano; alisema, Mfalme mmoja aliwapenda sana watu wa nchi yake kiasi kwamba alimtuma kwao mwana wake wa pekee na zawadi za thamani kwa wote. 26 Mwana alikwenda kila mahala na kutapanya zawadi kwa mikono yenyekujaa wema. 27 Lakini kulikuwapo na makuhani walikuwa wakifanya huduma katika madhabahu ya miungu ya kutoka nje, ambao hawakufurahishwa kwa kuwa mfalme kupitia kwao hakuzawadia zawadi. 28 Na hivyo walitafuta kusababisha watu wote kumchukia mwana. Walisema, zawadi hizi nizisizo na thamani yeyote; zenyewe ni tu za kilaghai kuigiza ukuu. 29 Na hivyo watu wakayatupa mawe ya thamani, na dhahabu na vipande vya fedha mitaani. Wakamkamata mtoto na kumpiga, kutemea, kumfukuzia mbali nao. 30 Mwana hakujisikia vibaya matukano yao na ukatili wao; lakini kwa hivi alisali, Baba-Mungu wangu, wasamehe viumbe hawa wa mikono yako; wao ni watumwa; hawajui walifanyalo. 31 Na wakati wangali wakimpiga aliwapa chakula, na kuwarehemu kwa upendo usio kifani. 32 Katika miji mingine mwana alipokelewa kwa shangwe, naye angaliweza kwa moyo mweupe kubakia kubariki nyumba zao; lakini hakungoja kubakia, kwa kuwa yampasa kuzibeba zawadi kwa kila mmoja katika dola yote ya Mfalme. 33 Na Yesu akasema, Baba-Mungu wangu ni mfalme wa binadamu wote, naye amenituma na mali zote za upendo wake usio na mfano wa kufananishwa na utajiri usio na kikomo. 34 Kwa watu wote wa nchi zote, lo, yanipasa kuzibeba zawadi hizi--maji haya na mkate wa maisha. 35 Nakwenda njia yangu, lakini tutakutana tena; kwa kuwa katika nchi ya Baba yangu kuna chumba kwa wote; ninawaandalia sehemu kwenu. 36 Na Yesu akanyanyua mkono wake kwa mbaraka wa kimya; halafu akaenda zake.

CHAPTER 37

Jesus is presented with a camel. He goes to Lahore where he abides with Ajainin, whom he teaches. Lesson of the wandering musicians. Jesus resumes his journey.

A CARAVAN of merchantmen were journeying through the Kashmar vale as Jesus passed that way, and they are going to Lahore, a city of the Hand, the five-stream land. 2 The merchantmen had heard the prophet speak, had seen his mighty works in Leh, and they were glad to see him once again. 3 And when they knew that he was going to Lahore and then across the Sind, through Persia and the farther West, and that he had no beast on which to ride, 4 They freely gave to him a noble bactrian beast, well saddled and equipped, and Jesus journeyed with the caravan. 5 And when he reached Lahore, Ajainin and some other Brahmic priests, received him with delight. 6 Ajainin was the priest who came to Jesus in the night time in Benares many months before, and heard he words of truth. 7 And Jesus was Ajainin's guest; he taught Ajainin many things; revealed to him the secrets of the healing art. 8 He taught him how he could control the spirits of the air, the fire, the water and the earth; and he explained to him the secret doctrine of forgiveness, and the blotting out of sins. 9 One day Ajainin sat with Jesus in the temple porch; a band of wandering singers and musicians paused before the court to sing and play. 10 Their music was most rich and delicate, and Jesus said, Among the high-breed people of the land we hear no sweeter music than that these uncouth children of the wilderness bring here to us. 11 From whence this talent and this power? In one short life they could not gain such grace of voice, such knowledge of the laws of harmony and tone. 12 Men call them prodigies. There are no prodigies. All things result from natural law. 13 These people are not young. A thousand years would not suffice to give them such divine expressiveness, and such purity of voice and touch. 14 Ten thousand years ago these people mastered harmony. In days of old they trod the busy thoroughfares of life, and caught the melody of birds, and played on harps of perfect form. 15 And they have come again to learn still other lessons from the varied notes of manifests. 16 These wandering people form a part of heaven's orchestra, and in the land of perfect things the very angels will delight to hear them play and sing. 17 And Jesus taught the common people of Lahore; he healed their sick, and showed to them the way to rise to better things by helpfulness. 18 He said, We are not rich by what we get and hold; the only things we keep are those we give away. 19 If you would live the perfect life, give forth your life in service for your kind, and for the forms of life that men esteem the lower forms of life. 20 But Jesus could not tarry longer in Lahore; he bade the priests and other friends farewell; and then he took his camel and he went his way toward the Sind.

Sura 37

Yesu apewa Ngamia. Aenda Lahore ambako akakaa na Ajainini, ambaye amfundisha. Somo ya Wanamuziki kutanga tanga huku na kule. Yesu aendelea tena na safari yake.

MSAFARA wa wafanyabiashara ulikuwa ukisafiri kupitia bonde la mto Kashmari Yesu alivyokuwa akipita njia hiyo, na wao walikuwa wakienda Lahore, mji uliokuwa karibu, nchi ya mikondo mitano. 2 Wafanyabiashara walipata kumsikia nabii akizungumza, waliiona kazi yake kubwa katika Lehi, na walifurahi kumuona tena.3 Na walipojua kwamba alikuwa anaenda Lahore na halafu kuvuka Sindi, kupitia uajemi na mbali zaidi Magharibi, na kwa kuwa hakuwa na mnyama kimwendesha, 4 Wakampa bure ngamia adimu wa nundu mbili, aliyefungwa vizuri siti zake na kufungashiwa vitu vyake, na Yesu akasafiri na Msafara. 5 Na alipofika Lahore, Ajainini na baadhi ya makuhani wengine wa Kibrahmu, walimpokea kwa uchangamfu. 6 Ajainini alikuwa ni kuhani aliyekuja kwa Yesu usiku huko Benarasi miezi mingi iliyokabla, na kuyasikia maneno ya kweli. 7 Na Yesu alikuwa ni mgeni wa Ajainini; alimfundisha Ajainini vitu vingi; alimfunulia kwake siri za sanaa ya Uponyaji. 8 Alimfundisha ni jinsi gani aweza kudhibiti roho wa hewani, motoni, majini na ardhini; na alimuelezea kwake mafundisho ya siri ya usamehefu, na kusafishwa dhambi. 9 Siku moja Ajainini aliketi na Yesu katika ukumbi wa kiambazini wa Hekalu; kundi la waimbaji na wanamziki wenye kutangatanga mahala pamoja hadi pengine walisimama mbele za baraza kuimba na kucheza. 10 Muziki wao ulikuwa ni uliojaa vionjo vitamu na vyembamba, na Yesu akasema, miongoni mwa uzao wa hali ya juu wa watu wa nchi hatusikii muziki mtamu zaidi kuliko ule hawa watoto wasio na sura kuu kwa nje wa nyikani wakiuleta hapa kwetu. 11 Kutokea wapi talanta hii na nguvu ya uweza ijapo? Katika isho moja fupi wasingaliweza kukusanya kujipatia namna ya sauti yenye kupendeza kufanyika, maarifa kama hayo ya kanuni za kwenda sawa na usambamba na toni. 12 Wanadamu wawaita wenyevipaji. Hakuna wenyevipaji. Vitu vyote ni matokeo ya kanuni za kimazingira ya asili. 13 Watu hawa si vijana wadogo. Miaka elfu moja hautatosheleza kuwapa ujidhihirisho wa kimanani kama huo, na kama huo usafi wa sauti na mguso. 14 Miaka elfu Kumi iliyopita watu hawa walipata kuwa mabingwa, kwa namna ya ukuu, uenda sawa na usambamba. Katika siku za zamani walitimba kupita mapito ya maisha yaliyojawa mengi, na kuzikamata melodi za ndege, na kuvichezea vinubi vya namna zilizokamilfu. 15 Na wamekuja tena kujifunza masomo mengine kutokea katika noti mbali mbali za madhahiriko. 16 Watu hawa watangaji kufanya sehemu ya okestra ya mbinguni, na katika nchi ya vitu vilivyokamilifu malaika hasa watafurahishwa mioyo kuwasikia wakicheza na kuimba. 17 Na Yesu alifundisha watu wa kawaida wa Lahore; akawaponya wagonjwa, na kuwaonesha kwao njia ya kuiinukia juu kwa namna ya vitu bora zaidi kwa namna ya kuwa na msaada. 18 Alisema, hatuwi matajiri kwa kile tukishiliacho mikononi; vitu pekee tuvitunzavyo ni vile tuvigawavyo mbali. 19 Ikiwa ungaliishi maisha yaliyo ni kamilifu yatoe maisha yako kwa huduma ya mwenzako, na kwa namna za sura za kiuhai ambazo wanadamu kupendezwa kuita namna za kiuhai za maisha ya chini. 20 Lakini Yesu hakuweza kukaa sana Lahore; aliwaaga makuhani na marafiki wengine kwaheri; na halafu tena akamchukua ngamia wake na kushika njia yake kuelekea Sindi.

Life and Works of Jesus in Persia

CHAPTER 38

Jesus crosses Persia. Teaches and heals in many places. Three magian priests meet him as he nears Persepolis. Kaspar, and two other Persian masters, meet him in Persepolis. The seven masters sit in silence seven days.

FOUR-AND-TWENTY years of age was Jesus when he entered Persia on his homeward way. 2 In many a hamlet, town and neighbourhood he paused a while and taught and healed. 3 The priests and ruling classes did not welcome him, because he censured them for cruelty to those of low estate. 4 The common people followed him in throngs 5 At times the chiefs made bold to try to hinder him, forbidding him to teach or heal the sick. But he regarded not their angry threats; he taught, and healed the sick. 6 In time he reached Persepolis, the city where the kings of Persia were entombed; the city of the learned magi, Hor, and Lun, and Mer, the three wise men. 7 Who, four-and-twenty years before, had seen the star of promise rise above Jerusalem, and who had journeyed to the West to find the new-born king; 8 And were the first to honour Jesus as the master of the age, and gave him gifts of gold, gum-thus and myrrh. 9 These magi knew, by ways that masters always know, when Jesus neared Persepolis; and then they girt themselves, and went to meet him on the way. 10 And when they met, a light much brighter than the light of day, surrounded them, and men who saw the four stand in the way declared they were transfigured; seeming more like gods than men. 11 Now, Hor and Lun were aged men, and Jesus placed them on his beast to ride into Persepolis; whilst he and Mer led on the way. 12 And when they reached the magi's home they all rejoiced. And Jesus told the thrilling story of his life, and Hor and Lun and Mer spoke not; they only looked to heaven, and in their hearts praised God. 13 Three wise men from the North were Persepolis; and they were Kaspar, Zara and Melzone; and Kaspar was the wisest master of the Magian land. These three were at the home of Hor and Lun and Mer when Jesus came. 14 For seven days these seven men spoke not; they sat in silence in the council hall in close communion with the Silent Brotherhood. 15 They sought for light, for revelation and for power. The laws and precepts of the coming age required all the wisdom of the masters of the world.

Maisha na Kazi za Yesu katika Uajemi
Sura 38

Yesu akatishia Uajemi. Afundisha na kuponya katika sehemu mbali mbali. Makuhani mamajusi watatu wakutana naye anapokaribia persepolisi. Kaspari, na watu wengine wawili wakuu, wakutana naye huko Persepolisi. Wakuu kiroho saba wakaa kwa ukimya siku saba.

NNE-NA-ISHIRINI miaka ya umri alikuwa Yesu alipoingia Uajemi njia ya kuelekea nyumbani kwao. 2 Katika vimji, miji na palipo na watu wenye kukaa kwa pamoja alisimama kwa muda na kufundisha na kuponya. 3 Makuhani na matabaka yakutawala hawakumkaribisha, kwa kuwa alitaja kuwasema kwa ukatili kwa wake walio ni wa chini na wengi. 4 Watu wakawaida walimfuata kwa wingi nyuma yake. 5 Wakati fulani machifu walifanya jaribio la wazi kumzuia, kumkataza yeye kufundisha na kuponya. Lakini hakutupia macho vitisho vyako hasira; yeye alifundisha, aliponya wagonjwa. 6 Ndani ya wakati alifika Persepolisi, mji mkuu ambamo wafalme wa Uajemi waliwekwa kwenye maziara; mji wa mamajusi wenye kisomo, Horu, na Lunu na Meru, wenyehekima watatu. 7 Ambao miaka ishirini na minne iliyotangulia, walikuwa wameiona nyota ya ahadi ikinyanyuka juu Yerusalemu, na ambao walifunga safari kuelekea Magharibi kumtafuta mfalme mpya-aliyezaliwa; 8 Na walikuwa ni wa kwanza kumtolea heshima Yesu kama mtu mkuu kiroho wa zama, na kumpa yeye zawadi za dhahabu, manemane na uvumba. 9 Mamajusi hawa walijua, kwa namna ya jinsi wakuu kiroho daima hujua, Yesu alipokaribia Persepolisi; na halafu wakajikusanya wao wenyewe, na wakaenda kukutana naye njiani. 10 Na walipokutana, nuru iliyo na mwangaza mkali kuliko mwanga wa mchana, ukawazunguka wao, na watu waliowaona wanne wasimamao njiani walitamka kusema walikuwa wamebadilika sura na sifa za miili yao; kuoonekana zaidi kama miungu kuliko watu. 11 Sasa, Horu na Lunu walikuwa ni watu wenye umri mkubwa, na Yesu akawaweka katika mnyama wake wakamuendesha kuelekea Persepolisi; wakati yeye na Meru wakiongozea njia. 12 Na walipofika nyumbani kwa mamajusi wote wakafurahia. Na Yesu akawaambia visa ya kusisimua vya maisha yake, na Horu na lunu na Meru hawakuzungumza; waliangalia tu mbinguni, na katika mioyo yao wakamsifu Mungu. 13 Wenye hekima watatu kutoka kaskazini walikuwa Persepolisi; na hao walikuwa Kaspari, Zara na Melzone; na Kaspar alikuwa ni mwenye busara mkuu kuliko wote katika nchi ya mamajusi. Hawa watatu walikuwa nyumbani kwa Horu na Lunu na Meru Yesu alipokuja. 14 Kwa siku saba watu hawa saba hawakuzungumza; walikaa kwa ukimya katika holi la baraza katika komunyo* yakujifunga pamoja na udugu kwa kimya kiroho. 15 Walitafuta Nuru, kwa Ufunuo na kwa uweza wa Nguvu wa roho kuu za ulimwengu.

CHAPTER 39

Jesus attends a feast in Persepolis. Speaks to the people, reviewing the magian philosophy. Explains the origin of evil. Spends the night in prayer.

A FEAST in honour of the magian God was being held, and many men were gathered in Persepolis. 2 And on the great day of the feast the ruling magian master said, Within these sacred walls is liberty; whoever wills to speak may speak. 3 And Jesus standing in the midst of all the people, said, My brothers, sisters, children of our Father-God: 4 Most blest are you among the sons of men today, because you have such just conceptions of the Holy One and man. 5 Your purity in worship and in life is pleasing unto God; and to your master, Zarathustra, praise is due. 6 Well say you all, There is one God from whose great being there came forth the seven Spirits that created heaven and earth; and manifest unto the sons of men are these great Spirits in the sun, and moon, and stars. 7 But in your sacred books we read that two among these seven are of superior strength; that one of these created all the good; the other one created all that evil is. 8 I pray you, honoured masters, tell me how that evil can be born of that which is all good? 9 A magus rose and said, If you will answer me, your problem will be solved. 10 We all do recognize the fact that evil is. Whatever is, must have a cause, If God, the One, made not this evil, then, where is the God who did? 11 And Jesus said, Whatever God, the One, has made is good, and like the great first Cause, the seven Spirits all are good, and everthing that comes from their creative hands is good. 12 Now, all created things have colours, tones and forms their own; but certain tones, though good and pure themselves, when mixed, produce inharmonies, discordant tones. 13 And certain things, though good and pure, when mixed, produce discordant things, yea, poisonous things, that men call evil things. 14 So evil is the inharmonious blending of the colours, tones, or forms of good. 15 Now, man is not all-wise, and yet has will his own. He has the power, and he uses it, to mix God's good things in a multitude of ways, and every day he makes discordant sounds, and evil things. 16 And every tone and form, be it of good, or ill, becomes a living thing, a demon, sprite, or spirit of a good or vicious kind. 17 Man makes his evil thus; and then becomes afraid of him and flees; his devil is emboldened, follows him away and casts him into torturing fires. 18 The devil and the burning fires are both the works of man, and none can put the fires out and dissipate the evil one, but man who made them both. 19 Then Jesus stood aside, and not a magus answered him. 20 And he departed from the throng and went into a secret place to pray.

Sura 39

Yesu ahudhuria kalamu Persepolisi. Azungumza kwa watu, kupitia kutizama tena filosofia ya kimamajusi. Aelezea chimbuko la asili la uovu. Atumia usiku wote katika sala.

KALAMU kwa heshima ya Mungu wa mamajusi ilifanyika, na watu wengi walikusanyika ndani ya Persepolisi. 2 Na katika siku kuu ya kalamu mamajusi mkuu mwenye kutawala akasema, ndani ya kuta hizi takatifu za uhuru; yeyote mwenye kutaka kuzungumza aweza kuzungumza. 3 Na Yesu akasimama katikati ya watu wote, akisema, Kaka zangu, dada zangu, watoto wa Baba-Mungu wetu: 4 Mmebarikiwa sana ninyi miongoni mwa wana za wanadamu wa leo, kwa kuwa mnazo dhana sa kusimama katikati ya haki za Mtakatifu Mmoja na mtu. 5 Usafi wa mioyo yenu katika kuabudu na katika maisha ni wenye kupendeza mbele za Mungu; na kwa mtu mkuu wenu kiroho, Zarathustra, sifa njema zisitahiki kwake. 6 Vyema mwasema wote, kuna Mungu mmoja kutoka kwake zikaja mbele kusimama roho wasaba waliiumba mbingu na nchi; na madhahirisho kwa wana za wanadamu ni hizi roho kuu katika Jua, mwezi, na nyota. 7 Lakini katika vitabu vyenu vitakatifu twasoma ya kwamba wawili miongoni mwa hawa saba ni wa wenye nguvu kubwa kabisa; kwamba mmoja wa hawa aliuumba vyote vyenye kuwa ni vyema; na mwingine akaumba vyote vyenye kuwa ni viovu*[Pia kusema ni vibaya].8 Nawaomba ninyi, watu wakuu kiroho wa kuheshimika, niambieni ni kwa jinsi gani ambavyo uovu waweza kuzaliwa kutokea kwa kile kilicho chema? 9 Magusi*[kuhani wa Zoroasta na pia mwanamajia] akainuka na kusema, ikiwa utanijibu, fumbo lako litakuwa limetatuliwa. 10 Sisi sote twatambua bayana kweli ya kwamba uovu ni nini. Chochote kile cha kuwa, ni lazima kiwe na sababishio, Ikiwa Mungu, moja, hakuufanya huu uovu, basi, yuko wapi Mungu aliyefanya hivyo? 11 Na Yesu akasema, Mungu wowote, moja, amefanya kilicho chema, na kama vile sababishio kubwa la kwanza, roho wasaba wote ni wema, na kila chenye kuja kutokea mikononi mwa roho waumbaji ni chema. 12 Sasa, vitu vyote vilivyoumbwa vina rangi, toni na namna za kisura za kwake vyenyewe, zichanganywapo, huzaa kutoa utokwenda sawa na usambamba, na toni zisizo na mpangilio wa kutokea kudhihirika. 13 Na vitu vingine, ingawaje ni vyema na safi, vichanganywapo, huzaa na kutoa vitu visivyo na mpangalio wa sawa sawa, naam, vitu vya kiusumu, ambavyo watu huita vitu viovu. 14 Kwa hivyo uovu ni mchanganyiko usio wa uenda sawa sawa wa rangi, toni, ama namna za vilivyo vyema. 15 Sasa, mwanadamu si mwenyehekima yote, na wakati anao utashi wakwake mwenyewe. Anayo nguvu ya uweza, naye aitumia, kuvichanganya vitu vyema vya Mungu katika namna zipatazo nyingi sana, na kila siku afanya sauti zilizoparanganyika, na vitu viovu. 16 Na kila toni na namna ya sura, iwe ya uzuri, au mbaya, hujakuwa kitu kiishicho, pepo mchafu, kizuka, au roho wa uzuri au msumbufu. 17 Mwanadamu afanya uovu wake kwa hivi; na halafu tena huja kumuogopa na kukimbia; ibilisi wake afanyika imara, amfuata kote mbali na kumtupa katika moto wa mateso. 18 Ibilisi na moto wenye kuwaka vyote viwili na kazi za mwanadamu, na hakuna mtu awezaye kuuzima moto huu na kuutenganisha na mtu mwovu, ila mtu aliyevifanya vyote viwili. 19 Halafu Yesu akasimama kando, na hakuna magusi aliyemjibu. 20 Na yeye akaondoka kutoka kwenye msongamano wa watu na kwenda zake katika sehemu ya siri kusali.

CHAPTER 40

Jesus teaches the magians. Explains the Silence and how to enter it. Kaspar extols the wisdom of Jesus. Jesus teaches in the groves of Cyrus.

NOW, in the early morning Jesus came again to teach and heal. A light not comprehended shown about, as though some mighty spirit overshadowed him. 2 A magus noted this and asked him privately to tell from whence his wisdom came, and what the meaning of the light. 3 And Jesus said, There is a Silence where the soul may meet its God, and there the fount of wisdom is, and all who enter are immersed in light, and filled with wisdom, love and power. 4 The magus said, Tell me about this Silence and this light, that I may go and there abide. 5 And Jesus said, The Silence is not circumscribed; is not a place closed in with wall, or rocky steeps, nor guarded by the sword of man. 6 Men carry with them all the time the secret place where they might meet their God. 7 It matters not where men abide, on mountain top, in deepest vale, in marts of trade, or in the quiet home; they may at once, at any time, fling wide the door, and find the Silence, find the house of God; it is within the soul. 8 One may not be so much disturbed by noise of business, and the words and thoughts of men if he goes all alone into the valley or the mountain pass. 9 And when life's heavy load is pressing hard, it is far better to go out and seek a quiet place to pray and meditate. 10 The Silence is the kingdom of the soul which is not seen by human eyes. 11 When in the Silence, phantom forms mat flit before the mind; but they are all subsevient to the will; the master soul may speak and they are gone. 12 If you would find this Silence of the soul you must yourself prepare the way. None but the pure in heart may enter here. 13 And you must lay aside all tenseness of the mind, all business cares, all fears, all doubts and troubled thoughts. 14 Your human will must be absorbed by the divine; then you will come into a consciousness of holiness. 15 You are in the Holy Place, and you will see upon a living shrine the candle of the Lord aflame. 16 And when you see it burning there, look deep into the temple of your brain, and you will see it all aglow. 17 In every part, from head to foot. are candles all in place, just waiting to be lighted by the flaming torch of love. 18 And when you see the candles all aflame, just look, and you will see, with eyes of soul, the waters of the fount of wisdom rushing on; and you may drink, and there abide. 19 And then the curtains part, and you are in the Holiest of All, where rests the Arc of God, whose covering is the Mercy Seat. 20 Fear not to lift the sacred board; the Tables of the Law are in the Ark concealed. 21 Take them and read them well; for they contain all precepts and commands that men will ever need. 22 And in the Ark, the magic wand of prophecy lies waiting for your hand; it is the key to all the hidden meanings of the present, future,past. 23 And then, behold, the manna there, the hidden bread of life; and he who eats shall never die. 24 The cherubim have guarded well for every soul this treasure box, and whosoever will enter in and find his own. 25 Now Kaspar heard the Hebrew master speak and he exclaimed, Behold, the wisdom of the gods has come to men! 26 And Jesus went his way, and in the sacred groves of Cyrus, where the multitudes were met, he taught and healed the sick.

Sura 40

Yesu awafundisha mamajusi. Uelezea kwa mapana Ukimya na jinsi ya kuuingia. Kaspari aisifu sana hekima ya Yesu. Yesu afundisha katika bustani za Sirasi.

SASA, mapema asubuhi Yesu alikuja tena kufundisha na kuponya. Mwangaza ambao haujapata kuonekana ulionekana wazi kuzunguka, kana kwamba vile roho fulani mkubwa alimwingia ndani yake. 2 Magusi alitilia akilini hili na akamuuliza kwa pembeni kusema ni kutokea wapi hekima hii yaja, na nini maana ya Nuru. 3 Na Yesu akasema, kuna Ikimya ambamo nafsi roho yaweza kukutana na Mungu wake, na humo bubujiko la hekima lipo, na wote wenye kuingimo huzamishwa katika Nuru, na kujazwa na Hekima, upendo na uweza wa nguvu. 4 Magusi akasema, niambie kuhusu Ukimya huu na nuru hii, ili kwamba niweze kwenda na kukaa kudumu katika hapo. 5 Na Yesu akasema, Ukimya si ni mwenye kuwa na mzingo; si pahala palipofungwa na kuta, ama matuta ya makubwa ya mawe, na wala kulindwa kwa upanga wa wanadamu. 6 Wanadamu wabeba na wao wakati wote mahapa pa siri ambamo waweza kukutana na Mungu wao. 7 Haimaanishi ni wapi mtu yuko kakaa, juu ya kilele cha mlima, katika bonde la majangwa, katika magenge ya biashara, au nyumbani penye kutulia kimya; wanaweza na mara moja, kwa wakati wowote, kufungua wazi lango, na kupata Ukimya, kupata nyumba ya Mungu; ipo ndani ya roho. 8 Mtu aweza aweza kuwa si mwenye kubughudhiwa na makelele ya biashara, na maneno na mawazo ya watu ikiwa atakwenda peke yake bondeni au katikati ya vilele vya milima. 9 Na wakati mzigo mzito wa maisha unapobana sana, ni bora zaidi kwenda nje na kutafuta mahala palipo tulia kusali na nakufanya miditisha. 10 Ukimya ni ufalme wa roho ambao hauonekani kwa macho ya mwanadamu. 11 Angalipo kwenye Ukimya, namna ya sura za kimaruwe-ruwe yaweza kupita pita mbele za uakili; lakini hayo yote ni madogo kwa nia*[pia kusema nguvu-nia]; mtu mkuu kiroho aweza kusema nayo yakatokomea zake. 12 Ikiwa ungaliupata Ukimya huu wa roho yakubidi wewe mwenyewe kuiandaa njia. Hakuna mtu ila mwenye usafi wa moyo awezaye kuingiamo. 13 Itakupasa kuweka kando haliyakutotulia ya uakili, mambo yote kujali biashara ya kila namna, hofu zote, na mashaka na mawazo ya masumbuko. 14 Mapenzi yako ya kibinadamu*[Pia kusema dhamira za nia za kibinadamu] hayana budi kusharabiwa na Manani; halafu ndiyo utakuja katika ufahamu wa Utukufu*[pia kusema utakatifu]. 15 U katika mahala patakatifu, na utaona juu yake madhabahu yenye kuishi mshumaa wa Bwana ukiwaka. 16 Na unapokuwa ukiuona ukiwaka hapo, angalia ndani sana ya hekalu la ubongoni, na utaona ukitoa mwangaza mwanana. 17 Katika kila sehemu, tokea miguuni mpaka kichwani ni mishumaa kote yote katika nafasi, ikisubiri tu kuwashwa na mwenge wenye moto wa upendo. 18 Na unapoona mishumaa yote ikiwaka moto, angalia tu, na utaona, kwa macho ya roho, maji ya bubujiko la hekima yakitiririka; na unaweza kunywa, na kukaa hapo. 19 Na pazia zatenganishika, na wewe upo katika Patakatifu pa vyote, palipo tulia Sanduku la Mungu, ambalo mafuniko yake ni siti ya rehema. 20 Usihofu kuinua juu ubao mtakatifu; vipande vyenye kanuni za sheria vipo kufichwa kuhifadhiwa humo. 21 Vichukue na kuvisoma vizuri; kwa kuwa vyabeba ndani yake mafunzo yote na amri ambazo wanadamu watazihitaji. 22 Na katika Sanduku, fimbo ya nguvu ya uweza imelala ikisubiri mkono wako; nayo ni funguo kwa maana zote zilizofichika za leo, kesho, na zilizopita. 23 Na tena, Tazama, mana hapo, mkate ulifichika wa uhai; na yeye kwenye kuula yu hafi kamwe. 24 Makerubi wameulinda vema kwa kila nafsi roho sanduku hili la hazina, na yeyote atayeingia atalikuta lakwake mwenyewe. 25 Sasa Kaspari alimsikia mkuu wa kiebrania akiongea na akatamka kwa nguvu, tazameni, hekima ya miungu imekuja kwa wanadamu! 26 Na Yesu akaenda njia yake, na katika bustani takatifu za Sirasi, ambapo makundi ya watu walikutana, alifundisha na kuponya wagonjwa.

CHAPTER 41

Jesus stands by a healing fountain. Reveals the fact that faith is the potent factor in healing and many are healed by faith. A little child teaches a great lesson of faith.

A FLOWING spring that people called the Healing Fount, was near Persepolis. 2 And all the people thought that at a certain time of the year their deity came down and gave a virtue to the waters of the fount, and that the sick who then would plunge into the fount and wash would be made whole. 3 About the fount a multitude of people were in waiting for the Holy One to come and potentise the waters of the fount. 4 The blind, the lame, the deaf, the dumb, and those obsessed were there. 5 And Jesus, standing in the midst of them, exclaimed, Behold the spring of life! These waters that will fail are honoured as the special blessing of your God. 6 From whence do healing virtues come? Why is your God so partial with his gifts? Why does he bless this spring to-day, and then to-morrow take his blessings all away? 7 A deity of power could fill these waters full of healing virtue every day. 8 Hear me, you sick, disconsolate: The virtue of this fount is not a special gift of God. 9 Faith is the healing power of every drop of all the waters of this spring. 10 He who believes with all his heart that he will be made whole by washing in this fount will be made whole when he has washed; and he may wash at any time. 11 Let every one who has this faith in God and in himself plunge in these waters now and wash. 12 And many of the people plunged into the crystal fount; and they were healed. 13 And then there was a rush, for all the people were inspired with faith, and each one strove to be among the first to wash, lest all the virtue be absorbed. 14 And Jesus saw a little child, weak, faint and helpless, sitting all alone beyond the surging crowd; and there was none to help her to the fount. 15 And Jesus said, My little one, why do you sit and wait? Why not arise and hasten to the fount and wash, and be made well? 16 The child replied, I need not haste; the blessings of my Father in the sky are measured not in tiny cups; they never fail; their virtues are the same for evermore. 17 When these whose faith is weak must haste to wash for fear their faith will fail, have all been cured, these waters will be just as powerful for me. 18 Then I can go and stay a long, long time within the blessed waters of the spring. 19 And Jesus said, Behold a master soul! She came to earth to teach to men the power of faith. 20 And then he lifted up the child and said, Why wait for anything? The very air we breathe is filled with balm of life. Breathe in this balm of life in faith and be made whole. 21 The child breathed in the balm of life in faith, and she was well. 22 The people marvelled much at what they heard and saw; they said, This man must surely be the god of health made flesh. 23 And Jesus said, The fount of life is not a little pool; it is as wide as are the spaces of the heavens. 24 The waters of the fount are love; the potency is faith, and he who plunges deep into the living springs, in living faith, may wash away his guilt and be made whole, and freed from sin.

Sura 41

Yesu asimama karibu na chem chemi yenye kuponya. Afunua wazi kwamba imani ni kigezo chenye uweza wa nguvu katika uponyaji na wengi waponywa kwa imani. Mtoto mdogo afundisha somo la imani.

CHEM CHEMU yenye kububujika maji ambayo watu waliita chem chem ya kuponya, ilikuwa karibu na Persipolisi. 2 Na watu wote walifikiri kuwa katika nyakati fulani za mwaka deiti wao alishuka chini na kuyatia karama maji yale ya chem chemu, na kwamba mgonjwa ambaye angalijitumbukiza katika chem chemu na kujisafisha angefanyika ni mzima. 3 Kunzunguka chem chemu makundi ya watu walikuwa wakingojea Mtakatifu Mmoja kuja na kuyatia nguvu maji ya chem chemu. 4 Vipofu, vilema, viziwi, na mabubu, na wale wenye kushikwa na mapepo walikuwa pale. 5 Na Yesu, akisimama miongoni mwao, akatamka kwa nguvu, Tazama bubujiko la uhai! Maji haya ambayo yatashindwa yanapewa heshima kana kwamba ni ubarikio maalumu wa Mungu wenu. 6 Je, Kutokea wapi karama ya uponyaji yaja? Kwa nini Mungu wenu yupo nusu nusu na zawadi zake? Ni kwa nini abariki bubujiko hili kwa-leo, na halafu tena kwa-kesho achukua baraka zake zote? 7 Deiti wa nguvu ya uweza angaliweza kuyajaza maji haya karama tele za kuponya kila siku. 8 Nisikieni, enyi wagonjwa, msiofarijika: Karama ya chem chemu hii si kipawa maalum cha Mungu. 9 Imani ni nguvu ya uponyaji ya kila tone la maji yote ya bubujiko hili. 10 Yeye mwenyekuamini kwa moyo wake wote ya kwamba atafanywa ni mzima kwa kujiosha katika cham chamu hii atakuwa amefanywa mzima atakapokuwa ameosheka; na yeye aweza kujiosha katika wakati wowote. 11 Acha kila mmoja mwenye imani katika Mungu na kwake yeye mwenyewe ajitumbukize katika maji haya sasa na kujiosha. 12 Na watu wengi wakajitumbukiza katika chemchem nyeupe; nao wakaponywa. 13 Na halafu tena kulikuwa na purukishani, kwa kuwa watu wote walivuviwa kwa imani, na kila mmoja alijitahidi kuwa miongoni mwa wakwanza kujiosha, aghalabu karama yote kusharibiwa. 14 Na Yesu akamuona mtoto mdogo, mdhaifu na asiye na msaada, akijiketia peke yake mbali na kundi lililokuwa likititirika; na kulikuwa hakuna mtu wa kumsaidia kuelekea katika chemchem. 15 Na Yesu akasema, mdogo wangu, mbona wakaa na kungoja? Kwanini usiinuke na kuharakisha katika chemchemu nakujiosha, na kufanyika mzima? 16 Mtoto akajibu, sihitaji kuharakisha; baraka za Baba-Mungu wangu angani juu hazipimwi kwa vikombe vidogo; hazishindwi kamwe; karama zake ni zile zile daima na daima. 17 Pale ambapo hawa ambao imani yao ni dhaifu yawapasa kuharakisha kujiosha kwa hofu imani yao itashindwa, wote wamepona maradhi, maji haya yatakuwa tu yenye nguvu kwangu. 18 Basi naweza kwenda na kukaa muda mrefu ndani ya maji yaliyobarikiwa ya bubujiko. 19 Na Yesu akasema, Tazameni nafsi roho kuu! Amekuja duniani kuwafundisha wanadamu nguvu ya imani. 20 Na halafu tena alimuinua juu mtoto na kusema, kwanini kungojea chochote? Hii hasa hewa tuimpumuliacho imejaa na dawa za uhai. Pumzi ni dawa ya maisha katika imani na kufanyika mzima. 21 Mtoto akavuta pumzi katika udawa huu wa uhai katika imani, yeye akawa ni mzima. 22 Watu wakashangazwa sana na walichokisikia na kukiona, wakasema, mtu kwa hakika ni mungu wa afya kufanyika nyama. 23 Na Yesu akasema, bubujiko la maisha si dimbwi dogo; ni lililopana kama vile nafasi yote ya mbingu zote. 24 Maji ya bubujiko ni upendo; nguvu ya uweza ni imani, na yeye mwenye kujizamisha sana katika chemchemi hai, ni imani yenye kuishi, yaweza kuosha mbali hatia yake na kufanywa ni mzima, kuwekwa huru na dhambi.

Life and Works of Jesus in Assyria

CHAPTER 42

Jesus bids the magians farewell. Goes to Assyria. Teaches the people in Ur of Chaldea. Meets Ashbina, with whom he visits many towns and cities, teaching and healing the sick.

IN Persia Jesus' work was done and he resumed his journey towards his native land. 2 The Persian sage went with him to the Euphrates; then with a pledge that they would meet again in Egypt land the masters said, Farewell. 3 And Kaspar went his way unto his home beside the Caspian Sea; and Jesus soon was in Chaldea, cradle land of Israel. 4 In Ur, where Abraham was born, he tarried for a time; and when he told the people who he was, and why he came, they came from near and far to speak to him. 5 He said to them, We all are kin. Two thousand years and more ago, our Father Abraham lived here in Ur, and then he worshipped God the One, and taught the people in these sacred groves. 6 And he was greatly blessed; becoming father of the mighty hosts of Israel. 7 Although so many years have passed since Abraham and Sarah walked these ways, a remnant of their kindred still abide in Ur. 8 And in there hearts the God of Abraham is still adored, and faith and justice are the rocks on which they build. 9 Behold this land! It is no more the fruitful land that Abraham loved so well; the rains come not as in the former times; the vine is not productive now, and withered are the figs. 10 But this shall not for ever be; the time will come when all your deserts will rejoice; when flowers will bloom; when all your vines will bend their heads with luscious fruit; shepherds will again be glad. 11 And Jesus preached to them the gospel of goodwill, and peace on earth. He told them of the brotherhood of life, and of the inborn powers of man, and of the kingdom of the soul. 12 And as he spoke, Ashbina, greatest sage of all Assyria, stood before his face. 13 The people knew the sage, for he had often taught them in their sacred halls and groves, and they rejoiced to see his face. 14 Ashbina said, My children of Chaldea, hear! Behold, for you are greatly blest to- day, because a prophet of the living God has come to you. 15 Take heed to what this master says, for he gives forth the words that God has given him. 16 And Jesus and the sage went through the towns and cities of Chaldea and of the lands between the Tigris and the Euphrates; 17 And Jesus healed a multitude of people who were sick.

Maisha na Kazi ya Yesu katika Assiria

Sura 42

Yesu awaaga mamajusi kwaheri. Aenda Assiria. Awafundisha watu ndani ya Uri ya Kaldayo. Akutana na Ashbina, pamoja naye watembelea miji na miji mikuu mingi, kufundisha na kuponya wagonjwa.

KATIKA Uajemi kazi ya Yesu ilikwisha na yeye akaendelea na safari yake kuelekea nchi yake aliyozaliwa. 2 Mwenye busara wa uajemi alikwenda naye Eufrati; halafu kwa kupanga makubaliano ya ahadi ya kwamba wangalikutana tena katika nchi ya Misri na wakuu wakasema, safari njema. 3 Na Kaspari alikwenda njia yake nyumbani kwake kando ya bahari ya Kaspiani; na Yesu muda si mrefu alikuwa Kaldayo, nchi ya kuzaliwa Israeli. 4 Katika Uri, ambapo Abraham alizaliwa, alipumzika safari kwa muda; na alipowaambia watu yeye alikuwa ni nani, na kwa nini alikuja, walikuja toka karibu na mbali kuzungumza naye. 5 Aliwaambia wao, sote tu ni ndugu. Miaka elfu mbili na zaidi iliyopita, baba yetu Abraham aliishi hapa Uri, na halafu alimuabudu Mungu Moja, na alifundisha watu katika bustani hizi takatifu. 6 Na yeye alikuwa amebarikiwa sana; kuja kuwa baba wa umma mkubwa wa Israeli. 7 Ingawaje miaka mingi imepita tangu Abraham na Sarah kutembea njia hizi, kizazi cha watoto wao waliobakia bado wakaa katika Uri. 8 Na katika mioyo yao Mungu wa Abraham bado apendwa sana, na imani na haki ni mwamba ambao juu yake wajenga. 9 Tazameni nchi hii! Si tena ni zaidi nchi yenye kutoa matunda ambayo Abraham aliipenda sana; mvua hazinyeshi tena kama nyakati za zamani; mzabibu zi wenye kutoa mazao sasa, mizeituni ni iliyokauka. 10 Lakini hivi haitakuwa daima; wakati utakuja ambapo majangwa yenu yote yatashangilia; maua yatakapo chanua; mizabibu yenu yote itajipindia vichwa vyakekwa matunda matamu; wachunga kondoo wajawa na furaha tena. 11 Na Yesu akawahubiria injili ya mapenzi mema, na amani duniani. Aliwaambia juu ya udugu wa maisha yote, na ya nguvu zakuzaliwa nazo ndani ya mwanadamu, na juu ya ufalme wa roho. 12 Na wakati akizungumza, Ashbina, mwenye busara aliye mkuu kabisa ya wote wa Assiria, alisimama mbele za uso wake.13 Watu walimjua mwenyebusara, kwani ni mara nyingi aliwafundisha katika maholi matakatifu na bustani, na walishangilia kumuona uso wake. 14 Ashbina akasema, wana wangu wa Kaldayo, sikieani! Tazameni, kwa kuwa mmebarikiwa sana siku ya leo, kwa kuwa nabii wa Mungu mwenye kuishi amewajia. 15 Mpate kusikia kile ambacho mkuu huyu asema, kwani ayatoa maneno ambayo Mung amempa yeye. 16 Na Yesu na mwenyebusara wakaenda kupita katika miji na miji mikuu ya Kaldayo na ya nchi zilizo kati ya Tigrisi na Eufrati; 17 Na Yesu aliwaponya idadi kubwa ya watu waliokuwa wagonjwa.

 

[mpatto]

Hii dini huwa wanasali jumangapi mkuu!?

 

[Mtangoo]

Aquarian "gospel" is a New Age Doctrine that have zero to do with Christianity or Judaism. It is a birthed from Eastern Doctrines that have nothing to do with Christianity or Judaism. I don't know why people are obsessed to connect anything with Christian/Judaism terminology to the faiths without checking out facts. There are four Gospel Accounts, period. Nothing less, nothing more. If someone wants to believe otherwise, he/she is welcome to do that, but just don't call it a fact, its fantasy!

 

[mose]

Hii dini huwa wanasali jumangapi mkuu!?

Hapana, si lolote la kuhusiana na dini hapa.

Stephano Mtangoo yuko sahihi, kwa sehemu, hapo Juu--soma kwa kupima na kujifunza mashauri.

Ni nafasi ya kujua zaidi ya 'injili nne' za kwenye kitabu cha Biblia. Japo chaguo na wajibu ni wako 100%... Kama unaridhika na kilichokufikia kwa sura ya sehemu ya vitabu vya Biblia ama vinginevyo basi shikilia hicho, kwa msala wako; ukiona unaweza kutanuka na kuchunguza zaidi basi usihofu... Kuna mengi mazuri, ya msaada zaidi kustahikiana na utayari wako na bidii.

Hii ni Zama ya 'Uelewa wa Moyo' na 'Akili Safi' na si usadikifu pofu wa kimakundi, ukiona nafsi yako inataka kujua ilivyobora zaidi basi sambamba na visomo, pima mashauri kwa kusudio lenye kuakisi mapenzi mema, nia kuu zaidi na upendo usio na mipaka juu yote na kila kitu... Jifunze si tu ya watu wa asili ya kabila moja, bara moja, rangi moja... Dunia yote na watu wake ni jamii yako na ni fahari za utu, mwangaza na fanaka kujaliwa kheri na kweli moja iliyo ni Uzima...

Kasumba, itikadi ama msimamo mkali wa kiordhodoksi kwa dini moja hadi ingine, dhehebu moja hadi lingine si fahari... Ni uduni wa upeo wa kujitakia.

Kama vile Walter Russell wa Amerika, mwanamaono-mvumbuzi na msanii alivyopata kusema kana: 'Udunya ni maradhi ya kujitakia, Kipaji ni kujifadhili' kwa lugha yake akisema: Mediocrity is self inflicted, Genius is Self Bestowed.'

Thubutu kuhoji chochote, kusaka popote, na basi unaweza kujiponya chochote--hata upofu wa kiroho.

Ukiwa na mwangaza basi ndipo uungane na wengine katika jamii yenye mwangaza ili mwangaza huo uwafae wote katika yaliyo mema na yenye kheri zaidi.

Hekima ni Uhuru.

Mwenye kujua ilivyo bora, huchagua ilivyobora.

Pendo Kristu

 

[mpatto]

Hapana, si lolote la kuhusiana na dini hapa.

...

Pendo Kristu

Lugha tu uitumiayo, yanasadifu ujuvi ulionao!! Hongera mkuu!!
Lakini naona kama ungetusummarizia yaliyomo basi tungeelewa kiyakinifu!!

 

[Che mittoga]

Asante kwa maarifa ya ziada mimi nimependa.
Endelea kutupa elimu zaidi na zaidi ya nje ya mipaka yetu.
Tujuze mkuu tutanue uelewa wa maarifa mengine.

 

[mose]

Aquarian Age Gospel of Jesus

Chapters 43 - 49

CHAPTER 43

Jesus and Ashbina visit Babylon and remark its desolation. The two masters remain in company seven days; then Jesus resumes his homeward journey. Arrives in Nazareth. His mother gives a feast in his honour. His brothers are displeased. Jesus tells his mother and aunt the story of his journeys.

THE ruined Babylon was near, and Jesus and the sage went through her gates and walked among her fallen palaces. 2 They trod the streets where Israel once was held in base captivity. 3 They saw where Judah's sons and daughters hung their harps upon the willows, and refused to sing. 4 They saw where Daniel and the Hebrew children stood as living witnesses of faith. 5 And Jesus lifted up his hand and said, Behold the grandeur of the works of man! 6 The king of Babylon destroyed the temple of the Lord in old Jerusalem; he burned the holy city, bound in chains my people and my kin, and brought them here as slaves. 7 But retribution comes; for whatsoever men shall do to other men the righteous Judge will do to them. 8 The sun of Babylon has gone down; the songs of pleasure will be heard no more within her walls. 9 And every kind of creeping thing and unclean bird will, in these ruins, find their homes. 10 And in the temple Belus, Jesus and Ashbina stood in silent thought. 11 Then Jesus spoke and said, Behold this monument of folly and of shame. 12 Man tried to shake the very throne of God, and he assayed to build a tower to reach to heaven, when, lo, his very speech was snatched away, because in lofty words he boasted of his power. 13 And on these heights the heathen Baal stood--the god wrought out by hands of man. 14 Upon yon altar, birds, and beasts, and men, yea children have been burned in awful sacrifice to Baal. 15 But now the gory priests are dead; the very rocks have shuddered and have fallen down; the place is desolate. 16 Now, in the plains of Shinar Jesus tarried yet for seven days, and, with Ashbina, meditated long upon the needs of men, and how the sages could best serve the coming age. 17 Then Jesus went his way, and after many days he crossed the Jordan to his native land. At once he sought his home in Nazareth. 18 His mother's heart was filled with joy; she made a feast for him, inviting all her kindred and her friends. 19 But Jesus' brothers were not pleased that such attention should be paid to one they deemed a sheer adventurer, and they went not in to the feast. 20 They laughed their brother's claims to scorn; they called him indolent, ambitious, vain; a worthless fortune hunter; searcher of the world for fame, who, after many years returns to mother's home with neither gold, nor any other wealth. 21 And Jesus called aside his mother and her sister, Miriam, and told them of his journey to the East. 22 He told them of the lessons he had learned, and of the works that he had done. To others he told not the story of his life.

INJILI YA ZAMA ZA NDOO YA YESU
Sura 43-49

Sura 43

Yesu na Ashbina watembelea Babiloni na kuzungumzia juu ya uharibifu wake. Wakuu wawili wabakia kuwa karibu kwa siku saba; halafu Yesu aendelea na safari yake nyumbani. Awasili Nazareti. Mama yake afanya kalamu kwa heshima yake. Kaka zake hawafurahishwi. Yesu amwambia mama yake na shanghazi yake simulizi la safari zake.

BABILONI iliyobongonyoka ilikuwa karibu, na Yesu na mwenyebusara walikwenda kuingia ndani ya malango yake na kutembea kati ya majumba yake ya kifalme. 2 Walitembea mitaa ambako Israeli ilipata kushikiliwa mateka. 3 Waliona ambako wana wa binti za Yuda walining'iniza vinubi vyao juu ya miti, na kukataa kuimba. 4 Walipaona ambako Danieli na wana wa kiebrania walisimama kama mashahidi hai wa imani. 5 Na Yesu aliiunyanyua mkono wake na kusema, Tazama, utukufu wa sifa za kazi ya mwanadamu! 6 Mfalme wa Babiloni aliliharibu hekalu la Bwana katika Yerusalemu ya zamani; aliuchoma moto mji mtakatifu, kuwafunga minyororo watu wangu na ndugu zangu, na kuwaleta hapa kama watumwa. 7 Lakini malipizo yaja; kwa kuwa chochote ambacho wanadamu watakifanya kwa watu wengine Muamuzi wa njia ya haki atawatendea. 8 Jua la Babiloni limesha kwenda chini; nyimbo za starehe hazitosikika tena ndani ya kuta zake. 9 Na kila aina ya kitu kitambaacho na ndege asiye msafi, katika mabongonyoko haya, watapata makazi yao. 10 Na katika hekalu la Belusi, Yesu na Ashbina walisimama kwa fikara la kimya. 11 Halafu Yesu akazungumza na kusema, Tazama mjengo wa kikumbukumbu wakijinga na aibu. 12 Mwanadamu alijaribu kutikisa mahala hasa pa enzi pa Mungu, na kufanya jitihada kujenga mnara wa kufika mbinguni, ambapo, lo, kauli yake hasa ilipokonywelewa mbali, kwa sababu kwa maneno yaliyokuwa juu alijuna kwa nguvu yake. 13 Katika vimo hivi mungu asiye wa kiyuda Baal alisimama--mungu alifanywa kwa mikono ya mwanadamu. 14 Juu ya zile za mbali altare, ndege, na wanyama, na watu, na hata watoto wamekuwa wakichomwa moto katika sadaka ya kutisha kwa Baal. 15 Lakini sasa makuhani wenye mikono ya damu wamekufa; ile miamba hasa imetikiswa na imeanguka chini; pahala pamehariwa. 16 Sasa, katika tambarare za Shinari Yesu alibaki pale kwa siku saba, na, akiwa na Ashbina, wakitafakari kwa muda mrefu juu ya mahitaji ya wanadamu, na jinsi gani wenye busara watatumikia ilivyo bora katika zama inayokuja. 17 Halafu Yesu akaenda na njia yake, na baada ya siku nyingi aliuvuka Yordani kuelekea kwenye nchi yake mwenyeji. Mara moja akakutafuta nyumbani kwake katika Nazareti. 18 Moyo wa mama yake ulijawa na furaha; alifanya kalamu, akialika ndugu za wote wa karibu na marafiki zake. 19 Lakini kaka za Yesu hawakufurahishwa umakini huo kungali kupewa mtu ambaye wamwona tu kama msafiri wa mbali kwenye mambo ya mengi ya hatari, na wao hawakenda katika kalamu. 20 Waliyacheka madai ya kaka yao kwa kebehi; wakamuita mvivu wa kazi, wa tamaa ya mali, mbatili; na mtafuta hazina asiye na faida yeyote; mtafuta jina la umaarufu, ambaye, baada ya miaka mingi arudi nyumbani kwa mama yake bila ya dhahabu, na wala chochote cha utajiri. 21 Na Yesu akamuita mama yake kando na dada yake, miriamu, na kuwasimulia yote ya safari yake kuelekea Mashariki. 22 Aliwaambia juu ya masomo aliyojifunza, na juu ya kazi alizozifanya. Kwa wengine hakusimulia kisa cha safari yake.

Life and Works of Jesus in Greece

CHAPTER 44

Jesus visits Greece and is welcomed by the Athenians. Meets Apollo. Addresses the Grecian masters in the Amphitheatre. The address.

THE Greek philosophy was full of pungent truth, and Jesus longed to study with the masters in the schools of Greece. 2 And so he left his home in Nazareth and crossed the Carmel hills, and at the port took ship, and soon was in the Grecian capital. 3 Now, the Athenians had heard of him as teacher and philosopher, and they were glad to have him come to them that they might hear his words of truth. 4 Among the masters of the Greeks was one, Apollo, who was called, Defender of the Oracle, and recognised in many lands as Grecian sage. 5 Apollo opened up for Jesus all the doors of Grecian lore, and in the Areopagus he heard the wisest masters speak. 6 But Jesus brought to them a wisdom greater far than theirs; and so he taught. 7 Once in the Amphitheatre he spood, and when Apollo bade him speak he said, 8 Athenian masters, hear! In ages long ago, men, wise in nature's laws, sought out and found the place on which your city stands. 9 Full well you know that there are parts of earth where its great beating heart throws heavenward etheric waves that meet the ethers from above: 10 Where spirit-light and understanding, like the stars of night, shine forth. 11 Of all the parts of earth there is no place more sensitised, more truly spirit-blest, than that where Athens stands. 12 Yea, all of Greece is blest. No other land has been the homeland of such mighty men of thought as grace your scrolls of fame. 13 A host of sturdy giants of philosophy, of poetry, of science, and of art, were born upon the soil of Greece, and rocked to manhood in your cradle of pure thought. 14 I come not here to speak of science, of philosophy, or art; of these you are the world's best masters now. 15 But all your high accomplishments are but stepping stones to worlds beyond the realm of sense; are but illusive shadows flitting on the walls of time. 16 But I would tell you of a life beyond, within; a real life that cannot pass away. 17 In science and philosophy there is no power strong enough to fit a soul to recognise itself, or to commune with God. 18 I would not stay the flow of your great streams of thought; but I would turn them to the channels of the soul. 19 Unaided by the Spirit-breath, the work of intellection tends to solve the problems of the things we see, and nothing more. 20 The senses were ordained to bring into the mind mere pictures of the things that pass away; they do not deal with real things; they do not comprehend eternal law. 21 But man has something in his soul, a something that will tear the veil apart that he may see the world of real things. 22 We call this something, spirit consciousness; it sleeps in every soul, and cannot be awakened till the Holy Breath becomes a welcome guest. 23 This Holy Breath knocks at the door of every soul, but cannot enter in until the will of man throws wide the door. 24 There is no power in intellect to turn the key; philosophy and science both have toiled to get a glimpse behind the veil; but they have failed. 25 The secret spring that throws ajar the door of soul is touched by nothing else than purity in life, by prayer and holy thought. 26 Return, O mystic stream of Grecian thought, and mingle your clear waters with the flood of Spirit-life; and then the spirit consciousness will sleep no more, and man will know, and God will bless. 27 When Jesus had thus said he stepped aside. The Grecian masters were astonished at the wisdom of his words; they answered not.

Maisha na Kazi ya Yesu katika Ugiriki*(Pia kuitwa Uyunani*)

Sura 44

Yesu azuru Ugiriki na kukaribishwa na Waathenia. Akuatana na Apollo. Ahutubia Wakuu wa Kigiriki kwenye Uwanja wa Jukwaa la Maonesho. hutuba.

Filosofia ya Ugiriki ilijaa kwa kweli zilizo na ukali, na Yesu alitamania kusoma na pamoja na wakuu katika shule za ugiriki. 2 Na hivyo aliondoka nyumbani Nazareti na kuikatisha vilima vya Karmeli, na bandarini alipanda meli, na baada ya muda mfupi alikuwa makao makuu ya ugiriki. 3 Sasa, Waathensi alipata kumsikia kama ni mwalimu na mfilisofia, na walikuwa ni wenye furaha kuwa yeye amekuja kwao ili kuwa waweze kupata kusikia maneno yake ya kweli. 4 Miongoni mwa wakuu wa wagiriki kulikuwapo na mmoja, Apolo, ambaye aliitwa, mlinzi wa Orako, na alitambulika katika nchi nyingi kama mwenyebusara wa kigiriki. 5 Apolo alimfungulia Yesu milango yote ya mafundisho ya kimapokeo ya wagiriki, na katika Areopagusi alisikia wakuu wenyebusara kabisa kuliko wote wazungumza. 6 Lakini Yesu alileta kwao hekima iliyo kubwa mbali kuliko ya kwao; na hivyo alifundisha. 7 Wakati akiwa Amphitheata alisimama, na Apolo alipomtaka kuzungumza yeye alisema, 8 Wakuu wa Kiatheni, sikilizeni! Katika zama za zamani kupita, watu, wenyehekima juu ya kanuni za mazingira ya asili yote, waliitafuta na kuipata nchi ambayo juu yake mji wenu mkuu wasimama. 9 Mwajua vyema kabisa ya kwamba kuna sehemu katika dunia ambapo moyo wake mkubwa hurushia juu mawimbi ya kietha ambayo hukutana na etha za kutoka juu: 10 Ambako mwangaza-kiroho na uelewa, kama nyota za usiku, hung'aa kumulika. 11 Ya zote sehemu za dunia hakuna pahala palipo na kugusishwa hisia, zaidi kurehemiwa-kiroho, kuliko pale ambako Athensi yasimama. 12 Naam, Ugiriki yote imerehemiwa. Hakuna nchi ingine imekuwa ni nchi-nyumbani ya watu wakubwa wa fikara kama vile sura ya mvuto ya mikunjo maarufu ya maandishi. 13 Wenyeji wa wakubwa na imara wa filosofia, wa ushairi, wa sayansi, na wa sanaa, walizaliwa katika ardhi ya ugiriki, na kubembea mwendo hadi kuwa watu wazima katika kitanda chenu cha mtoto cha fikra safi. 14 Sijaja hapa kuzungumzia ya sayansi, ya filosofia, ya sanaa, ya haya ninyi ni mlio bora kabisa duniani sasa. 15 Lakini mafanikisho yenu yote makubwa ni ila tu mawe yakukanyagia kuelekea alimwengu za mbali kuzidi alamu za fahamu za mwili; ni ila tu kimvuli cha sura isiyo na ukweli kamili juu ya ukuta wa wakati. 16 Lakini nitaliwaambia ninyi ya maisha ya kuzidi mbali ndani; maisha ya kiukweli ambayo hayawezi kupita zake. 17 Katika sayansi na filosofia hakuna nguvu iliyo imara vya kutosha kufaa kukaba nafasi yote nafsi roho ijitambue yenyewe, ama ikomunike na Mungu. 18 Sitaliuacha ulivyo mtiririko wa mkondo yenu mikubwa ya fikara; ila nitaigeuza kuwa matawi ya mikondo ya nafsi roho. 19 Bila kusaidiwa na Roho-Pumzi, kazi ya uakilishi huwa ikitatua tu mafumbo ya vitu tuvionavyo, na si zaidi ya hapo. 20 Fahamu za mwili zilitofanyika kuleta katika uakili picha picha tu za vitu vyenye kupita zake; hazijihusishi na vitu vya kiukweli halisi; hazimaizi kanuni ya hali ya milele yote. 21 Lakini mwanadamu anachokitu katika nafsi roho yake, kitu ambacho kitararua kutenganisha pazia ili kwamba yeye aweze kuja kuona ulimwengu wa vitu vya kiukweli halisi. 22 Tunakiita kitu hiki, ufahamu roho; wenyewe umelala katika kila nafsi roho, na hauwezi kuamshwa mpaka Pumzi Takatifu kuja kuwa mgeni mkaribishwa. 23 Pumzi Mtakatifu huyu hubisha hodi katika kila nafsi roho, lakini hawezi kuingia mpaka nia ya mtu ifungue wazi mlango. 24 Hakuna nguvu katika akili kuzungusha funguo; filosofia na sayansi vyote viwili vimechacharika kazi kupata kiashirio cha namna kuona sura halisi nyuma ya pazia; lakini ni vyenyekushindwa. 25 Springi ya siri ambayo hulegeza wazi kidogo mlango wa nafsi roho huguswa na si kingine chochote ila usafi wa maisha, kwa sala na fikara takatifu. 26 Rudini, Eh mikondo ya kisikirifu* ya fikara za Kigiriki, na kuchanganyika pamoja maji meupe na furiko tiririkaji la Roho-maisha; na tena ufahamu roho hautolala tena, na mwanadamu atajua, na Mungu atabariki. 27 Yesu alikwisha kusema hivyo akasimama kando. Wakuu wa kigiriki wakastaajabishwa na hekima ya maneno yake; nao hawakujibu.

CHAPTER 45

Jesus teaches the Greek masters. Goes with Apollo to Delphi and hears the Oracle speak. It testifies for him. He abides with Apollo, and is recognised as the living Oracle of God. Explains to Apollo the phenomenon of oracular speech.

FOR many days the Grecian masters listened to the clear incisive words that Jesus spoke, and while they could not fully comprehend the things he said, they were delighted and accepted his philosophy. 2 One day as Jesus and Apollo walked beside the sea, a Delphic courier came in haste and said, Apollo, master, come; the Oracle would speak to you. 3 Apollo said to Jesus, Sir, if you would see the Delphic Oracle, and hear it speak, you may accompany me. And Jesus did accompany him. 4 The masters went in haste; and when they came to Delphi, great excitement reigned. 5 And when Apollo stood before the Oracle it spoke and said: 6 Apollo, sage of Greece, the bell stikes twelve; the midnight of the ages now has come. 7 Within the womb of nature ages are conceived; they gestate and are born in glory with the rising sun, and when the agic sun goes down the age disintegrates and dies. 8 The Delphic age has been an age of glory and renown; the gods have spoken to the sons of men through oracles of wood, and gold, and precious stone. 9 The Delphic sun has set; the Oracle will go into decline; the time is near when men will hear its voice no more. 10 The gods will speak to man by man. The living Oracle now stands within these sacred groves; the Logos from on high has come. 11 From henceforth will decrease my wisdom and my power; from henceforth will increase the wisdom and the power of him, Immanuel. 12 Let all the masters stay; let every creature hear and honour him, Immanuel. 13 And then the Oracle spoke not again for forty days, and priests and people were amazed. They came from near and far to hear the Living Oracle speak forth the wisdom of the gods. 14 And Jesus and the Grecian sage returned, and in Apollo's home the Living Oracle spoke forth for forty days. 15 One day Apollo said to Jesus as they sat alone, This sacred Delphic Oracle has spoken many a helpful word for Greece. 16 Pray tell me what it is that speaks. Is it an angel, man, or living god? 17 And Jesus said, It is not angel, man, nor god that speaks. It is the matchless wisdom of the master minds of Greece, united in a master mind. 18 This giant mind has taken to itself the substances of soul, and thinks, and hears, and speaks. 19 It will remain a living soul while master minds feed it with thought, with wisdom and with faith and hope. 20 But when the master minds of Greece shall perish from the land, this giant master mind will cease to be, and then the Delphic Oracle will speak no more.

Sura ya 45

Yesu afundisha wakuu wa Kigiriki. Aenda na Apolo hadi Delfi na kusikia Orako akizungumza. Amshudua yeye. Abakia na Apolo, na atambuliwa kama Orako mwenye kuishi wa Mungu. Aelezea kwa mapana kwa Apolo finomena ya kauli ya kiorako.

KWA siku nyingi wakuu wa kigiriki walisikiliza kwa maneno yenye kuwa wazi na kupenya ambayo Yesu alizungumza, na wakati hawakuweza kumaizi kwa ukamili vitu alivyovisema, wao walifurahishwa mioyoni na kuikubali filosofia yake. 2 Siku moja Yesu na Apolo wakitembea kando ya bahari, mbeba habari wa Delfi alikuja akiharakisha na kusema, Apolo, mkuu, uje; Orako atalizunguza na wewe.3 Apolo akasema kwa Yesu, Bwana, ikiwa utajimwona Orako wa kidelfi, na kumsikia akisema, unaweza kuongozana na mimi. Na Yesu akaongozana naye. 4 Wakuu wakaenda kwa haraka; na walipofika Delfi, mchangamko mkubwa ulitawala kote. 5 Na Apolo akasimama mbele za Orako nayo ikazungumza na kusema: 6 Apolo, mwenyebusara wa ugiriki, kengele yagonga kumi na mbili; usiku wa kati kati wa zama umewadia. 7 Ndani ya tumbo la uzazi la asili yote zama hutungwa mimba; hukua tumboni na kuzaliwa katika utukufu pamoja na Jua lichomozalo, na jua la kizama liendapo chini zama hukongoloka na kufa. 8 Zama ya Kidelfi imekuwa ni zama ya utukufu na kuheshimka kutamba; miungu wamezungumza kwa wana za watu kupitia orako wa mbao, na dhahabu, na mawe ya thamani. 9 Jua la Kidelfi zimeshazama; Orako atakwenda kushuka kudidimia; wakati u karibu ambapo wanadamu hawatosikia tena sauti yake. 10 Miungu watazungumza kwa mwanadamu kupitia kwa mwanadamu. Orako mwenyekuishi sasa asimama ndani ya hizi bustani takatifu; Neno*[Pia Logosi] kutoka Juu amekuja. 11 Tokea hapo kutapunguza hekima yangu na nguvu ya uweza; tokea hapo itaongezeka hekima na nguvu ya uweza ya yeye, Imanueli. 13 Na halafu tena Orako hakuzungumza tena mbele kwa siku arobaini. 15 Siku moja Apolo akasema kwa Yesu wakati wameketi peke yao, Orako mtakatifu wa kidelfi amezungumza maneno mengi ya msaada kwa ugiriki. 16 Naomba uniambie ni kitu gani chenye kuzungumza. Je, ni malaika, ni mtu, ama mungu mwenye kuishi? 17 Na Yesu akasema, si ni malaika, mtu, na wala mungu ambaye azungumza. Ni hekima isiyofananishika ya uakili wakuu mkuu wa kigiriki, kuungana kuwa moja katika uakili mkuu. 18 Uakili huu mkuu umejichukulia kwake dutu ya nafsi roho, na kufikiri, na kusikia, na kuongea. 19 Itaendelea kubakia nafsi roho yenye kuishi pale ambapo uakili wakuu kuujaza kwa kuulisha fikara, kwa heshima, na kwa imani na matumaini. 20 Lakini uakili wa wakuu mkuu wa ugiriki ukipotea zake katika nchi, uakili wakuu mkuu mkubwa huu utakoma kuwa, na halafu Orako wa Kidelfi hatozungumza tena.

CHAPTER 46

A storm on the sea. Jesus rescues many drowning men. The Athenians pray to idols. Jesus rebukes their idolatry and tells how God helps. His last meeting with the Greeks. Sails on the vessel Mars.

IT was a holy day and Jesus walked upon the Athens beach. 2 A storm was on and ships were being tossed about like toys upon the bosom of the sea. 3 The sailors and the fishermen were going down to watery graves; the shores were strewn with bodies of the dead. 4 And Jesus halted not, but with a mighty power he rescued many a helpless one, oft bringing back to life the seeming dead. 5 Now, on these shores were altars sacred to the gods supposed to rule the seas. 6 And men and women, heedless of the cries of drowning men were crowding all about these altars calling on their gods for help. 7 At length the storm was done, and all the sea was calm, and men could think again; and Jesus said, 8 You worshippers of wooden gods, how has the fury of this storm been lessened by your frantic prayers? 9 Where is the strength of these poor, weather-beaten gods with painted swords and crowns? 10 A god that could abide in such a little house could hardly hold a frantic fly, and who could hope that he could hold at bay the Lords of winds and waves? 11 The mighty powers of worlds unseen do not give forth their help till men have done their best; they only help when men can do no more. 12 And you have agonised and prayed around these shrines, and let men sink to death who might have been, by your assistance, saved. 13 The God that saves dwells in your souls, and manifests by making use of your own feet, and legs, and arms, and hands. 14 Strength never comes through idleness; nor through a waiting for another one to bear your loads, or do the work that you are called to do. 15 But when you do your best to bear your loads, and do your work, you offer unto God a sacrifice well-pleasing in his sight. 16 And then the Holy One breathes deep upon your glowing sacrificial coals, and makes them blaze aloft to fill your souls with light, and strength and helpfulness. 17 The most efficient prayer that men can offer to a god of any kind is helpfulness to those in need of help; for what you do for other men the Holy One will do for you. 18 And thus God helps. 19 His work in Greece was done, and Jesus must go on his way to Egypt in the South. Apollo, with the highest masters of the land and many people from the varied walks of life, stood on the shore to see the Hebrew sage depart; and Jesus said, 20 The son of man has been in many lands; has stood in temples of a multitude of foreign gods; has preached the gospel of good will and peace on earth to many people, tribes and tongues; 21 Has been received with favour in a multitude of homes; but Greece is, of them all, the royal host. 22 The breadth of Grecian thought; the depth of her philosophy; the height of her unselfish aspirations have well fitted her to be the champion of the cause of human liberty and right. 23 The fates of war have subjugated Greece, because she trusted in the strength of flesh, and bone and intellect, forgetful of the spirit-life that binds a nation to its source of power. 24 But Greece will not for ever sit within the darkness of the shadow land as vassal of a foreign king. 25 Lift up your heads, you men of Greece; the time will come when Greece will breathe the ethers of the Holy Breath, and be a mainspring of the spirit power of earth. 26 But God must be your shield, your buckler, and your tower of strength. 27 And then he said, Farewell. Apollo raised his hand in silent benediction, and the people wept. 28 Upon the Cretan vessel, Mars, the Hebrew sage sailed from the Grecian port.

Sura 46

Tufani Baharini. Yesu awaokoa watu wengi walikuwa wakizama. Waathensi wasali kwa masanamu. Yesu akemea uabudu sanamu na kuambia jinsi Mungu asaidiavyo. Kutaniko lake la mwisho na Wagiriki. Asafiri kuelea na chombo cha Mirihi*(Pia kuitwa Mazi, ilivyojina la Sayari).

ILIKUWA ni siku kuu na Yesu alitembea juu ya fukwe za Athensi. 2 Kulikuwa na tufani juu ya bahari na meli zilipinduliwa mfano wa mchezo wa mtoto kifuani mwa bahari. 3 Mabaharia na wavuvi walikuwa wakienda chini kwa makaburi ya majini; fukweni kulitapakaa na miili ya waliokufa. 4 Na Yesu hakusita, lakini kwa nguvu kubwa aliwaokoa watu wengi wasio na msaada, kila baada ya muda mfupi kuwarudisha kwenye uhai walikuwa wakionekana kana kwamba wameshakufa. 5 Sasa, katika kingo hizi za bahari kulikuwa na altare zilifanywa takatifu kwa miungu walichukulika kuwa walitawala bahari. 6 Na wanaume na wanawake, bila kuitika kusikia kilio cha watu wanaozama walikuwa wakijazana kuzunguka kote katika altare wakiwaita miungu wao kwa msaada. 7 Kwa muda tufani ikajakwisha, na bahari yote ikatulia, na watu aliweza kufikiri tena; na Yesu akasema, 8 Ninyi waabudu wa miungu ya mbao, ni kwa jinsi gani ghadhabu ya tufani hili imepunguzwa nguvu kwa maombi yenu ya kulia msaada? 9 Iko wapi nguvu ya hawa maskini, waliopigwa na uchakavu kutokana na hali ya hewa walio na upanga wa kupakwa rangi na mataji? 10 Mungu ambaye aweza kukaa nyumba ndogo kama hivyo ni vigumu kwake hata kuweza kumhimili nzi msumbufu, na ni nani awezaye kutumainia kwamba awezaye kuwashikilia kwa kubwaka Mabwana wakuu wa Pepo za kuvuma na mawimbi? 11 Nguvu kuu za uweza sizisoonekanika kwa macho hazitoi msaada mpaka wanadamu wamejitahidi kwa kiasi chao kikubwa kabisa; wao husaidia tu wanadamu pale ambapo wanadamu hawawezi kufanya lolote tena. 12 Na ninyi mmetapatapa na kuomba kuzunguka madhabahu haya, na kuwaacha watu kuzama hadi kufa ambao wangeliweza, kwa msaada wenu, kuokolewa. 13 Mungu ambaye aokoa akaa katika nafsi roho zenu, na kudhahirika kwa kufanya kutumika kwa nyayo zenu, na miguu, na viganja, na mikono. 14 Nguvu za uimara kamwe haziji kwa kutofanya lolote; na wala kwa kupitia kungojea mtu mwingine kubeba mizigo yako, au kufanya kazi ambayo una wito wa kufanya. 15 Lakini unapofanya kilicho bora kabisa kubeba mzigo wako mwenyewe, na kufanya kazi yako, wewe wamtolea kwake Mungu sadaka yenye kufurahisha katika uso wake. 16 Na halafu tena Mtakatifu Mmoja hupuliza pumzi ndani juu yake makaa ya moto wa kafara, na kuyafanya yawake moto wa kwenda juu zaidi kuijaza nafsi roho yako kwa nuru, na nguvu ya uimara na usaidizi. 17 Sala yenye kutoa matokeo kadri bora na bidii yake ambayo wanadamu waweza kuitoa kwa Mungu wa aina yeyote ni usaidizi kwa wale wenye kuhitaji msaada; kwani kile ukifanyacho kwa watu wanadamu wengine Mtakatifu Mmoja atakufanyia wewe. 18 Na kwa kuwa hivi Mungu asaidia. 19 Kazi yake katika ugiriki ilikwisha, na Yesu yampasa kwenda njia yake kuelekea Misri huko Kusini. Apolo, mkuu wa ngazi ya juu wa nchi na watu wengi kutokea katika njanya mbalimbali za maisha, walisimama juu ya kingo za bahari kumuona mwenyebusara wa Kiebrania akiondoka; na Yesu akasema, 20 Mwana wa mtu amekuwa katika nchi mbali mbali; amesimama katika mahekalu ya makusanyiko mengi ya miungu ya kigeni; ameihubiri injili ya mapenzi mema na amani duniani kwa watu wengi, makabila, na ndimi; 21 Amepokelewa kwa fadhila katika idadi kubwa ya nyumba; lakini Ugiriki ni, kati ya zote, mwenyeji wa hadhi ya kifalme. 22 Mapana ya fikara za kigiriki; marefu ya filosofia yake; kimo cha juu cha madhamirio ya yake yasiyo yakibinafsi vimeijaza kutosha kuwa bingwa wa matimilizo ya kisifa na ya kivitendo kuelekea katika uhuru wa kuchagua na usawa wa haki. 23 Maajaliwa ya vita yameiweka Ugiriki chini pa miguu, kwa kuwa imeaminia katika nguvu ya uimara ya mwili wa nyama, na mfupa na akili, usahaulifu wa maisha-roho ambayo hufunga pamoja taifa na chanzo chake cha nguvu. 24 Lakini Ugiriki hatakaa siku zote ndani ya giza la nchi kimvuli kama mshikia ardhi ya kikabaila; wa mfalme wa kigeni. 25 Nyanyueni vichwa, enyi watu wa Ugiriki; muda utawadia ambapo Ugiriki itapuliza pumzi etha za Pumzi Takatifu, na kuwa chemchemi kuu ya nguvu roho za dunia. 26 Lakini Mungu ni lazima awe ni ngao yako, kinga yako, na mnara wako wa nguvu ya uimara. 27 Na halafu tena akasema; Kwaheri. Apolo akainua mkono wake kwa mbaraka wa kimya, na watu wakatoa machozi. 28 Juu ya chombo cha wakrete, Mazi, mwenyebusara wa kiebrania akaelea kutokea bandari ya Ugiriki.

Life and Works of Jesus in Egypt

CHAPTER 47

Jesus with Elihu and Salome in Egypt. Tells the story of his journeys. Elihu and Salome praise Gos. Jesus goes to the temple in Heliopolis and is received as a pupil.

AND Jesus came to Egypt land and all was well. He tarried not upon the coast; he went at once to Zoan, home of Elihu and Salome, who five and twenty years before had taught his mother in their sacred school. 2 And there was joy when met these three. When last the son of Mary saw these sacred groves he was a babe; 3 And now a man grown strong by buffeting of every kind; a teacher who had stirred the multitudes in many lands. 4 And Jesus told the aged teachers all about his life; about his journeyings in foreign lands; about the meetings with the masters and about his kind receptions by the multitudes. 5 Elihu and Salome heard his story with delight; they lifted up their eyes to heaven and said, 6 Our Father-God, let now thy servants go in peace, for we have seen the glory of the Lord; 7 And we have talked with him, the messenger of love, and of the covenant of peace on earth, good will to men. 8 Through him shall all the nations of the earth be blest; through him, Immanuel. 9 And Jesus stayed in Zoan many days; and then went forth unto the city of the sun, that men call Heliopolis, and sought admission to the temple of the sacred brotherhood. 10 The council of the brotherhood convened, and Jesus stood before the hierophant; he answered all the questions that were asked with clearness and with power. 11 The hierophant exclaimed, Rabboni of the rabbinate, why come you here? Your wisdom is the wisdom of the gods; why seek for wisdom in the halls of men? 12 And Jesus said, In every way of earth-life I would walk; in every hall of learning I would sit; the heights that any man has gained, these I would gain; 13 What any man has suffered I would meet, that I may know the griefs, the disappointments and the sore temptations of my brother man; that I may know just how to succour those in need. 14 I pray you, brothers, let me go into your dismal crypts; and I would pass the hardest of your tests. 15 The master said, Take then the vow of secret brotherhood. And Jesus took the vow of secret brotherhood. 16 Again the master spoke; he said, The greatest heights are gained by those who reach the greatest depths; and you shall reach the greatest depths. 17 The guide then led the way and in the fountain Jesus bathed; and when he had been clothed in proper garb he stood again before the hierophant.

Maisha na Kazi za Yesu katika Misri

Sura 47

Yesu na Elihu na Salome ndani ya Misri. Asimulia kisa cha safari zake. Elihu na Salome wamsifu Mungu. Yesu aenda hekaluni Heliopolisi na apokelewa kama mwanafunzi.

Na Yesu akaja nchi ya Misri na yote yakawa ni vyema. Hakukawia pwani; alikwenda mara moja Zoani, nyumbani kwa Elihu na Salome, ambao miaka ishirini na mitano iliyopita waliwafundisha mama yake katika shule yao takatifu. 2 Na kulikuwa na furaha watatu hawa walipokutana. Mara ya mwisho mwana wa Mariamu alipoziona bustani takatifu alikuwa ni mtoto mchanga; 3 Na sasa mtu aliyekuwa imara kwa misuko suko ya kila aina; mwalimu aliyeamsha hisia moyoni mwa idadi ya watu katika nchi nyingi. 4 Na Yesu akawasimulia walimu waliokula umri yote kuhusu maisha yake; kuhusu safari zake katika nchi za kigeni; kuhusu mikutano na watu wakuu kiroho na kuhusu mapokezi yake ya wema ya idadi ya watu. 5 Elihu na Salome walisikia kisa chake kwa moyo wa kufurahishwa; waliyanyanyua juu macho yao kuelekea mbinguni na kusema, 6 Baba-Mungu wetu, acha watumishi wako kwenda kwa amani, kwa kuwa tumeuona utukufu wa Bwana; 7 Na tumeongea naye, mtume wa upendo, wa agano la amani duniani, mapenzi mema kwa watu. 8 Kupitia yeye mataifa yote Duniani yatarehemewa; kupitia yeye Immanueli. 9 Na Yesu akabaki kukaa Zoani kwa siku nyingi; na halafu akenda huko katika mji wa jua, ambao watu waliuita Heliopolisi, na kuomba nafasi ya kuingia Hekalu la ubruda mtakatifu. 10 Baraza la ubruda likakutanika, na Yesu akasimama mbele za Hirofanti;aliyajibu maswali yote ambayo yaliulizwa kwa ufasaha na nguvu. 11 Hirofanti akang'aka, Raboni wa marabi, ni kwanini uja hapa? Hekima yako ni hekima ya miungu; kwanini kutafuta hekima katika majukwaa ya watu? 12 Na Yesu akasema, katika kila njia ya maisha-dunia nitalitembea; katika kila jukwaa la ujifunzi nitaliketi; vimo vya juu ambavyo mwanadamu ajipatia, hivi nitalijipatia. 13 Kile ambacho kila mwanadamu ametaabika nitalikutana nacho, ili kwamba niweze kujua huzuni, na mafadhaisho ya kuvunjika nguvu na majaribu ya uchungu ya mtu kaka yangu; ili kwamba niweze kujua tu jinsi ya kuwasaidia katika tabu wale wenye uhitaji. 14 Nawaombeni, akina kaka, mniachie niende katika mapito vya vyumba vya mitihani yenu ya sifa za mjaribiwa; na miye nitalifaulu jaribu lenu lililogumu kabisa ya yote. 15 Na mkuu akasema, basi kula kiapo cha ubruda wa siri. Na Yesu akala kiapo cha ubruda wa siri. 16 Tena mkuu akazungumza; akasema, Vimo vya juu kabisa kupatikana kwa wale wenye kufikia vina vya ndani kabisa; na wewe utafikia vina cha chini kabisa. 17 Muongezeaji njia halafu tena akamuongonza njia na katika bubujiko la maji Yesu akaoga; na alipokuwa amevishwa vazi sahihi alisimama tena mbele za hirofanti.

CHAPTER 48

Jesus receives from the hierophant his mystic name and number. Passes the first brotherhood test, and receives his first degree, SINCERITY.

THE master took down from the wall a scroll on which was written down the number and the name of every attribute and character. He said, 2 The circle is the symbol of the perfect man, and seven is the number of the perfect man; 3 The Logos is the perfect word; that which creates; that which destroys, and that which saves. 4 This Hebrew master is the Logos of the Holy One, the Circle of the human race, the Seven of time. 5 And in the record book the scribe wrote down, The Logos-Circle-Seven; and thus was Jesus known. 6 The master said, The Logos will give heed to what I say: No man can enter into light till he has found himself. Go forth and search till you have found your soul and then return. 7 The guide led Jesus to a room in which the light was faint and mellow, like the light of early dawn. 8 The chamber walls were marked with mystic signs, with hieroglyphs and sacred texts; and in this chamber Jesus found himself alone where he remained for many days. 9 He read the sacred texts; thought out the meaning of the hieroglyphs and sought the import of the master's charge to find himself. 10 A revelation came; he got acquaited with his soul; he found himself; then he was not alone. 11 One night he slept and at the midnight hour, a door that he had not observed, was opened, and a priest in sombre garb came in and said, 12 My brother, pardon me for coming in at this unseemly hour; but I have come to save your life. 13 You are the victim of a cruel plot. The priests of Heliopolis are jealous of your fame, and they have said that you shall never leave these gloomy crypts alive. 14 The higher priests do not go forth to teach the world, and you are doomed to temple servitude. 15 Now, if you would be free, you must deceive these priests; must tell them you are here to stay for life; 16 And then, when you have gained all that you wish to gain, I will return, and by a secret way will lead you forth that you may go in peace. 17 And Jesus said, My brother man, would you come here to teach deceit? Am I within these holy walls to learn the wiles of vile hypocrisy? 18 Nay, man, my Father scorns deceit, and I am here to do his will. 19 Deceive these priests! Not while the sun shall shine. What I have said, that I have said; I will be true to them, to God, and to myself. 20 And then the tempter left, and Jesus was again alone; but in a little time a white- robed priest appeared and said, 21 Well done! The Logos has prevailed. This is the trial chamber of hypocrisy. And then he led the way, and Jesus stood before the judgement seat. 22 And all the brothers stood; the hierophant came forth and laid his hand on Jesus' head, and placed within his hands a scroll, on which was written just one word, SINCERITY; and not a word was said. 23 The guide again appeared, and led the way, and in a spacious room replete with everything a student craves was Jesus bade to rest and wait.

Sura 48

Yesu apokea kutoka kwa hirofanti jina lake la kisikirifu na namba. Afaulu jaribio la kwanza la ubruda, na apokea shahada yake ya kwanza, UNYOOFU

Mkuu akachukua toka ukutani kitabu cha mkunjo ambao juu yake iliandikwa namba na jina la kila sifa ya kufanyika sura na sifa ya tabia. Naye akasema, 2 Duara ni alama ya mtu kamilifu, na saba ni namba ya mtu kamilifu; 3 Logosi*[Pia kusema NENO] ni neno kamilifu; lile lenye kuumba; lile lenye kubomoa, na lile lenye kuokoa. 4 Mkuu huyu wa Kiebrania ni Logosi wa Mtakatifu Mmoja, Duara la jinsi ya wanadamu wote, saba ya wakati. 5 Na katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu mwandishi aliandika, Logosi-Duara-Saba; na kwa hivi basi Yesu alijulikana. 6 Mkuu akasema, Logosi atapata kunisikia kile nisemacho: Hakuna mtu atakaye ingia katika nuru hadi ajipate yeye mwenyewe. Enenda na kutafuta hadi umeipata nafsi roho yako na halafu urudi. 7 Muongozeaji njia akamchukua Yesu kwenye chumba ambako mwanga ulikuwa ni hafifu na wenye kupwaisha nguvu, kama mwangaza wa pambazuko la mapema. 8 kuta za chimbo zilitiwa michoro kwa alama za kisikirifu, na hiroglifu*[Namna ya maandishi yenye kutumia alama za picha, zilizotumika katika Misri ya Kale] na maandishi matakatifu; na katika chimbo hili Yesu alijikuta yeye peke yake kwa siku kadhaa. 9 Aliyasoma maandishi; kung'amua kichwani maana za hiroglifu nyingi na kutafuta ujumbe wenye kumaanishiwa na shauri la kuwekwa kati na mkuu. 10 Ufunuo ukaja; akapata kujuana na nafsi roho yake; akajipata yeye mwenyewe; basi hakuwa mpweke tena. 11 Usiku mmoja alilala na usiku wa manane, mlango ambao alikuwa hajautia machoni, ulifunguka, na kuhani katika vazi lililopauka pauka aliingia ndani na kusema, 12 Kaka yangu, nisamehe kidogo kwa kuja ndani katika muda huu usiotarajika; lakini nimekuja kuyaokoa maisha yako. 13 Wewe ni mhanga wa mpango katili wa siri. Makuhani wa Heliopolisi ni wenye wivu na umaarufu wa jina lako, na wamesema hutoondoka katika mazikio haya ya chini ya hekalu ukiwa hai. 14 Makuhani wa juu hawaendi mbele kufundisha ulimwengu, na wewe umepotezwa mwisho wako kwa utumishi wa hekalu. 15 Sasa, ukiwa utataka kuwa huru, yakupasa kuwadanganya hawa makuhani; lazima kuwaambia upo hapa kukaa kwa maisha yote; 16 Na halafu, unapokuwa umejipatia yale yote unayoyataka moyoni kujipatia, nitarudi, na kwa njia ya siri kukuongoza wewe mbele ili kwamba uweze kwenda kwa amani. 17 Na yesu akasema, kaka yangu, utalikuja hapa kufundisha uongo? Je, miye nipo ndani ya kuta hizi takatifu kujifunza ulaghai wa unafiki mchafu? 18 Hapana, bwana, Baba yangu hapendi uongo, na miye nipo hapa kuyafanya mapenzi yake. 19 Wadanganye hawa makuhani! Si baada ya muda jua litang'ara. Nilichokisema, Kilichosemwa; Nitakuwa mkweli kwa hivyo, kwa Mungu, na kwangu miye mwenyewe. 20 Na halafu mshawishi akaondoka zake, na Yesu akawa peke yake tena; lakini baada ya muda kidogo, kuhani aliyevalia mavazi meupe alitokea na kusema, 21 Umefanya vema! Logosi ameshinda na kubakia. Hili ni chimbo la kujaribiwa mbele za haki juu ya Unafiki. Na halafu akaongoza njia, na Yesu akasimama mbele ya kiti cha uamuzi. 22 Na makaka wote wakasimama; Hirofanti akaja mbele na kuuweka mkono kichwani pa Yesu, na kumkabidhi mikononi kitabu cha mkunjo, ambacho juu yake kuliandikwa moja tu neno, UNYOOFU; na hakuna hata neno lilisemwa. 23 Muongozeaji njia akatokea tena, na kuongoza njia, na katika chumba kilicho na nafasi ya wazi kilichojazwa na kila kitu mwanafunzi kutamani kushibishwa hamu Yesu alitakiwa kupumzika na kungoja.

CHAPTER 49

Jesus passes the second brotherhood test, and receives the second degree, JUSTICE.

THE Logos did not care to rest; he said, Why wait in this luxurious room? I need not rest; my Father's work upon me presses hard. 2 I would go on and learn my lessons all. If there are trials, let them come, for every victory over self gives added strength. 3 And then the guide led on, and in a chamber, dark as night, was Jesus placed and left alone; and days were spent in this deep solitude. 4 And Jesus slept, and in the dead of night a secret door was opened, and, in priest's attire, two men came in; each carried in his hand a little flickering lamp. 5 Approaching jesus, one spoke out and said, Young man, our hearts are grieved because of what you suffer in these fearful dens, and we have come as friends to bring you light, and show the way to liberty. 6 We once, like you, were in these dens confined, and thought that through these weird, uncanny ways we could attain to blessedness and power; 7 But in a luckful moment we were undeceived, and, making use of all our strength, we broke our chains, and then we learned that all this service is corruption in disguise. These priests are criminals just hid away. 8 They boast in sacrificial rites; they offer to their gods, and burn them while alive poor birds, and beasts; yea, children, women, men. 9 And now they keep you here, and, at a certain time, may offer you in sacrifice. 10 We pray you, brother, break your chains; come, go with us; accept of freedom while you may. 11 And Jesus said, Your little tapers show the light you bring. Pray, who are you? The words of man are worth no more than is the man himself. 12 These temple walls are strong and high; how gained you entrance to this place? 13 The men replied, Beneath these walls are many hidden ways, and we who have been priests, spent months and years within these dens, know all of them. 14 Then you are traitors, Jsesus said. A traitor is a fiend; he who betrays another man is never man to trust. 15 If one has only reached the plane of treachery, he is a lover of deceit, and will betray a friend to serve his selfish self. 16 Behold, you men, or whatsoe'er you be, your words fall lightly on my ears, 17 Could I prejudge these hundred priests, turn traitor to myself and them, because of what you say when you confess your treachery? 18 No man can judge for me; and if I judge till testimony all is in I might not judge aright. 19 Nay, men; by whatsoever way you came, return. My soul prefers the darkness of the grave to little flickering lights like these you bring. 20 My conscience rules; what these, my brothers, have to say I'll hear, and when the testimony all is in I will decide. You cannot judge for me, nor I for you, 21 Begone, you men, begone, and leave me to this charming light; for while the sun shines not, within my soul there is a light surpassing that of sun or moon. 22 Then, with an angry threat that they would do him harm, the wily tempters left, and Jesus was again alone. 23 Again the white-robed priest appeared, and led the way, and Jesus stood again before the hierophant; 24 And not a word was said, but in his hands the master placed a scroll on which the word suggestive, JUSTICE, was inscribed. 25 And Jesus was the master of the phanton forms of prejudice and of treachery.

Sura ya 49

Yesu afaulu jaribio la pili la ubruda, na apokea shahada ya pili. HAKI

LOGOSI hakujali kutulia; alisema, kwanini kungojea katika chumba hiki cha kistarehe? Sihitaji kupumzika; kazi ya Baba yangu yanizonga kunibana sana. 2 Nitalikwenda mbele na kujifunza masomo yangu yote. Ikiwa kuna majaribio ya kuwekwa kati na sheria, wacha yaje, kwa kuwa kila ushindi juu na nafsi huleta nguvu ya uimara kuongezwa. 3 Na Halafu muongozeaji akaongoza njia, na katika chimbo, giza kama usiku, Yesu aliwekwa na kuachwa peke yake; siku zilizopitishwa ndani ya upekee ulio ni wa kuzama sana. 4 Na Yesu akalala, na katika usiku mkali mlango wa siri ulifunguliwa, na, katika mavazi ya nakshi ya kikuhani, watu wawili waliingia; kila mmoja akibeba taa yake ndogo yenye kuwaka moto. 5 Alimkaribia Yesu, mmoja akafungua kinywa na kusema, kijana, mioyo yetu ni yenye huzuni kwa sababu ya kile utesekacho katika matundu haya ya kutisha, na tumekuja kwako kama marafiki kukuletea nuru, na kuoneshea njia ya kwenye uhuru. 6 Hata sisi, kama wewe, tulipata kuwa tumebanwa ndani, na kufikiri kwamba kupitia hizi hizi za ajabu, njia zisizo za kawaida tungepata ubarikika na nguvu; 7 Lakini kwa wakati wenye bahati tulikwenda kinyume na kudanganywa, na, kwa kutumia nguvu za uimara wetu zote, tuliivunja minyororo yetu, na halafu tukajifunza ya kwamba haya yote ya huduma hii ni makusidio yasiyo ya kweli katika namna ya kudanganya picha. Hawa makuhani ni wahalifu kuchificha tu. 8 Hupayuka kujisifu katika matendo ya kiibada ya kafara; watoayo kwa miungu yao, na kuwa choma hali wakiwa hai ndege maskini, na wanyama; naam, watoto, wanawake, wanaume. 9 Na sasa wanakutunza wewe hapa, na, baada ya muda fulani, watakutoa katika kafara. 10 Tunakuomba, eh kaka, ivunje minyororo yako; uje, uende nasi; ukubali uhuru angali wakati ukiweza. 11 Na Yesu akasema, tambi zenu ndogo zaonesha nuru mlionayo, kuomba, ninyi ni nani? Maneno ya mtu hayana thamani kumzidi mtu mwenyewe. 12 Kuta hizi za hekalu ni imara na zilizokwenda juu; mmepataje njia ya kuingilia mahala hapa? 13 Na watu wakajibu, chini ya hizi kuta kuna njia nyingi zilizofichika, na sisi ambao tumekuwa ni makuhani, tumetumia miezi na miaka ndani ya matundu haya, kuyajua yote. 14 Basi ninyi mu wasaliti, Yesu akasema. Msaliti ni mzushi; yeye mwenye kusaliti mtu mwingine kamwe si mtu wa kumuaminia. 15 Ikiwa mtu ameshafika tu pahala pa usaliti, yeye ni mpenda uongo, na atamsaliti rafiki kutumikia nafsi yake ya kibinafsi. 16 Tazameni, nyie watu, vyovyote vile mlivyo akina nani, maneno yenu yangukia bila uzito masikioni mwangu, 17 Je, ningeliweza kuwahukumu kabla hawa mamia ya makuhani, kugeuka kwa kutenda kinyume na nikisemacho kwangu na kwa wao, kwa sababu ya kile mkisemacho mnaposhuhudia wazi usaliti wenu? Hakuna mtu awezaye kuhukumu kwa ajili yangu; na ikiwa nitahukumu, hadi ushahidi wote uwepo, ninaweza kuhukumu isivyo na usahihi. 19 Hapana, mabwana; kwa njia yoyote mlioijia rudini. Nafsi roho yangu yachagua kiza cha kaburi kuacha miangaza ya kikoroboi kama hii muiletayo. 20 Dhamira yangu ya ufahamu yatawala; vingine hivi, kaka zangu, mlivyonavyo kusema natavisikia, na pale ambapo ushahidi wote upo nitaamua. Hamuwezi kuamua kwa ajili yangu, na wala mimi kwa ajili yenu, 21 Ondokeni, nyie watu, ondokeni, niacheni miye nuru hii yenye kuchangamsha; kwa kuwa wakati jua haliwaki mwanga wa kuangazia, ndani ya nafsi roho yangu kuna nuru yenye kuzidi ile ya jua ama mwezi. 22 Basi, kwa vitisho vya hasira ambavyo wangalimfanyia madhara yeye, wajaribifu wenye hila waliondoka, na Yesu tena alikuwa peke yake. 23 Tena kuhani mwenye mavazi meupe akatokea, na kuongozea njia, na Yesu akasimama tena mbele za hirofanti; 24 Na hakuna hata neno lililosemwa, lakini katika mkono wake mkuu alimkabidhi kitabu cha mkunjo ambacho juu yake neno lenye kuashiria, HAKI, liliandikwa. 25 Na Yesu alikuwa mkuu wa namna za sura ya mizuko ya kasumba na usaliti.